ICC Match Officials’

T20I Playing Conditions

Almanac
Effective December 2023

i
 CONTENTS

1 THE PLAYERS...................................................................................................................................................... 6
2 THE UMPIRES...................................................................................................................................................... 9
3 THE SCORERS................................................................................................................................................... 16
4 THE BALL............................................................................................................................................................ 17
5 THE BAT.............................................................................................................................................................. 19
6 THE PITCH.......................................................................................................................................................... 21
7 THE CREASES.................................................................................................................................................... 24
8 THE WICKETS.................................................................................................................................................... 25
9 PREPARATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE PLAYING AREA......................................................................26
10 COVERING THE PITCH...................................................................................................................................... 29
11 INTERVALS......................................................................................................................................................... 30
12 START OF PLAY; CESSATION OF PLAY..........................................................................................................31
13 INNINGS.............................................................................................................................................................. 34
14 THE FOLLOW-ON............................................................................................................................................... 39
15 DECLARATION AND FORFEITURE................................................................................................................... 39
16 THE RESULT....................................................................................................................................................... 39
17 THE OVER........................................................................................................................................................... 44
18 SCORING RUNS................................................................................................................................................. 46
19 BOUNDARIES..................................................................................................................................................... 51
20 DEAD BALL......................................................................................................................................................... 54
21 NO BALL.............................................................................................................................................................. 59
22 WIDE BALL.......................................................................................................................................................... 68
23 BYE AND LEG BYE............................................................................................................................................. 72
24 FIELDER’S ABSENCE; SUBSTITUTES..............................................................................................................73
25 BATTER’S INNINGS............................................................................................................................................ 78
26 PRACTICE ON THE FIELD................................................................................................................................. 80
27 THE WICKET-KEEPER....................................................................................................................................... 82
28 THE FIELDER...................................................................................................................................................... 86
29 THE WICKET IS BROKEN.................................................................................................................................. 93
30 BATTER OUT OF HIS/HER GROUND................................................................................................................94
31 APPEALS............................................................................................................................................................. 96
32 BOWLED............................................................................................................................................................. 97
33 CAUGHT.............................................................................................................................................................. 98
34 HIT THE BALL TWICE...................................................................................................................................... 100
35 HIT WICKET...................................................................................................................................................... 101
36 LEG BEFORE WICKET..................................................................................................................................... 103
37 OBSTRUCTING THE FIELD............................................................................................................................. 104
38 RUN OUT.......................................................................................................................................................... 106

ii
39 STUMPED......................................................................................................................................................... 109
40 TIMED OUT....................................................................................................................................................... 110
41 UNFAIR PLAY................................................................................................................................................... 110
42 PLAYERS’ CONDUCT...................................................................................................................................... 127
1 General.............................................................................................................................................................. 130
2 Umpire Review.................................................................................................................................................. 132
3 Player Review.................................................................................................................................................... 141
4 Interpretation of Playing Conditions................................................................................................................... 153
Appendix A Definitions............................................................................................................................................... 155
1 The match.......................................................................................................................................................... 155
2 Implements and equipment............................................................................................................................... 155
3 The playing area................................................................................................................................................ 156
4 Positioning......................................................................................................................................................... 156
5 Umpires and decision-making........................................................................................................................... 157
6 Batters............................................................................................................................................................... 158
7 Fielders.............................................................................................................................................................. 158
8 Substitutes and Concussion Replacements......................................................................................................159
9 Bowlers.............................................................................................................................................................. 159
10 The ball.............................................................................................................................................................. 159
11 Runs.................................................................................................................................................................. 160
12 The person......................................................................................................................................................... 160
13 Off side / on side; in front of / behind the popping crease.................................................................................161
Appendix B Equipment............................................................................................................................................... 162
1 The Bat.............................................................................................................................................................. 162
2 The wickets........................................................................................................................................................ 164
3 Wicket-keeping gloves....................................................................................................................................... 165
4 Helmets and Neck Protectors............................................................................................................................ 166
Appendix C The Venue.............................................................................................................................................. 167
5 The pitch and the creases................................................................................................................................. 167
6 Restriction on the placement of fielders.............................................................................................................168
7 Advertising on grounds, perimeter boards and sight-screens...........................................................................168
8 Markings on outfield........................................................................................................................................... 169
Appendix E Calculations............................................................................................................................................ 170
Appendix G Application of the Reserve Day.............................................................................................................178
Appendix G Procedures for Super Over…………………………………………………………………………………… 185
Appendix H Use of Electronic Communications Equipment……………………………………………………………..179

Appendix I On Field Injury Assessments and Treatment………………………………………………………………..179

Almanac Appendix 1 - 3rd Umpire Communication Protocols………………………………………………………….…..199

Almanac Appendix 2 - TV Umpire Conclusive Evidence Protocol…………………………………………………….…..231

iii
Almanac Appendix 3 - ICC Field Management Guidelines…………………………………………………………….…..240

Almanac Appendix 4 - ICC Ball Management Guidelines……………………………………………………………….....245

Almanac Appendix 5 - Over Rate Breach Rep 1 – ODI Example…………………………………………………………249

Almanac Appendix 6 – 3rd Umpire - Monitoring Fairness of the Feet……………………………………………………..250

Almanac Appendix 7 - Use of DRS Tools When Processing an Umpire Review……………………………………….256

Almanac Appendix 8 - ICC Lightning Management Guidelines……………………. ……………………………………258

Almanac Appendix 9 - ICC Air Pollution Guidelines For Match Officials………………………………………………….260

Almanac Appendix 10 - ICC Extreme Heat Guidelines For Match Officials……………………………………………...264

iv
Preamble - The Spirit of Cricket
Cricket owes much of its appeal and enjoyment to the fact that it should be played not only according to the Laws (which are incorporated within these Playing
Conditions), but also within the Spirit of Cricket.

The major responsibility for ensuring fair play rests with the captains, but extends to all players, match officials and, especially in junior cricket, teachers, coaches
and parents.

Respect is central to the Spirit of Cricket.

Respect your captain, team-mates, opponents and the authority of the umpires.

Play hard and play fair.

Accept the umpire’s decision.

Create a positive atmosphere by your own conduct and encourage others to do likewise.

Show self-discipline, even when things go against you.

Congratulate the opposition on their successes and enjoy those of your own team.

Thank the officials and your opposition at the end of the match, whatever the result.

Cricket is an exciting game that encourages leadership, friendship and teamwork, which brings together people from different nationalities, cultures and religions,
especially when played within the Spirit of Cricket.

T20
5
1 THE PLAYERS
1.1 Number of players
A match is played between two sides, each of eleven players, one of whom shall
be captain.

T20
6
 1.2 Nomination and replacement of players
1.2.1 Each captain shall nominate 11 players plus a maximum of 4 substitute PC Clause 1.2.1: The ICC Match Referee is to ensure that both teams are
fielders in writing to the ICC Match Referee before the toss. Other than nominated in writing and received by him/her prior to the toss (3 copies of the
set out in clause 1.2.7, no player (member of the playing eleven) may be team sheet). Note: 11 players plus a maximum of 4 substitutes.
changed after the nomination without the consent of the opposing
captain. PC Clause 1.2.1 When a nominated player in the starting XI has injured
1.2.2 Only those nominated as substitute fielders shall be entitled to act as himself/herself in the warmup after the toss and before the commencement of
substitute fielders during the match, unless the ICC Match Referee, in the match, the opposition Captain needs to consent to a replacement player.
exceptional circumstances, allows subsequent additions. While this consent has often been given, it cannot be given on condition of the
replacement player being a similar player or a particular person being rejected by
1.2.3 All those nominated including those nominated as substitute fielders, as the opposition Captain as a replacement. After the match begins no
well as any Concussion Replacements, must be eligible to play for that replacements will be permitted unless under PC Clause 1.2.7.
particular team and by such nomination the nominees shall warrant that
they are so eligible. Note: Do not confuse this with a concussion replacement, which is a completely
1.2.4 In addition, by their nomination, the nominees shall be deemed to have different case.
agreed to abide by all the applicable ICC Regulations pertaining to
international cricket and in particular, the Clothing and Equipment PC Clause 1.2.2: Only nominated substitutes may act as substitute fielders during
Regulations, the Code of Conduct for Players and Player Support the match unless allowed by the Match Referee in exceptional circumstances.
Personnel (hereafter referred to as the ICC Code of Conduct), the Anti-
Discrimination Code for Players and Player Support Personnel, the Anti-
Doping Code and the Anti-Corruption Code.

1.2.5 A player or player support personnel who has been suspended from PC Clause 1.2.5:.This information has been taken from the Code of Conduct
participating in a match shall not, from the toss of the coin and for the regulations and inserted into the PCs to promote greater awareness and
remainder of the match thereafter: knowledge.

1.2.5.1 Be nominated as, or carry out any of the duties or PC Clause 1.2.5: A player or support staff who has been suspended from a match
responsibilities of a substitute fielder, or shall not be allowed on the day of the match and for the remainder of the match,
after the toss, to act as substitute or enter the field of play. This includes the area
1.2.5.2 Enter any part of the playing area (which shall include the field between the boundary and perimeter boards. This applies to any scheduled or
of play and the area between the boundary and the perimeter
unscheduled breaks in play. (Note the period between end of play on one day and
boards) at any time, including any scheduled or unscheduled
commencement of play on the next (in the case of Reserve days) is considered an
breaks in play.
interval in the laws.).
1.2.6 A player who has been suspended from participating in a match shall be
permitted from the toss of the coin and for the remainder of the match However, a player suspended is allowed to enter the player’s dressing room
thereafter be permitted to enter the players’ dressing room provided that provided it is not situated within 1.2.6 If the dugout is so situated, he/she may not
the players’ dressing room (or any part thereof) for the match is not within enter and remain in it.
the playing area described in clause 1.2.5.2 above (for example, the
player is not permitted to enter the on-field ‘dug-out’).
Support staff who are suspended are not permitted to be in the playing area or the
1.2.7 Concussion Replacement dressing rooms or player-viewing area from the day the match begins till its close.
1.2.7.1 If a player sustains a concussion or suspected concussion as a result of (Section 13 – clause 7.11 - Players Handbook).
a head or neck injury during the course of the relevant match, a

T20
7
 Concussion Replacement may be permitted in the following
circumstances:
1.2.7.1.1 the head or neck injury must have been sustained during play
and within the playing area described in clause 1.2.5.2 above; PC Clause 1.2.7.1: The injury must take place whilst play is in progress and on the
1.2.7.1. 2 a concussion or suspected concussion must have been field of play. A player sustaining an injury by sliding into or colliding with the
formally diagnosed by the Team Medical Representative; perimeter/advertising boards just over the boundary whilst play is in progress will
1.2.7.1.3 the Team Medical Representative or Team Manager shall qualify for being within the field of play. The same will not apply for a player
submit a Concussion Replacement Request to the ICC Match injured in the nets after the toss or at any practice taking place on the field when
Referee on a standard form, which shall: play is not in progress.
1.2.7.1.3.1 identify the player who has sustained the concussion or
suspected concussion;
1.2.7.1.3.2 specify the incident in which the concussion or
suspected concussion was sustained, including the
time at which it occurred;
1.2.7.1.3.3 confirm that, following an examination, the Team
Medical Representative believes or suspects that the
player has sustained a concussion as a result of the
incident specified in clause 1.2.7.1.3.2 above; and
1.2.7.1.3.4 identify the requested Concussion Replacement, who
shall be a like-for-like replacement for the player who
has sustained the concussion or suspected
concussion.
1.2.7.2 The Concussion Replacement Request must be submitted as soon as
possible after the incident specified in clause 1.2.7.1.3.2 if a Concussion
Replacement is to be permitted.

1.2.7.3 The ICC Match Referee should ordinarily approve a Concussion PC Clause 1.2.7.2: The request for replacement must be submitted as soon as
Replacement Request if the replacement is a like-for-like player whose possible after the incident.
inclusion will not excessively advantage his/her team for the remainder of
the match.
PC Clause 1.2.7.3: It is not mandatory that the concussion replacement comes
1.2.7.4 In assessing whether the nominated Concussion Replacement should be from the nominated substitutes for that match. However, all concussion
considered a like-for-like player, the ICC Match Referee should consider replacements must fall within the category in PC Clause 1.2.3 and PC Clause
the likely role the concussed player would have played during the 1.2.4 as far as eligibility to play for that country is concerned.
remainder of the match, and the normal role that would be performed by
the nominated Concussion Replacement. PC Clause 1.2.7.4: The Match Referee should assess the likely role the replaced
player would have played in the remainder of the match when considering a like-
1.2.7.5 If the ICC Match Referee believes that the inclusion of the nominated for-like replacement, for example.
Concussion Replacement, when performing their normal role, would  If a fast bowler is to be replaced, but his/her team only has a batting innings
excessively advantage their team, the ICC Match Referee may impose left in the T20 match, it would be acceptable to replace that player with a spin
such conditions upon the identity and involvement of the Concussion bowler of similar batting ability.
Replacement as he/she sees fit, in line with the overriding objective of  If a fast bowler is to be replaced, but his/her team only has a bowling innings
facilitating a like-for-like replacement for the concussed player. left in the T20 match, it should not be acceptable to replace that player with a
spin bowler, rather he/she should be replaced by another fast bowler.
For clarity, a concussion replacement will not be permitted to bowl during The Match Referee should also bear in mind that the:

T20
8
 the innings and/or for the remainder of the match if the replaced player  Home team may be disadvantaged by only having a small number of squad
was suspended from bowling for any reason at the time they were players at the ground, even though a more appropriate replacement can be
replaced. summoned from within the country.
 Touring team may be disadvantaged by only having a finite number of squad
1.2.7.6 The ICC Match Referee may, in reviewing a Concussion Replacement players with the team.
Request made in accordance with clause 1.2.7.1.3, request any such PC Clause 1.2.7.5: The Match Referee may put limitations on the role that the
further information as may be required in order to make the determination Concussion Replacement can play in the match, for example;
required under clauses 1.2.7.4 and 1.2.7.5.  An all-rounder may replace a batter, but approval is only given on the
condition that the Concussion Replacement shall not be permitted to bowl.
1.2.7.7 The decision of the ICC Match Referee in relation to any Concussion PC Clause 1.2.7.7 – The decision of the Match Referee shall be final and neither
Replacement Request shall be final and neither team shall have any right team has a right to appeal.
of appeal. The replacement is considered a unique player in the match. He/she does not
have to;
1.2.7.8 Once the Concussion Replacement has been approved by the ICC Match  Resume the innings of the concussed player
Referee, the replaced player shall play no further part in the match.  Serve any outstanding Penalty Time accrued by the concussed player
 Assume any bowling warnings the concussed player may have been
1.2.7.9 Both the Concussion Replacement and the replaced player shall be given (e.g., For following through in the protected area)
considered to have played in the match for records and statistical The replacement can bat anywhere in the order.
purposes. In a limited-overs match, the replacement can only bowl the remaining overs yet to
be bowled by the concussed player, up to the maximum overs allowed per bowler.

In PC Clause 1.2.7.3: Any player SUSPENDED from bowling, should they be

replaced, their restriction shall apply to the replacement player.

T20
9
 1.3 Captain
Attention is drawn to the difference to the Law, where only a nominated player on
1.3.1 If at any time the captain is not available, a deputy shall act for him. the team sheet can act as deputy for the captain at the toss.
1.3.2 If a captain is not available to nominate the players, then any person Captains are no longer held solely responsible for over rate breaches.
associated with that team may act as his/her deputy to do so. See clause
1.2
1.3.3 At any time after the nomination of the players, only a nominated player
can act as deputy in discharging the duties and responsibilities of the
captain as stated in these Playing Conditions, including at the toss. See
clause 13.4 (The toss).

1.4 Responsibility of captains

The captains are responsible at all times for ensuring that play is conducted within
The Spirit of Cricket as well as within these Playing Conditions.

T20
10
2 THE UMPIRES
2.1 Appointment and attendance
The following rules for the selection and appointment of T20I umpires shall be
followed as far as it is practicable to do so:

2.1.1 The umpires shall control the game as required by these Playing
Conditions, with absolute impartiality and shall be present at the ground
at least two hours before the scheduled start of play,
2.1.2 The following Match Officials are to be appointed for each T20I match:

2.1.2.1 One (1) ICC Match Referee, appointed by the ICC from an ICC Panel of
Match Referees.

2.1.2.2 Two (2) on-field umpires appointed by the Home Board from their
representatives on an ICC Panel of Umpires.

2.1.2.3 One (1) third umpire appointed by the Home Board from their PC Clause 2.1.2.3 – The 3rd umpire will take the field in the event that an on-field
representatives on an ICC Panel of Umpires, who shall act as the emergency on- umpire becomes indisposed.
field umpire. The DRS Protocol governing the use of DRS and the third umpire is
set out in Appendix D.

2.1.2.4 One (1) fourth umpire appointed by the Home Board from its panel of first- PC Clause 2.1.2.4 -The fourth umpire will act as emergency 3rd umpire
class umpires. The fourth umpire shall act as the emergency third umpire. In ‘DRS’
T20I matches the fourth umpire shall be appointed by the Home Board from their
representatives on an ICC Panel of Umpires.

2.1.3 Neither team shall have a right of objection to the appointment of any
umpire or match referee.

2.2 Change of umpire

An umpire shall not be changed during the match, other than in exceptional
circumstances, unless he/she is injured or ill.

T20
11
 2.3 Consultation with Home Board
Before the match the umpires shall consult with the Ground Authority to determine;
2.3.1 which clock or watch and back-up time piece is to be used during the
match.
2.3.2 the boundary of the field of play. See clause 19 (Boundaries).
2.3.3 the use of covers. See clause 10 (Covering the pitch).
2.3.4 any special conditions of play affecting the conduct of the match.
inform the scorers of agreements in 2.3.1 and 2.3.4

2.4 The wickets, creases and boundaries

Before the toss and during the match, the umpires shall satisfy themselves that
2.4.1 the creases are correctly marked. See clause 7 (The creases).
2.4.2 the wickets are properly pitched. See clause 8 (The wickets).
2.4.3 the boundary of the field of play complies with the requirements of
clauses 19.1 (Determining the boundary of the field of play), 19.2
(Identifying and marking the boundary) and 19.3 (Restoring the
boundary).

2.5 Conduct of the match, implements and equipment

Before the toss and during the match, the umpires shall satisfy themselves that
2.5.1 the conduct of the match is strictly in accordance with these Playing
Conditions.
2.5.2 the implements used in the match conform to the following
2.5.2.1 clause 4 (The ball).
2.5.2.2 externally visible requirements of clause 5 (The bat) and
paragraph 1 of Appendix B
2.5.2.3 either clauses 8.2 (Size of stumps) and 8.3 (The bails).
2.5.3 no player uses equipment other than that permitted. See paragraph 2 of
Appendix A. Note particularly therein the interpretation of ‘protective
helmet’.
2.5.4 the wicket-keeper’s gloves comply with the requirements of clause 27.2
(Gloves).

T20
12
 ICC directive:
2.6 Fair and unfair play
The default position remains no tape on hands while bowling. However, if an injury
The umpires shall be the sole judges of fair and unfair play. occurs on the field during play and blood is involved, it is reasonable in this
situation where a finger or hand is bleeding, that the umpires allow tape to be
used. (this may be required to protect stitching, but not applicable for example if
the injury is a result of friction caused by imparting spin on the ball).
For the avoidance of doubt, this will only apply for the match where the injury has
occurred. The umpires are to ensure the application of tape is as minimal as
possible and of the correct color.

Match officials should address this at the Pre-series meeting.

Also see PC Clause 41.2

2.7 Fitness for play
PC Clause 2.7
2.7.1 It is solely for the umpires together to decide whether either conditions of
ground, weather or light or exceptional circumstances mean that it would The objective is for the umpires to maximize play. The intention is to stay out
be dangerous or unreasonable for play to take place. longer than teams may have been used to in the past. Whilst match officials have
dealt with GWL more firmly in recent times, it is necessary that appropriate
Conditions shall not be regarded as either dangerous or unreasonable positive and assertive management is continued.
merely because they are not ideal. The umpires are the final judges of the fitness of Ground Weather and Light
The fact that the grass and the ball are wet does not warrant the ground (GWL).
conditions being regarded as unreasonable or dangerous. In considering the fitness of light, umpires should note the following:
2.7.2 Conditions shall be regarded as dangerous if there is actual and
foreseeable risk to the safety of any player or umpire. A In grounds where artificial lights are not available.
2.7.3 Conditions shall be regarded as unreasonable if, although posing no risk  Only when conditions are UNSAFE, should play be suspended. The word
to safety, it would not be sensible for play to proceed. unreasonable in the Law applies to high winds, dust storms and the like.
2.7.4 If the umpires consider the ground is so wet or slippery as to deprive the  The terms “unsuitable” or “unfair” are not valid reasons for suspending play.
bowler of a reasonable foothold, the fielders of the power of free Conditions need to be ‘safe’ to continue playing and ‘unsafe’ to suspend play.
movement, or the batter of the ability to play their strokes or to run  The level of light (and therefore the light meter reading) required to justify
between the wickets, then these conditions shall be regarded as so bad suspension of play will normally be different depending on whether the bowler
that it would be dangerous and unreasonable for play to take place. is fast or slow.

Dew is to be treated like any other interruption and if conditions are unsafe or
unreasonable, then umpires can stop play and request action from the ground
staff.

T20
13
 2.8 Suspension of play in dangerous or unreasonable APPENDIX O: LIGHTNING MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES
circumstances
2.8.1 All references to ground include the pitch. See clause 6.1 (Area of pitch).
2.8.2 If at any time the umpires together agree that the conditions of ground,
weather or light, or any other circumstances are dangerous or
unreasonable, they shall immediately suspend play, or not allow play to
start or to recommence. The decision as to whether conditions are so bad
as to warrant such action is one for the umpires alone to make, following
consultation with the ICC Match Referee.
2.8.3 If circumstances are warranted, the umpires shall stop play and instruct
the Ground Authority to take whatever action they can and use whatever
equipment is necessary to remove as much dew as possible from the
outfield when conditions become unreasonable or dangerous. The
umpires may also instruct the ground staff to take such action during
scheduled and unscheduled breaks in play.
2.8.4 The umpires shall disregard any shadow on the pitch from the stadium or
from any permanent object on the ground.
2.8.5 Light Meters
It is the responsibility of the ICC to supply light meters to the match
officials to be used in accordance with these playing conditions.
2.8.5.1 All light meters shall be uniformly calibrated.
2.8.5.2 The umpires shall be entitled to use light meter readings as a
guideline for determining whether the light is fit for play in
accordance with the criteria set out in clause 2.8.2 above.
2.8.5.3 Light meter readings may accordingly be used by the umpires:
2.8.5.3.1 To determine whether there has been at any stage a
deterioration or improvement in the light.

2.8.5.3.2 As benchmarks for the remainder of a match.

2.8.6 Use of artificial lights

If in the opinion of the umpires, natural light is deteriorating to an unfit
level, they shall authorize the Ground Authority to use the available
artificial lighting so that the match can commence or continue in
acceptable conditions.
In the event of power failure or lights malfunction, the provisions relating
to the delay or interruption of play due to bad weather or light shall apply.
2.8.7 When there is a suspension of play it is the responsibility of the umpires

T20
14
 to monitor conditions. They shall make inspections as often as
appropriate, unaccompanied by any players or officials. Immediately the
umpires together agree that the conditions are no longer dangerous or
unreasonable they shall call upon the players to resume play.
2.8.8 The safety of all persons within the ground is of paramount importance to
the ICC. In the event that of any threatening circumstance, whether
actual or perceived (including for example weather, pitch invasions, act of
God, etc.), then the umpires, on the advice of the ICC Match Referee,
should suspend play and all players and officials should immediately be
asked to leave the field of play in a safe and orderly manner and to
relocate to a secure and safe area (depending on each particular threat)
pending the satisfactory passing or resolution of such threat or risk to the
reasonable satisfaction of the umpires, the ICC Match Referee, the head
of the relevant Ground Authority, the head of ground security and/or the
police as the circumstances may require.
2.8.9 Where play is suspended under clause 2.8.8 above the decision to
abandon or resume play shall be the responsibility of the ICC Match
Referee who shall act only after consultation with the head of ground
security and the police.

T20
15
 2.9 Position of umpires PC Clause 2.9 - With the current emphasis on Teamwork, it is undoubtedly agreed
The umpires shall stand where they can best see any act upon which their that the best position in which a striker’s end umpire can assist his/her colleague
decision may be required. Subject to this over-riding consideration, the bowler’s on catches down the leg side, passing close to the body (which at times is most
difficult to call) is when standing on the leg side. Whilst not a mandatory
end umpire shall stand in a position so as not to interfere with either the bowler’s
requirement, it must always be considered as good field technique as well, given
run-up or the striker’s view. the lesser chances of getting in the way of a fielder. Pre-arranged signals should
The striker’s end umpire may elect to stand on the off side instead of the on side of be used to convey such decision (tap hand if off bat/tap leg if leg byes etc.) to
each other if necessary.
the pitch, provided he/she informs the captain of the fielding side, the striker and
the other umpire.

2.10 Umpires changing ends

Shall not apply.

Directive for a player (substitute) taking the field without permission:

2.11 Disagreement and dispute
Where there is disagreement or dispute about any matter, the umpires together Before the start of play at the beginning of the day or after every interval, the
shall make the final decision. See also clause 31.6 (Consultation by umpires). umpires must ask the fielding captain whether he/she has any substitutes on the
field.
In the unlikely event that a legitimate player who is nominated in a team sheet, but
who is unauthorized and is without permission, takes the field as a substitute, and
contacts the ball, the ball becomes dead, and five penalty runs will be awarded to
the batting side. In addition, any runs completed and crossed at the time of the
infringement will be scored, the dismissal shall not count, and ball will not count in
the over. Advise all concerned as per PC Clause 24.4. See Clause 24.1 for further
details.

No report to be considered.

2.12 Umpire’s decision

PC Clause 2.12: This PC states it has to be done promptly whereas, PC Clause
An umpire may alter any decision provided that such alteration is made promptly 31.7: Batter leaves the wicket under misapprehension, and PC Clause 31.8:
and does not contradict clause 20.6 (Dead ball not to be revoked). This apart, an Withdrawal of Appeal, states a time frame of the instant the ball comes into play
umpire’s decision, once made, is final. for the next delivery or if the innings has been completed, before the umpires
leave the field of play

2.13 Signals
2.13.1 The following code of signals shall be used by umpires.
2.13.1.1 Signals made while the ball is in play
No ball - by extending one arm horizontally.
Out - by raising an index finger above the head. (If not out,

T20
16
 the umpire shall call Not out.)
Wide - by extending both arms horizontally.
Dead ball - by crossing and re-crossing the wrists below the
waist.
2.13.1.2 When the ball is dead, the bowler’s end umpire shall repeat
the signals in clause 2.13.1.1, with the exception of the signal
for Out, to the scorers.
2.13.1.3 The signals listed below shall be made to the scorers only
PC Clause 2.13.1.3: All signals to be made by the bowler’s end umpire with
when the ball is dead. exception of short run, which is to be signaled by the umpire at the end the short
run occurs. However, the final signal to be given by the bowler’s end umpire to the
Boundary 4 - by waving an arm from side to side finishing
scorer together with the number of runs recorded. When the short run call needs
with the arm across the chest to be revoked, it must be revoked by the umpire who called it.
Boundary 6 - by raising both arms above the head.
Bye - by raising an open hand above the head.
Five Penalty runs awarded to the batting side - by repeated
tapping of one shoulder with the opposite hand.
Five Penalty runs awarded to the fielding side - by placing
one hand on the opposite shoulder.
Leg bye - by touching a raised knee with the hand.
Revoke last signal - by touching both shoulders, each with
the opposite hand.
Short run - by bending one arm upwards and touching the
nearer shoulder with the tips of the fingers.
Free Hit – after signaling the No ball, the bowler’s end umpire
extends one arm straight upwards and moves it in a circular
motion.
Powerplay Over – by rotating his/her arm in a large circle.

The following signal is for Level 4 player conduct offences. The signal has two
parts, both of which should be acknowledged separately by the scorers.
Level 4 conduct Part 1 - by putting one arm out to the side of the body and
repeatedly raising it and lowering it.

T20
17
 Part 2 - by raising an index finger, held at shoulder height,
to the side of the body.
2.13.1.4 All the signals in clause 2.13.1.3 are to be made by the
bowler’s end umpire except that for Short run, which is to be
signalled by the umpire at the end where short running occurs.
However, the bowler’s end umpire shall be responsible both
for the final signal of Short run to the scorers and, if more than
one run is short, for informing them as to the number of runs to
be recorded.
2.13.2 The umpire shall wait until each signal to the scorers has been separately
acknowledged by a scorer before allowing play to proceed.
If several signals are to be used, they should be given in the order that PC Clause 2.13.2: If multiple signals are to be used, signal them in the order the
the events occurred. events took place.

T20
18
 2.14 Informing the umpires
Wherever the umpires are to receive information from captains or other players
under these Playing Conditions, it will be sufficient for one umpire to be so
informed and for him/her to inform the other umpire.

2.15 Correctness of scores

Consultation between umpires and scorers on doubtful points is essential. The
umpires shall, throughout the match, satisfy themselves as to the correctness of
the number of runs scored, the wickets that have fallen and, where appropriate,
the number of overs bowled.
The umpires shall ensure that they are able to contact the scorers at any time
during the match and at its conclusion to address any issues relating to the
correctness of scores.

3 THE SCORERS
3.1 Appointment of scorers
Two scorers shall be appointed to record all runs scored, all wickets taken and,
where appropriate, number of overs bowled.

3.2 Correctness of scores

The scorers shall frequently check to ensure that their records agree and consult
with the umpires if necessary. See clause 2.15 (Correctness of scores).

PC Clause 3.3
3.3 Acknowledging signals
One of the most visible facets of the role the umpire plays is the signaling to the
The scorers shall accept all instructions and signals given to them by the umpires scorers from the field of play and all umpires in International cricket should utilise
and shall immediately acknowledge each separate signal. the same signals at the appropriate times. The following signals will be used
according to the definition in the Laws of cricket:
 Dead ball, no ball, out, wide, boundary 4, boundary 6, bye, leg bye, all
penalty run signals, new ball, revoke last signal, revoking a decision that
has to be changed following a review, short run, and Level 4 offence
signal.
In addition, the following signals are to be used as explained in the playing
conditions:
 Review sent to 3rd umpire (First communicate by radio and then make

T20
19
 the sign of the TV screen)
 No ball for fast short-pitched deliveries. (In excess of the allowable limit -
Normal no ball signal plus tapping the head with the other hand)
The head should not be tapped when a wide above head-height is called and
signaled.
In the signaling and application of no ball extras i.e. for no ball extras off the
person or equipment of the striker and the batter run 1. The signal will be a no ball
signal followed by the leg bye signal. 1 run credited to no ball extras, and the rest
to leg byes. Bowler will be debited with 1 no ball extra only.
If the ball does not make contact with the striker and the striker runs 1. Then it will
be signaled no ball followed, by the bye signal. 1 run credited to no ball extras and
the rest to byes. Bowler will be debited with 1 no ball extra only

T20
20
4 THE BALL
4.1 Weight and size
The ball, when new, shall weigh not less than 5.5 ounces/155.9 g, nor more than
5.75 ounces/163 g, and shall measure not less than 8.81 in/22.4 cm, nor more
than 9 in/22.9 cm in circumference.

4.2 Approval and control of balls PC Clause 4.2: Some points to keep in mind with regard to Management of the
4.2.1 The Home Board shall provide white cricket balls of an approved ball:
standard for T20I cricket and spare used balls for changing during a
match, which shall also be of the same brand. Note: The Home Board PC Clause 28.1: Reiterates that fielders wearing tape and plasters on their hands
shall be required to advise the Visiting Board of the brand of ball to be or fingers need to have the permission of the umpires to do so. Umpires, however,
used in the match(es) at least 30 days prior to the start of the match(es). in the interest of safety, may allow such tape to be worn as long as they feel it
does not give the fielder an advantage when fielding or catching the ball.
4.2.2 The fielding captain or his/her nominee may select the ball with which
he/she wishes to bowl from the supply provided by the Home Board. The However, if the regular ball polisher of the team (as is quite commonplace), has
fourth umpire shall take a box containing at least 6 new balls to the any plasters or tape on his/her hand or fingers it is mandatory that the umpires
dressing room and supervise the selection of the ball. examine the tape/plaster and satisfy themselves that its only purpose is
4.2.3 The umpires shall retain possession of the match ball(s) throughout the safety/protection for hand or fingers.
duration of the match when play is not actually taking place.
Fielders are only permitted to polish the ball on their clothing i.e. shirt/trouser etc.
4.2.4 During play umpires shall periodically and irregularly inspect the condition without wasting time, and not on any other external items i.e. tube-grips, elbow
of the ball and shall retain possession of it at the fall of a wicket or any guards, or a towel. Saliva cannot be used to polish the ball. Appropriate
other disruption in play. management is required.

Fielders are allowed to use a towel/cloth that has been approved by the umpires to
dry a wet ball or remove mud from the ball under the supervision of the umpires.
ICC directive:
The default position remains no tape on the bowling hand while bowling. However,
if an injury occurs on the field during play and blood is involved, it is reasonable in
this situation, where a finger or hand is bleeding, that the umpires allow tape to be
used. This may be required to protect stitching, but not applicable, for example, if
the injury is as a result of friction caused by imparting spin on the ball.
This will only apply for the match in which the injury has occurred. The umpires are
to ensure the application of tape is as minimal as possible.

Match officials should address this at the Pre-series meeting.

4.3 New ball

4.3.1 One new ball shall be used at the start of each innings.

T20
21
T20
22
 4.4 Ball lost or becoming unfit for play PC Clause 4.4:
If, during play, the ball cannot be found or recovered or the umpires agree that it If prompted, both on-field umpires should consider the condition of the ball.
has become unfit for play through normal use, the umpires shall replace it with a If the umpires feel it requires their attention, before they make a decision as to
ball which has had wear comparable with that which the previous ball had received whether to change the ball or not, the ball should be dried vigorously with a towel,
before the need for its replacement. When the ball is replaced, the umpire shall with particular emphasis on the seam.
inform the batter and the fielding captain.
If, after drying, the ball is still too slippery and wet to hold and grip, the ball should
be changed.
The condition of the seam is paramount. If it is dry, even though the leather itself
might still be wet, the ball should not be considered as being too wet as the bowler
should still be able to hold and grip the ball.
Dew
In extreme circumstances (e.g. when dew is severe), and the ball has to be
changed every 3 or 4 overs, consideration should be given to stopping the game
and instructing the curator to rope the ground and mop the very wet areas before
resuming play.
Discolouration
Umpires may change the ball when the ball has become discoloured to such an
extent that the umpires and therefore the players are struggling to pick up the flight
of the ball.
Replacement ball for lost ball
PC Clause 4.4:
Once a ball is replaced (it has been lost and cannot be retrieved in a timely
manner), the original ball cannot be reintroduced into the game at the discretion of
the umpires. The only way an original ball can be reintroduced is when the
replacement ball also becomes lost or unfit for play and a suitable replacement is
required.

Should only a newer ball be available as a replacement, umpires are not to scuff it
up or bounce it in an attempt to make it a similar condition to the original.
Preparation should be made to have an appropriate range of replacement balls
prior to the match starting. From the box of available balls, the one nearest to the
condition of the lost ball must be used

Always use the rings: If there are repeated instances of the ball being out of
shape, and the umpire is contemplating replacing the ball, it should only be
replaced if the ball doesn’t pass through the appropriate ring.

T20
23
 It is mandatory that both umpires carry a set of ball rings on to the field with them.
This not only avoids time-wasting but also does not give the perception that only
one umpire is making the decision with regard to the shape of the ball. A cursory
check can be carried out by either umpire and the ball tossed back, instead of
them always having to get together

5 THE BAT Whilst play is in progress, should a bat break in two, until and unless the ball
becomes dead, the broken portion will still be considered to be the bat for the
5.1 The bat purpose of touching down for a run or the batter making his/her ground with that
5.1.1 The bat consists of two parts, a handle and a blade. portion as long as he/she has contact with it.

5.1.2 The basic requirements and measurements of the bat are set out in this MCC confirmation: 28 April 2020 reads:
clause with detailed specifications in paragraph 1 of Appendix B. The batter touching any part of the bat, whether broken or not, is acceptable and
will go towards making his/her ground. Imagine a tiny fragment (1%) broke off the
bottom of the bat but then they ran 2, with the striker still holding 99% of his/her
bat. Of course, the runs would be allowed. So, it can't be any different for a 50%
split or whatever. Any part of the bat is still the bat and can be used to make good
his/her ground if he/she is in contact with it.
5.2 The handle
5.2.1 The handle is to be made principally of cane and/or wood.
5.2.2 The part of the handle that is wholly outside the blade is defined to be the
upper portion of the handle. It is a straight shaft for holding the bat.
5.2.3 The upper portion of the handle may be covered with a grip as defined in
paragraph 1.2.2 of Appendix B.

5.3 The blade

5.3.1 The blade comprises the whole of the bat apart from the handle as
defined in clause 5.2 and in paragraph 1.3 of Appendix B.
5.3.2 The blade shall consist solely of wood.

T20
24
 5.4 Protection and repair
Subject to the specifications in paragraph 1.4 of Appendix B. and providing clause
5.5 is not contravened,
5.4.1 solely for the purposes of
either protection from surface damage to the face, sides and
shoulders of the blade
or repair to the blade after surface damage,
material that is not rigid, either at the time of its application to the blade or
subsequently, may be placed on these surfaces.
5.4.2 for repair of the blade after damage other than surface damage
5.4.2.1 solid material may be inserted into the blade.
5.4.2.2 The only material permitted for any insertion is wood with
minimal essential adhesives.
5.4.3 to prevent damage to the toe, material may be placed on that part of the
blade but shall not extend over any part of the face, back or sides of the
blade.

5.5 Damage to the ball

PC Clause 5.5: Law Interpretation
5.5.1 For any part of the bat, covered or uncovered, the hardness of the
constituent materials and the surface texture thereof shall not be such Striker using the back of the bat deliberately to hit the ball
that either or both could cause unacceptable damage to the ball.
It is not illegal as per the Law for a striker to use the back of his/her bat to hit the
5.5.2 Any material placed on any part of the bat, for whatever purpose, shall ball when playing a shot. A note from the MCC states that unless, by its use, it
similarly not be such that it could cause unacceptable damage to the ball. causes damage to, or changes the condition of the ball.
5.5.3 For the purpose of this clause, unacceptable damage is any change that
is greater than normal wear and tear caused by the ball striking the
uncovered wooden surface of the blade.

T20
25
 5.6 Contact with the ball
In these clauses,
5.6.1 reference to the bat shall imply that the bat is held in the batter’s hand or
a glove worn on his/her hand, unless stated otherwise.
5.6.2 contact between the ball and any of 5.6.2.1 to 5.6.2.4
PC Clause 5.6.2.1: The bat by itself is not part of the striker’s person unless it is
5.6.2.1 the bat itself held in the batter’s hand, or a glove worn on his/her hand.
5.6.2.2 the batter’s hand holding the bat
5.6.2.3 any part of a glove worn on the batter’s hand holding the bat PC Clause 5.6.2.3:
A fair delivery which strikes the arm guard of the striker and is caught, will be
5.6.2.4 any additional materials permitted under 5.4 deemed to be not out, even if the arm guard is touching and overlapping the glove,
shall be regarded as the ball striking or touching the bat or being struck and the ball has hit the portion that is overlapping the glove.
by the bat.

5.7 Bat size limits

5.7.1 The overall length of the bat, when the lower portion of the handle is
inserted, shall not be more than 38 in/96.52 cm.
5.7.2 The blade of the bat shall not exceed the following dimensions:
Width: 4.25in / 10.8 cm
Depth: 2.64in / 6.7 cm
Edges: 1.56in / 4.0cm.
Furthermore, it should also be able to pass through a bat gauge as
described in paragraph 1.6 of Appendix B.
5.7.3 The handle shall not exceed 52% of the overall length of the bat.
5.7.4 The material permitted for covering the blade in clause 5.4.1 shall not
exceed 0.04 in/0.1 cm in thickness.
5.7.5 The maximum permitted thickness of protective material placed on the
toe of the blade is 0.12 in/0.3 cm.

5.8 Categories of bat

5.8.1 Type A bats conform to clauses 5.1 to 5.7 inclusive.
5.8.2 Only Type A bats may be used in T20I matches.

T20
26
6 THE PITCH
6.1 Area of pitch
The pitch is a rectangular area of the ground 22 yards/20.12 m in length and 10
ft/3.05 m in width. It is bounded at either end by the bowling creases and on either
side by imaginary lines, one each side of the imaginary line joining the centres of
the two middle stumps, each parallel to it and 5 ft/1.52 m from it.
If the pitch is next to an artificial pitch which is closer than 5 ft/1.52 m from the
middle stumps, the pitch on that side will extend only to the junction of the two
surfaces. See clauses 8.1 (Description, width and pitching), 7.2 (The bowling
crease), and Appendix C.

6.2 Fitness of pitch for play

The umpires shall be the sole judges of the fitness of the pitch for play. See
clauses 2.7 (Fitness for play) and 2.8 (Suspension of play in dangerous or
unreasonable conditions).

6.3 Selection and preparation

Before the match, the Ground Authority shall be responsible for the selection and
preparation of the pitch. During the match, the umpires shall control its use and
maintenance.
6.3.1 The Ground Authority shall ensure that during the period prior to the start
of play and during intervals, the pitch area shall be roped off so as to
prevent unauthorised access. (The pitch area shall include an area at
least 2 metres beyond the rectangle made by the crease markings at
both ends of the pitch).
6.3.2 The fourth umpire shall ensure that, prior to the start of play and during
any intervals, only authorised staff, the ICC match officials, players, team
coaches and authorised television personnel shall be allowed access to
the pitch area. Such access shall be subject to the following limitations:
6.3.2.1 Only captains and team coaches may walk on the actual Only the Captain and Head Coach from the respective teams may walk on the
playing surface of the pitch area (outside of the crease actual playing surface of the pitch.
markings).
6.3.2.2 Access to the pitch area by television personnel shall be
restricted to one camera crew (including one or two television
commentators) of the official licensed television broadcaster(s)
(but not news crews).
6.3.2.3 No spiked footwear shall be permitted.

T20
27
 6.3.2.4 No one shall be permitted to bounce a ball on the pitch, strike
it with a bat or cause damage to the pitch in any other way.
PC Clause 6.3.2.4: Visualization by a batter before the commencement of play or
6.3.2.5 Access shall not interfere with pitch preparation. during intervals must only be carried out in the area behind the wickets on both
6.3.3 In the event of any dispute, the ICC Match Referee will rule and his/her ends of the pitch and not in the area between the popping crease and the wickets.
ruling will be final. The fourth umpire must ensure strict compliance. The fourth umpire is to request
the Curator to rope off the pitch from behind the stumps at each end and two
meters either side of the pitch.

T20
28
 6.4 Changing the pitch
6.4.1 If the on-field umpires decide that it is dangerous or unreasonable for
play to continue on the match pitch, they shall stop play and immediately
advise the ICC Match Referee.
6.4.2 The on-field umpires and the ICC Match Referee shall then consult with
both captains.
6.4.3 If the captains agree to continue, play shall resume.
6.4.4 If the decision is not to resume play, the on-field umpires together with
the ICC Match Referee shall consider whether the existing pitch can be
repaired and the match resumed from the point it was stopped. In
considering whether to authorise such repairs, the ICC Match Referee
must consider whether this would place either side at an unfair
advantage, given the play that had already taken place on the dangerous
pitch.
6.4.5 If the decision is that the existing pitch cannot be repaired, then the
match is to be abandoned with the following consequences:
6.4.5.1 In the event of the required number of overs to constitute a
match having been completed at the time the match is
abandoned, the result shall be determined according to the
provisions of clause 16.4.2.
6.4.5.2 In the event of the required number of overs to constitute a
match not having been completed, the match will be
abandoned as a no result.
6.4.6 If the abandonment occurs on the day of the match, the ICC Match
Referee shall consult with the Home Board with the objective of finding a
way for a new match (including a new nomination of teams and toss) to
commence on the same date and venue.
Such a match may be played either on the repaired pitch or on another
pitch, subject to the ICC Match Referee and the relevant Ground
Authority both being satisfied that the new pitch will be of the required
ODI standard.
The playing time lost between the scheduled start time of the original
match and the actual start time of the new match will be covered by the
provisions of clause 12.
6.4.7 If it is not possible to start a new match on the scheduled day of the
match, the relevant officials from the participating Boards shall agree on
whether the match can be replayed within the existing tour schedule.

T20
29
6.4.8 Throughout the above decision making processes, the ICC Match
Referee shall keep informed both captains and the head of the Ground
Authority. The head of the Ground Authority shall ensure that suitable
and prompt public announcements are made.
6.5 Non-turf pitches
All T20I matches shall be played on natural turf pitches.
Note: Home Boards may, prior to the commencement of the series, seek the
approval of ICC to use a hybrid pitch as an alternate to a natural turf pitch.
The use of PVA and other adhesives in the preparation of pitches is not permitted.

T20
30
 6.6 Junior Cricket
Shall not apply.

7 THE CREASES
7.1 The creases
The positions of a bowling crease, a popping crease and two return creases shall The marking of the guidelines for the ‘Wide creases’ could be in a color other than
be marked by white lines, as set out in clauses 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4, at each end of the white if it helps make it more visible under bright sunshine or lights.
pitch. See paragraph 1 of Appendix C.

7.2 The bowling crease

The bowling crease, which is the back edge of the crease marking, is the line that
marks the end of the pitch, as in clause 6.1 (Area of pitch). It shall be 8 ft 8 in/2.64
m in length.

7.3 The popping crease

PC Clause 7.3
The popping crease, which is the back edge of the crease marking, shall be in
front of and parallel to the bowling crease and shall be 4 ft/1.22 m from it. The It is also acceptable practice for the umpire at square leg to stand off the popping
popping crease shall be marked to a minimum of 15 yards/13.71 m on either side crease line so as to not block the broadcaster’s side-on camera for stumping/run
of the imaginary line joining the centres of the two middle stumps and shall be out/bowled/ hit wicket decisions.
considered to be unlimited in length.

7.4 The return creases

The return creases, which are the inside edges of the crease markings, shall be at
right angles to the popping crease at a distance of 4 ft 4 in/1.32 m either side of
the imaginary line joining the centres of the two middle stumps. Each return crease
shall be marked from the popping crease to a minimum of 8 ft/2.44 m behind it and
shall be considered to be unlimited in length.

7.5 Additional Crease Markings

As a guideline to the umpires for the calling of Wides on the offside, the crease The marking of the guidelines for the ‘Wide creases’ could be in a color other than
markings detailed in paragraph 1 of Appendix C shall be marked in white at each white if it helps make it more visible under bright sunshine or lights.
end of the pitch.

8 THE WICKETS
8.1 Description, width and pitching

T20
31
Two sets of wickets shall be pitched opposite and parallel to each other in the
centres of the bowling creases. Each set shall be 9 in/22.86 cm wide and shall
consist of three wooden stumps with two wooden bails on top. See paragraph 2 of
Appendix B.

T20
32
 PC Clause 8.2
8.2 Size of stumps
This additional regulation does not allow the stumps to be any higher or wider than
The tops of the stumps shall be 28 in/71.12 cm above the playing surface and the Laws of cricket allow. The only difference with these wider stumps would be in
shall be dome shaped except for the bail grooves. The portion of a stump above the gaps. The overall width of the set of wickets must remain at 9 inches.
the playing surface shall be cylindrical apart from the domed top, with circular
section of diameter not less than 1.38 in/3.50 cm nor more than 1.5 in/3.81 cm. It is mandatory that the 4th umpire at the start of play and thereafter following each
See paragraph 2 of Appendix B. interval throughout the game, except the drinks interval, advises Match Referee
that wickets are properly pitched and aligned before play commences for that
For televised matches the Home Board may provide a slightly larger cylindrical session.
stump to accommodate the stump camera. When the larger stump is used, all
three stumps must be exactly the same size.

8.3 The bails

8.3.1 The bails, when in position on top of the stumps,
- shall not project more than 0.5 in/1.27 cm above them.
- shall fit between the stumps without forcing them out of the vertical.
8.3.2 Each bail shall conform to the following specifications. See paragraph 2
of Appendix B.
Overall length 4.31 in/10.95 cm
Length of barrel 2.13 in /5.40 cm
Longer spigot 1.38 in/3.50 cm
Shorter spigot 0.81 in/2.06 cm.
8.3.3 The two spigots and the barrel shall have the same centre line.
8.3.4 Devices aimed at protecting player safety by limiting the distance that a PC Clause 8.3.4: Tethering of bails is permitted with the approval of the Home
bail can travel off the stumps will be allowed, subject to the approval of Board and the ICC
the Home Board and the ICC.

8.4 Dispensing with bails

PC Clause 8.4: Agreeing to play without bails is not a decision to be taken lightly.
The umpires may agree to dispense with the use of bails, if necessary. If they so Law 29 – The wicket is broken, completely changes the manner in which the
agree then no bails shall be used at either end. The use of bails shall be resumed wicket is broken if agreement to play without bails is reached. See PC Clause 29.4
as soon as conditions permit. See clause 29.4 (Dispensing with bails). for details.
If strong winds prevail the umpires may, as an alternative, use heavy bails.

T20
33
 PC Clause 8.5: When using LED wickets, it is only when the bails light up that it
8.5 LED Wickets indicates the wicket has been broken, i.e. a bail has lost complete contact with the
The use of approved LED Wickets is permitted. Refer also to paragraphs 3.8.1.6 stump at both of its ends.
and 4.2 of Appendix D. Just a reminder that the LED bails will light up independently, but both stumps will
illuminate when one bail is removed. Zing bails once illuminated, will remain
illuminated for at least 4 - 5 seconds. This means that if a zing bail that has broken
contact with both groves of the stumps, lights up but then falls back on to a
stationary position on top of the stumps, it will stay lit up, and if then only the
wicket is put down, the 3rd umpire must ensure he/she has visuals of the bail
completely free of the stumps before he/she makes up his/her mind that the wicket
is fairly broken.
See Appendix R – Zing Wicket System – Umpire Instructions.

T20
34
9 PREPARATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE PLAYING AREA
9.1 Rolling
The pitch shall not be rolled during the match except as permitted in clauses 9.1.1
and 9.1.2.
9.1.1 Frequency and duration of rolling
During the match the pitch may be rolled at the request of the captain of PC 9.1.1: In the event of a reserve day being utilized in a T20I, the 4 th Umpire is to
the side batting second, for a period of not more than 7 minutes, before treat the reserve day in the same manner as he/she would have treated the
the start of the second innings. remaining days in a Test match other than the first day. This means mowing of the
9.1.2 Rolling after a delayed start pitch and rolling of the wicket would take place if the toss had taken place on the
In addition to the rolling permitted above, if, after the toss and before the previous day.
first innings of the match, the start is delayed, the captain of the batting
side may request that the pitch be rolled for not more than 7 minutes.

However, if the umpires together agree that the delay has had no
significant effect on the state of the pitch, they shall refuse such request
for rolling of the pitch.
9.1.3 Choice of rollers
If there is more than one roller available the captain of the batting side
shall choose which one is to be used.
The following shall apply in addition to clause 9.1:
9.1.4 Prior to the scheduled time for the toss, the artificial drying of the pitch
and outfield shall be at the discretion of the Ground Authority. Thereafter
and throughout the match the drying of the outfield may be undertaken at
any time by the Ground Authority, but the drying of the affected area of
the pitch shall be carried out only on the instructions and under the
supervision of the umpires. The umpires shall be empowered to have the
pitch dried without reference to the captains at any time they are of the
opinion that it is unfit for play.
9.1.5 The umpires may instruct the Ground Authority to use any available
equipment, including any roller for the purpose of drying the pitch and
making it fit for play.
9.1.6 An absorbent roller may be used to remove water from the covers
including the cover on the match pitch.

T20
35
 9.2 Clearing debris from the pitch In order to be consistent in the way a pitch is cleared of debris, which includes
9.2.1 The pitch shall be cleared of any debris sweeping, at the appropriate intervals, the pitch should be swept from the bowling
crease up to the 5ft marking at both ends. For the area of the pitch past the 5ft
9.2.1.1 between innings. This shall precede rolling if any is to take marking, the pitch should be cleared of debris with consideration to the prevailing
place. conditions under the supervision of the 4th umpire. This may take the form of
9.2.1.2 at all intervals for meals. sweeping or hand removal of debris, whichever is deemed appropriate by the
curator and match umpires, it does not necessarily mean the whole pitch will be
9.2.2 The clearance of debris in clause 9.2.1 shall be done by sweeping, swept. (See Law 9.2)
except where the umpires consider that this may be detrimental to the
surface of the pitch. In this case the debris must be cleared from that PC Clause 9.2.2: Umpires must be aware of their responsibilities with regard to
area by hand, without sweeping. removal of debris, especially in the sub-continent with dry, brittle pitches. The
fourth umpire must be instructed accordingly on whether the entire pitch will be
9.2.3 In addition to 9.2.1, debris may be cleared from the pitch by hand, without
swept/brushed/cleared of debris by hand during intervals in play.
sweeping, before mowing and whenever either umpire considers it
necessary.
Before the start of the match the 4th umpire can liaise with the curator as to which
broom would be used to clear the debris from the pitch. It is advised to use a soft
broom and to maintain consistency the same broom can be used for the entire
duration of the match

The use of leaf-blowers may only be used to “sweep” the pitch with the approval of
the umpires.

9.3 Mowing
9.3.1 Responsibility for mowing PC Clause 9.3.1: In the case of a reserve day, all mowing of the pitch must be
9.3.1.1 All mowings which are carried out before the match shall be carried out under the supervision of the fourth umpire before 30 minutes of the
the sole responsibility of the Ground Authority. scheduled/re-scheduled start of play on that day had the toss taken place the
previous day.

9.4 Watering the pitch

The pitch shall not be watered during the match.

9.5 Re-marking creases

Creases shall be re-marked whenever either umpire considers it necessary.

9.6 Maintenance of footholes

PC Clause 9.6
The umpires shall ensure that the holes made by the bowlers and batters are
cleaned out and dried whenever necessary to facilitate play. Routine maintenance and rolling supervision is delegated by the on-field umpires
to the 4th Umpire. However, this does not alter the fact that the on-field umpires
The umpires shall allow, if necessary, the returfing of footholes made by the will still be responsible to ensure that the preparation and maintenance of the pitch

T20
36
bowlers in their delivery strides, or the use of quick-setting fillings for the same is dealt with strictly according to the Law.
purpose.

In addition, the umpires shall see that wherever possible and whenever it is
considered necessary, action is taken during all intervals in play to do whatever is
practicable to improve the bowler’s footholes.

T20
37
 9.7 Securing of footholds and maintenance of pitch
During play, umpires shall allow the players to secure their footholds by the use of
sawdust provided that no damage to the pitch is caused and that clause 41 (Unfair
play) is not contravened.

9.8 Protection and preparation of adjacent pitches during matches PC Clause 9.8: Umpires must approve any ‘watering plan’ or protective covering of
The protection (by way of an appropriate cover) and preparation of pitches which the adjacent pitches, if any, before the start of the match and advise the Captains
are adjacent to the match pitch will be permitted during the match subject to the and Match Referee accordingly. All such maintenance work must be carried out
following: under the supervision of the 4th Umpire.

9.8.1 Such measures will only be possible if requested by the Ground Authority
and approved by the umpires before the start of the match.
9.8.2 Approval should only be granted where such measures are unavoidable
and will not compromise the safety of the players or their ability to
execute their actions with complete freedom.
9.8.3 The preparation work shall be carried out under the supervision of the
fourth umpire.
9.8.4 The consent of the captains is not required but the umpires shall advise
both captains and the ICC Match Referee before the start of the match on
what has been agreed.

10 COVERING THE PITCH

10.1 Before the match
The use of covers before the match is the responsibility of the Ground Authority
and may include full covering if required.
The pitch shall be entirely protected against rain up to the commencement of play.
However, the Ground Authority shall grant suitable facility to the captains to
inspect the pitch before the nomination of their players and to the umpires to
discharge their duties as laid down in clauses 2 (The umpires), 6 (The pitch), 7
(The creases), 8 (The wickets), and 9 (Preparation and maintenance of the playing
area).

T20
38
 10.2 During the match
The pitch shall be entirely protected against rain up to the commencement of play,
and for the duration of the period of the match.
The covers must totally protect the pitch and also the pitch surroundings, to a
minimum of 5 metres either side of the pitch, and any worn or soft areas in the
outfield.
The bowlers’ run-ups shall be covered during inclement weather, in order to keep
them dry, to a distance of at least 10 x 10 metres.

10.3 Removal of covers

All covers (including “hessian” or “scrim” covers used to protect the pitch against
the sun) shall be removed not later than 2 ½ hours before the scheduled start of
play provided it is not raining at the time, but the pitch will be covered again if rain
falls prior to the commencement of play.

11 INTERVALS
PC Clause: 11.1.1: These classified Intervals shall be considered when calculating
11.1 An interval Penalty Time as in PC Clause: 24.2.6.
11.1.1 The following shall be classed as intervals. However, when considering whether a substitute is permitted or not for an injury
taking place during a match the period between close of play on one day and
- Intervals between innings. commencement of play on the next in a match which has a reserve day is also
- A drinks interval. considered as an interval.

- Any other agreed interval.

11.1.2 Only these intervals shall be considered as scheduled breaks for the
purposes of clause 24.2.6 (fielder absent or leaving the field of play).

11.2 Duration of interval

11.2.1 There shall be a 20 minute interval between innings, taken from the call
of Time before the interval until the call of Play on resumption after the
interval.

11.3 Allowance for interval between innings

Law 11.3 of the Laws of Cricket shall not apply.

T20
39
 11.4 Changing agreed times of intervals
11.4.1 If the innings of the team batting first is completed prior to the scheduled PC Clause 11.4.1: Should the first innings overrun the scheduled closing time for
time for the interval, the interval shall take place immediately and the the first innings then the second session shall start on time with a shortened
innings of the team batting second will commence correspondingly interval. The minimum interval is 10 minutes unless a fixed duration of the interval
earlier. is specified.

In circumstances where the side bowling first has not completed the
allotted number of overs by the scheduled or re-scheduled cessation time
for the first innings, the umpires shall reduce the length of the interval by
the amount of time that the first innings over-ran. The minimum time for
the interval will be 10 minutes.
11.4.2 However, following a lengthy delay or interruption prior to the completion
of the innings of the team batting first, the Match Referee may, at his/her PC Clause 11.4.2: Match Referee at his/her discretion can reduce the interval to
discretion, reduce the interval between innings from 20 minutes to not anything not less than 10 minutes, if an interruption occurs in the first session
less than 10 minutes. which necessitates play resuming for a few overs to complete the first session

11.4.3 Such discretion should only be exercised after determining the adjusted
overs per side based on a 20 minute interval. If having exercised this
discretion, the rescheduled finishing time for the match is earlier than the
latest possible finishing time, then these minutes should be deducted
from the length of any interruption during the second innings before
determining the overs remaining.

11.5 Intervals for drinks

11.5.1: Not mandatory but only with agreement of both Boards. Drinks break to be
11.5.1 Subject to the prior agreement between both participating Member taken at midpoint of each innings. If an odd number of overs is to be played in an
Boards, one scheduled drinks interval of 2 minutes 30 seconds may be innings, the drinks break would be taken after the over past the midway mark i.e.
taken at the midpoint of each innings. in a 17 over innings, the drinks break would be taken after 9 overs
11.5.1.1 The following shall apply for the drinks break:11.5.1.2 No practice is
allowed.
11.5.1.3 If the scheduled number of overs in an interrupted match is 14 overs or
less there will be no drinks break.
11.5.1.4 Following a lengthy delay or interruption prior to the drinks break, the 11.5.1.3: If the match is reduced to 14 overs or less, no drinks break.
match referee may, at his/her discretion, cancel all the remaining drinks
breaks for the match.
11.5.1.5 The Head Coach may consult with the on-field players during the drinks 11.5.1.5: Only the Head Coach may be on the field during the drinks break
break for tactical reasons.
11.5.2 An individual player may be given a drink either on the boundary edge or
at the fall of a wicket, on the field, provided that no playing time is wasted.
Umpires are also to be mindful of extra drinks being taken out to the batters.
No other drinks shall be taken onto the field without the permission of the
umpires. Any player taking drinks onto the field shall be dressed in proper
cricket attire (subject to the wearing of bibs – refer to the note in clause
24.1.4).

T20
40
 11.6 Scorers to be informed
The umpires shall ensure that the scorers are informed of all agreements about
hours of play and intervals and of any changes made thereto as permitted under
this clause.

12 START OF PLAY; CESSATION OF PLAY

12.1 Call of Play PC Clause 12.1: Convention for the start of an innings
The bowler’s end umpire shall call Play before the first ball of the match and on the The umpires should ensure compliance with the following:
resumption of play after any interval or interruption.
• The umpires take to the field first and choose the end from which they each
will officiate.
• The fielding side takes to the field next and informs the umpires from which
end they will be bowling the first over and who that bowler will be.
• The batters take to the field last and with the above information decide who is
going to face the first ball.

12.2 Call of Time

The bowler’s end umpire shall call Time, when the ball is dead, at the end of any
session of play or as required by these Playing Conditions. See also clause 20.3
(Call of Over or Time).

12.3 Removal of bails

After the call of Time, the bails shall be removed from both wickets.

12.4 Starting a new over

Shall not apply.

12.5 Completion of an over

Shall not apply.
12.6 Conclusion of match
12.6.1 The match is concluded
12.6.1.1 as soon as a result as defined in clauses 16.1 to 16.5 (The
result) is reached.
12.6.1.2 as soon as the prescribed number of overs have been

T20
41
 completed
12.6.2 The match is concluded if, without a conclusion having been reached
under 12.6.1, the players leave the field for adverse conditions of ground,
weather or light, or in exceptional circumstances, and no further play is
possible.

T20
42
 12.7 Hours of Play; Minimum Overs Requirement
12.7.1 To be determined by the Home Board subject to there being 2 sessions APPENDIX I: OVER RATE BREACH REP 1 FORM - EXAMPLE
of 1 hour 25 minutes each, separated by a 20-minute interval between
innings

T20
43
 12.8 Minimum Over Rates
12.8.1 The minimum over rate to be achieved in T20I Matches shall be 14.11
overs per hour.
12.8.2 The actual over rate shall be calculated at the end of each innings by the
umpires.
12.8.3 In calculating the actual over rate for the match, allowances shall be
given as follows:  ODI & T20I Matches (both men’s and women’s)
o No change to how the over rates are calculated or conveyed.
12.8.3.1 The time lost as a result of treatment given to a player by an o In-match penalties continue to apply – an additional fielder will be required
authorised medical personnel on the field of play; to come into the fielding restriction circle for any remaining overs not
12.8.3.2 The time lost as a result of a player being required to leave the completed by the scheduled innings cessation time.
field as a result of a serious injury; o If a team goes on to finish the innings short of their minimum over rate
requirement, then:
12.8.3.3 The time taken for all third umpire referrals and consultations  A fine for each player of 5% of their match fee for each over short
and any umpire or player reviews;  A maximum of 50% match fee fine
12.8.3.4 The time lost as a result of time wasting by the batting side;
The relevant updates to the Code of Conduct have been made and are updated
and
on the ICC website, linked here for your reference.
12.8.3.5 The time lost due to all other circumstances that are beyond Any necessary amendments to playing conditions documentation – such as the
the control of the fielding side. changes for the World Test Championship – will be circulated in due course.
Kind regards,
12.8.3.6 When taken, two minutes and 30 seconds for the drinks Sean
break in each innings. PC Clause 12.8.3.4
12.8.4 In the event of any time allowances being granted to the fielding team  If, in the opinion and judgement of the umpires, there are repetitive stoppages
under clause 12.8.3.4 above (time wasting by batting team), then such in play caused by the batting side, the umpires may apply this Clause. Should
time shall be deducted from the allowances granted to such batting team there be repetitive stoppages by the batting side, then the on-field umpires
in the determination of its over rate. are to issue a caution to the batters at the wicket for time-wasting. Any
repetition of time-wasting by the batters will cause the time wasted to be
12.8.5 In addition to the allowances as provided for above, deducted from the time available for their bowling innings
12.8.5.1 an additional allowance of 1 minute will be given for each of  Secondly, the 4th umpire should ensure the batting Captain (if not at the
the 6th, 7th, 8th and 9th wickets taken during an innings. wicket) and team management are aware of the caution. When further delays
12.8.6 If a batting team is bowled out within the time determined for that innings are caused by the batting side, the 3rd umpire will make the appropriate
pursuant to these playing conditions (taking into account all of the time adjustments (debits) to the over rate sheets.
allowances set out above), the fielding side shall be deemed to have  There is a possibility of a 3 rd umpire having to redo the match summary sheet
complied with the required minimum over rate. if the side batting last in the match breaches this Clause.
12.8.7 The current over rate of the fielding team (+/- overs compared to the The clock starts for play when the umpires and broadcaster are ready to start.
minimum rate required), to be advised by the 3rd umpire every 4 overs as
a minimum, shall be displayed wherever possible on a scoreboard or
replay screen. APPENDIX M: ICC Field Management Guidelines

T20
44
 The ICC Match Referees should discuss this interpretation and the resultant action
at the pre-series meetings
To avoid unnecessary delays in play due to sightscreen issues:
• PCT to be proactive and have both teams check and confirm that the
sightscreens are acceptable as to height and width the day before the match
starts.
• PCT to discuss and instruct the stadium authorities as to the requirements for
the sightscreen operation and the areas around it. In particular:
• There is to be a “no-go” area in front of the sightscreen (where possible).
• Ground personnel to be properly instructed to prevent spectators above the
sightscreens from disrupting play
• PCT to ensure that the ground staff has a good fallback system that can be
efficiently activated if the sightscreen turning device (for advertising) fails.
The umpires should be especially vigilant in the monitoring of batters who waste
time by taking too long to settle into their guard.
Teams have a responsibility to maintain a reasonable over rate throughout the
match, irrespective of whether the team is well ahead of the required over rate. If
after an unofficial warning the practice of intentionally slowing down the over rate
continues, the captain should receive an official warning and then be charged for
time wasting if necessary. See interpretation in Clause 13.8.(Instant Over Rate
Penalties – IORP).

T20
45
13 INNINGS
13.1 Number of innings
13.1.1 A match shall be one innings for each side.

13.2 Alternate innings

Each side shall take their innings alternately.
13.3 Completed innings
A side’s innings is to be considered as completed if any of the following applies
13.3.1 the side is all out.
13.3.2 at the fall of a wicket or the retirement of a batter, further balls remain to
be bowled but no further batter is available to come in.
13.3.3 the prescribed number of overs have been bowled to the batting side.

13.4 The toss

The captains shall toss a coin for the choice of innings, on the field of play and
under the supervision of the ICC Match Referee, not earlier than 30 minutes, nor
later than 15 minutes before the scheduled or any rescheduled time for the start of
play. Note, however, the provisions of clause 1.3 (Captain).

13.5 Decision to be notified

As soon as the toss is completed, the captain of the side winning the toss shall
decide whether to bat or to field and shall notify the opposing captain and the
umpires of this decision. Once notified, the decision cannot be changed.
Example of continuing match on Reserve Day:
13.6 Duration of Match
(a) First batting team: after having batted 6 overs the innings is
13.6.1 All matches will consist of one innings per side, each innings being interrupted by rain. Play re-starts as a 16 over per side game. After a
limited to a maximum of 20 overs. All matches shall be of one day’s further two overs are bowled again rain stops play. No further play
scheduled duration. possible on that day. Reserve day: play will start as a 16 over per
side game.

(b) After 2 overs completed in a 20 over game it rains, and play is

suspended. Play is scheduled to restart with a revised 12 over per
side. However, further rain prevents play from re-commencing and
play called off for the day. Reserve day play will commence as a 20
over per side game.

T20
46
 13.7 Length of Innings
13.7.1 Uninterrupted Matches.
13.7.1.1 Each team shall bat for 20 overs unless all out earlier.
13.7.1.2 If the team fielding first fails to bowl the required number of
overs by the scheduled time for cessation of the first innings, PC Clause 13.7.1.2:
play shall continue until the required number of overs has Example: The interval is scheduled to commence from 11.25am to 11.45am.
been bowled. The interval shall not be extended and the However, the innings over runs and the first session concludes only at 11.35am.
second session shall commence at the scheduled time. The The second session shall start at 11.45am. Minimum interval 10 minutes.
team batting second shall receive its full quota of 20 overs
irrespective of the number of overs it bowled in the scheduled
time for the cessation of the first innings.
13.7.1.3 If the team batting first is dismissed in less than 20 overs, the
team batting second shall be entitled to bat for 20 overs.
13.7.1.4 If the team fielding second fails to bowl 20 overs by the
scheduled cessation time, the hours of play shall be extended
until the required number of overs has been bowled or a result
is achieved.
13.7.1.5 Penalties shall apply for slow over rates (refer to the ICC Code
of Conduct).
13.7.2 Delayed or Interrupted Matches
13.7.2.1 Delay or Interruption to the Innings of the Team Batting First
(see paragraph 1 of Appendix E)
13.7.2.1.1 When playing time has been lost the revised number of
overs to be bowled in the match shall be based on a rate
of 14.11 overs per hour in the total remaining time
available for play.

13.7.2.1.2 The revision of the number of overs should ensure, Setting a cut off time for a delayed match to start in order not to be abandoned
whenever possible, that both teams have the opportunity
of batting for the same number of overs. The team batting This scenario is applicable to ODI matches, but if applied appropriately it applies to
second shall not bat for a greater number of overs than the T20 matches as well by changing the over rates and hours of play.
first team unless the latter completed its innings in less
than its allocated overs. To constitute a match, a minimum Scenario applicable for ODIs: applies appropriately to T20’s as well
of 5 overs have to be bowled to the side batting second,
subject to a result not being achieved earlier. Hours of Play: 2.30pm to 6.00pm & 6.30pm to 10.00pm. 60 minutes extra time
13.7.2.1.3 As soon as the total minutes of playing time remaining is Question - What is the latest time the ODI must start for a 20 overs per side
less than the completed overs faced by Team 1 multiplied game? The one-hour extra time will take us from 10.00pm to 11.00pm. If we need
by 4.25, then the first innings is terminated and the two times x 84 minutes (20 overs each x 4.2) plus the 10-minute change of innings
provisions of 13.7.2.2 below take effect. (therefore 178 minutes), the latest starting time must be 11.00 pm. less 178

T20
47
13.7.2.1.4 A fixed time will be specified for the commencement of the minutes = 8.02pm.
interval, and also the close of play for the match, by i.e., First session: 8.02 to 9.26pm + 10 min break – 9.36pm to 11.00pm
applying a rate of 14.11 overs per hour. When calculating
the length of playing time available for the match, or the If one takes into consideration the last sentence of clause 13.7.2.1.4, which states
length of either innings, the timing and duration of all "If required the original time shall be extended to allow for one extra over for each
relative delays, extensions in playing hours, interruptions in team, will it be acceptable to start up to 8:11pm?
play, and intervals will be taken into consideration. This
calculation must not cause the match to finish earlier than No.
the original or rescheduled time for cessation of play on
the final scheduled day for play. If required the original ICC interpretation / guidance…
time shall be extended to allow for one extra over for each
team. The confusion seems to stem from a misreading of the regulation, or rather
quoting it out of context.
13.7.2.1.5 If the team fielding first fails to bowl the revised number of
overs by the specified time, play shall continue until the The last sentence of PC Clause 13.7.2.1.4 which states "If required the original
required number of overs have been bowled or the innings time shall be extended to allow for one extra over for each team" immediately
is completed. follows the line that "this calculation must not cause the match to finish earlier than
the original or rescheduled time for cessation of play".
13.7.2.1.6 Penalties shall apply for slow over rates (refer to the ICC
Code of Conduct). The adding of the extra over would only apply in this context if the new finish time
were earlier than 11.00pm. At 8.11, the rescheduled finish time will be 10.54pm,
13.7.2.2 Delay or Interruption to the innings of the Team Batting
so this additional over clause does not apply.
Second (see paragraph 2 of Appendix E)
13.7.2.2.1 When playing time has been lost and, as a result, it is not Indeed, this should never apply when setting the start time for a match. It may
possible for the team batting second to have the only be relevant where there is a first innings interruption when the over rate to
opportunity of receiving its allocated, or revised allocation date is higher than required for the innings.
of overs in the playing time available, the number of overs
shall be reduced at a rate of 14.11 overs per hour in
respect of the lost playing time. Should the calculations
result in a fraction of an over the fraction shall be ignored.

13.7.2.2.2 In addition, should the innings of the team batting first have
been completed prior to the scheduled, or re-scheduled
time for the commencement of the interval, then any
calculation relating to the revision of overs shall not be
effective until an amount of time equivalent to that by
which the second innings started early has elapsed.

13.7.2.2.3 To constitute a match, a minimum of 5 overs have to be

bowled to the team batting second subject to a result not
being achieved earlier.

13.7.2.2.4 The team batting second shall not bat for a greater number
of overs than the first team unless the latter completed its

T20
48
 innings in less than its allocated overs.

13.7.2.2.5 A fixed time will be specified for the close of play by

applying a rate of 14.11 overs per hour. The timing and
duration of all relative delays, extensions in playing hours
and interruptions in play will be taken into consideration in
specifying this time.

13.7.2.2.6 If the team fielding second fails to bowl the revised overs
by the scheduled or re-scheduled close of play, the hours
of play shall be extended until the overs have been bowled
or a result achieved.

13.7.2.2.7 Penalties shall apply for slow over rates (refer to the ICC
Code of Conduct

13.7.3 Extra Time

The Home Board and the Visiting Board may agree to provide for extra time where
the start of play is delayed or play is suspended. For clarity, the changeover period
(5 minutes) for a Super Over after the main match is not to be taken into account
when applying any permitted extra time available.

T20
49
13.8 Over-Rate Penalties 13.8.1 - The new playing condition covers two scenarios as they relate to an
13.8.1 The fielding side shall be in position to bowl the first ball of the final over uninterrupted match, or a delayed or interrupted match.
of the innings by the scheduled (or re-scheduled) cessation time for the
innings (calculated in accordance with clause 13.7). In delayed or In a normal match with no reduction in overs or a possible reduction of not more
interrupted matches where there has been a reduction of 3 or more overs than two overs, the fielding side must be in a position to bowl the first ball of the
pursuant to clause 13.7.2, the fielding side shall be in position to bowl the final over of the innings by the scheduled or re-scheduled time for the innings to
first ball of the penultimate over of the innings by the scheduled (or re- have ended. If they are not, one fewer fielder will be permitted outside of the field
scheduled) cessation time for the innings. restriction area for the remaining overs of the innings.
13.8.2 Where this requirement is not met, clause 28.7.5 shall be varied and from
the start of the next over after the point in time at which the cessation Example 1: Rain delayed start but no reduction to original number of overs due to
time is reached (and for the remainder of the innings) no more than 4 extra time availability. Cessation time for first innings (i.e. 85 minutes) is fixed for
fielders shall be permitted outside the fielding restriction area referred to 8.25pm. During play allowances for holdups i.e. not the fault of the fielding side
in clause 28.7.3. amount to 5 minutes (i.e. gloves water, injury, drinks interval, fall of 6,7,8,9
13.8.3 Clause 13.8.2 shall not apply where: wickets, etc.). This extends the cessation time of the innings in progress to
8.30pm (8.25pm + 5 min.). When the cessation time is reached (i.e.,8.30pm) the
13.8.3.1 a side’s innings is reduced to less than 10 overs, unless the fielding side is only completing the 18th over. For overs No. 19 & 20 they will have
over-rate penalty has been applied prior to such reduction; or to bowl with only 4 fielders outside the 30-yard circle instead of the permitted 5.
13.8.3.2 a side’s innings is completed prior to the scheduled (or re- Relevant over rate penalties under ICC COC will also apply.
scheduled) cessation time for the innings.
In a delayed or interrupted match where there has been a reduction of 3 or more
13.8.4 The bowler’s end umpire shall inform the captain of the fielding side, the overs, the fielding side must be in a position to bowl the first ball of the penultimate
batter and the other umpire of: over of the innings by the scheduled or rescheduled time for the innings.
13.8.4.1 the scheduled cessation time for the innings prior to the start of
the innings, and of any re-scheduled cessation time following Example 2: Interrupted match where the number of overs to be bowled by the
any subsequent interruption to play; and fielding side is reduced to 16 overs per team. Play starts at 7.00pm with a fixed
time for the cessation of the innings 16 overs x 4.25 minutes = 68 minutes i.e.
13.8.4.2 any time allowances pursuant to clause 12.8.3 as and when
8.08pm. During the innings holdups not the fault of the fielding side amounts to
they arise.
allowances of 6 minutes. This extends the cessation time of innings in progress to
13.8.5 Over-rate penalties pursuant to clause 13.8 shall be applied in addition to 8.14pm (8.08 + 6min). If the first ball of the 15th over (penultimate over) starts
the relevant provisions under the ICC Code of Conduct. before or at 8.14pm, the bowling side will have been deemed to have completed
their overs in time. If not, the 15th over started after 8.14pm (less than 15th over)
and the remaining overs to complete the allocated number of overs per innings will
have to be bowled with an additional field restriction of only 4 fielders outside the
30-yard circle instead of the permitted 5.

Note: Earlier prevailing playing condition of in the case of an innings that has been
reduced due to any delay or interruption in play, an additional allowance of 1
minute for every full 3 overs by which play has been reduced, has been deleted,
as it is now covered in this new clause.

13.8.3.1 – The field restriction in 13.8.2 shall not apply if the side’s innings is
reduced to less than 10 overs unless the over rate penalty has been applied prior
to such reduction or the innings has been completed prior to the scheduled or re-
scheduled cessation time for the innings.

T20
50
 Should a team be penalised by having to have an additional fielder inside the
circle, the umpire at the bowler’s end will make the normal PowerPlay signal at the
commencement of the over that the fielding penalty is applied

13.9 Number of Overs per Bowler

13.9.1 No bowler shall bowl more than 4 overs in an innings.
13.9.2 In a delayed or interrupted match where the overs are reduced for both
teams or for the team bowling second;
13.9.2.1 for innings of rescheduled length of at least 10 overs, no
bowler may bowl more than one-fifth of the total overs allowed.
Where the total overs is not divisible by 5, one additional over PC Clause 13.9.2.2: In a match where the number of overs has been reduced to
shall be allowed to the maximum number per bowler between 5 and 9 overs (both inclusive), no bowler may bowl more than 2 overs.
necessary to make up the balance.
13.9.2.2 for innings of rescheduled length of between 5 and 9 overs, no
bowler may bowl more than two overs.
13.9.3 In the event of a bowler breaking down and being unable to complete an
over, the remaining balls will be allowed by another bowler. Such part of
an over will count as a full over only in so far as each bowler’s limit is
concerned.
PC Clause 13.9.4: A bowler whilst running in to bowl the first ball of his/her first
13.9.4 The scoreboard shall show the total number of overs bowled and the over is unable to deliver the ball due to a pulled muscle. He/she leaves the field.
number of overs bowled by each bowler. Another bowler who has not bowled the last nor will bowl the next now completes
the over. For the purpose of bowling quota this over will count as 1 each for the
bowler who got injured as well as the bowler who completed the over.

14 THE FOLLOW-ON
Shall not apply.

15 DECLARATION AND FORFEITURE

Shall not apply.

T20
51
 PC Clause 16.1.2: Guidance to match officials: This section advises you how to
16 THE RESULT deal with a very specific ODI Scenario. It is also applicable to T20 matches by
16.1 A Win changes over rates and hours of play

16.1.1 Unless the winner is determined by DLS (see clause 16.4) the side which  The innings of the team batting second (Team 2) is interrupted before they
has scored in its one innings a total of runs in excess of that scored by have faced 20 overs but when they are clearly well on course for victory.
the opposing side in its one completed innings shall win the match. See  Once a certain number of overs have been lost, you see from the DLS print
clause 13.3 (Completed innings). Note also clause 16.4 (Winning hit or out that Team 2 has already reached any target that could be set for them
extras). under DLS. There can be no further cricket played in the match, since even
if GWL conditions improve, Team 2 will not need to score any more runs to
16.1.2 Save for circumstances where a match is awarded to a team as a win.
consequence of the opposing team’s refusal to play (Clause 16.2), a
result can be achieved only if both teams have had the opportunity of The question is, therefore, when is the match a no result and when is it a win for
batting for at least 5 overs, unless one team has been all out in less than Team 2?
5 overs or unless the team batting second scores enough runs to win in There are two possibilities:
less than 5 overs.
1. The GWL conditions do not improve in time to allow for even a 20 over innings
16.1.3 Save for circumstances where a match is awarded to a team as a to be scheduled, then the match is abandoned as a no result.
consequence of the opposing team’s refusal to play (Clause 16.2), all
matches in which both teams have not had an opportunity of batting for a 2. The GWL conditions improve by the time that allows for an innings of at least
minimum of 5 overs, shall be declared a No Result. 20 overs to be scheduled, then Team 2 will have reached their new DLS target
score and so wins the match. Note there is no need for either team physically
to take the field and then immediately walk off again. All that is required is that
play would/could have been possible
Implications for umpires
The umpires need to be in a position to judge fairly whether a resumption that
allows Team 2 to face 20 overs would have been possible, even though in practice
no more play will take place. However it is undesirable for spectators to sit waiting
for a match to resume beyond the point where there could be any further play.
The following procedure should therefore be followed
1. Once the time is reached when no more play will take place, because any
new DLS target would already have been reached, this should be made clear
to all parties.
2. If the umpires then decide on a time by which playing conditions would allow
further play (and time for a minimum 20 over innings), they should inform all
parties that provided conditions at that time are indeed playable, then at
that point, the new DLS target will apply and Team 2, having reached their
target, will have won the match.
3. If playing conditions do not allow such a resumption, as soon as the latest
time for resuming a 20 over innings is reached, or as soon as the umpires
conclude that no start will be possible by that cut-off time, then the match is a
no result.

T20
52
 Implications for ground authorities
A curious side-effect of the above is that the ground authorities are required to
make all normal efforts to make conditions playable even beyond the point when
no further actual play will take place. It is not reasonable for the umpires to have
to hypothesise that, had the ground authorities continued working, a restart would
have been possible prior to the cut-off time. Similarly, it is not fair on the
competing teams for the result of the match to depend on the umpires making
such a judgement.
However, once the umpires are satisfied that conditions are such that it is possible
for a time to be set for play to resume, the ground authorities will not be expected
to carry out any further aspect of ground preparation (marking lines, applying
sawdust etc.).
Playing regulations
The above is not a change to playing condition 16.1.2, but guidance on how to
apply it. PC Clause 16.1.2 confirms how Team 2 can win a match without batting
for 20 overs. They could win if they had the opportunity to bat for at least 20 overs
but didn’t need to do so because they passed their original or adjusted target.

T20
53
 16.2 ICC Match Referee awarding a match
16.2.1 A match shall be lost by a side which either
16.2.1.1 concedes defeat or
16.2.1.2 in the opinion of the ICC Match Referee refuses to play and
the ICC Match Referee shall award the match to the other
side.
16.2.2 If an umpire considers that an action by any player or players might
constitute a refusal by either side to play then the umpires together shall
inform the ICC Match Referee of this fact. The ICC Match Referee shall
together with the umpires ascertain the cause of the action. If the ICC
Match Referee, after due consultation with the umpires, then decides that
this action does constitute a refusal to play by one side, he/she shall so
inform the captain of that side. If the captain persists in the action the ICC
Match Referee shall award the match in accordance with clause 16.2.1.2
above.
16.2.3 If action as in clause 16.2.2 above takes place after play has started and
does not constitute a refusal to play the delay or interruption in play shall
be dealt with in the same manner as provided for in clauses 13.7.2
(Delayed and Interrupted Matches) and 11.4 (Changing agreed times for
intervals) above.

Note: In addition to the consequences of any refusal to play prescribed

under this clause, any such refusal, whether temporary or final, may
result in disciplinary action being taken against the captain and team
responsible under the ICC Code of Conduct.

16.3 All other matches – A Tie or No Result For all information concerning the Super Over please see Appendix G
16.3.1 A Tie
16.3.1.1 If the teams’ scores are equal after both innings have been completed (if
applicable under DLS – see clause 16.4), then a Super Over shall be Appendix G: Paragraph 26: Talks of multiple Super Overs being bowled should a
played. If the Super Over is a tie, then unless exceptional circumstances Super Over end in a tie. However, should time constraints or any other factors as
arise (see paragraph 25 of Appendix G) subsequent Super Overs shall determined by the match referee, restrict multiple Super overs from being played
be played until there is a winner. Should it not be possible to play or to out if necessary, he/she could advise the two teams of a limit to the number of
complete the Super Overs needed to determine a winner, the match shall Super Overs that could be permitted. He/she shall do so prior to the start of the
be tied. first Super Over.

16.3.2 No Result
See clause 16.1.3 above.

T20
54
 16.4 Calculation of the Target Score PC Clause 16.4: Guidance to match officials: This section advises you how to deal
with a very specific T20 Scenario. See 16.1.2 above
16.4.1 Interrupted Matches
16.4.1.1 If, due to suspension of play after the start of the match, the  The innings of the team batting second (Team 2) is interrupted before they
number of overs in the innings of either team has to be revised have faced 5 overs but when they are clearly well on course for victory.
to a lesser number than originally allotted (minimum of 5  Once a certain number of overs have been lost, you see from the DLS print
overs), then a revised target score (to win) should be set for out that Team 2 has already reached any target that could be set for them
the number of overs which the team batting second will have under DLS. There can be no further cricket played in the match, since even if
the opportunity of facing. This revised target is to be calculated conditions improve, Team 2 will not need to score any more runs to win.
using DLS. The target set will always be a whole number and The question is, therefore, when is the match a no result and when is it a win for
one run less will constitute a Tie. Team 2?
16.4.2 Prematurely Terminated Matches There are two possibilities
16.4.2.1 If the innings of the side batting second is suspended (with at
least 5 overs bowled) and it is not possible for the match to be 1. The ground conditions do not improve in time to allow for even a 5 over
resumed, the match will be decided by comparison with the innings to be scheduled, then the match is abandoned as a no result.
DLS ‘Par Score’ determined at the instant of the suspension 2. 2. The ground conditions improve by a time that allows for an innings of at least
using DLS. If the score is equal to the par score, the match is 5 overs to be scheduled, then Team 2 will have reached their new DLS target
a Tie. Otherwise the result is a victory, or defeat, by the margin score and so wins the match. There is no need for either team physically to
of runs by which the score exceeds, or falls short of, the Par take the field and then immediately walk off again.
Score.

16.5 Winning hit or extras

16.5.1 As soon as a result is reached as defined in clauses 16.1, 16.2 or 16.3.1,
the match is at an end. Nothing that happens thereafter, except as in
clause 41.17 (Penalty runs), shall be regarded as part of it. Note also
clause 16.8.
16.5.2 The side batting last will have scored enough runs to win only if its total of PC Clause 16.5.3: The batting side needs 1 run to win. The striker is on 96.
runs is sufficient without including any runs completed by the batters He/she strikes the ball through the covers and runs, crosses his/her colleague but
before the completion of a catch, or the obstruction of a catch, from which does not ground his/her bat at the other end, instead stops just short of the crease
the striker could be dismissed. at that end. The ball now reaches the boundary. The batting side wins the match,
16.5.3 If a boundary is scored before the batters have completed sufficient runs and his/her score is 100 not out. Had he/she completed his/her first run before the
to win the match, the whole of the boundary allowance shall be credited ball reached the boundary, then his/her team would have won, the match which
to the side’s total and, in the case of a hit by the bat, to the striker’s score. would then have concluded, and he/she would have been 97 not out.

T20
55
 16.6 Statement of result PC Clause 16.6: Win by Penalty Runs: The batting side needs 3 runs to win with
If the side batting last wins the match without losing all its wickets, the result shall the last pair in. The fast bowler runs in and bowls the batter with a late swinging
be stated as a win by the number of wickets still then to fall, unless clause 16.4.2.1 yorker. The batting side is all out. The umpires taking possession of the ball find
(Prematurely Terminated Matches) applies.. that the quarter seam has been intentionally raised. As per the law they now
If, without having scored a total of runs in excess of the total scored by the award 5 Penalty runs to the batting side. Since they are all out - The statement of
opposing side, the innings of the side batting last has been completed, but as the result would read: Win by Penalty runs. (Rare but possible)
result of an award of 5 Penalty runs its total of runs is then sufficient to win, the
result shall be stated as a win to that side by Penalty runs.
If the side fielding last wins the match, the result shall be stated as a win by runs.
If the match is decided by one side conceding defeat or refusing to play, the result
shall be stated as Match Conceded or Match Awarded, as the case may be.

16.7 Correctness of result

Any decision as to the correctness of the scores shall be the responsibility of the
umpires. See clause 2.15 (Correctness of scores).

16.8 Mistakes in scoring

If, after the players and umpires have left the field in the belief that the match has
been concluded, the umpires discover that a mistake in scoring has occurred
which affects the result then, subject to clause 16.9, they shall adopt the following
procedure.
16.8.1 If, when the players leave the field, the side batting last has not
completed its innings and
either the number of overs to be bowled in that innings has not been
completed, or
the end of the innings has not been reached,
then, unless one side concedes defeat, the umpires shall order play to
resume.
Unless a result is reached sooner, play will then continue, if conditions
permit, until the prescribed number of overs has been completed. The
number of overs shall be taken as they were at the call of Time for the
supposed conclusion of the match. No account shall be taken of the time
between that moment and the resumption of play.
16.8.2 If, at this call of Time, the overs have been completed and no Playing
time remains, or if the side batting last has completed its innings, the
umpires shall immediately inform both captains of the necessary
corrections to the scores and to the result.

T20
56
 16.9 Result not to be changed
Once the umpires have agreed with the scorers the correctness of the scores at
the conclusion of the match – see clauses 2.15 (Correctness of scores) and 3.2
(Correctness of scores) – the result cannot thereafter be changed.

16.10 Points
A points system shall not apply.

17 THE OVER
17.1 Number of balls
The ball shall be bowled from each end alternately in overs of 6 valid balls.
A bowler whilst running in to bowl the first ball of his/her first over is unable to
17.2 Start of an over deliver the ball due to a pulled muscle. He/she leaves the field. Another bowler
An over has started when the bowler starts his/her run-up or, if there is no run-up, who has not bowled the last nor will bowl the next now completes the over. For the
starts his/her action for the first delivery of that over. purpose of bowling quota this over will count as 1 each for the bowler who got
injured as well as the bowler who completed the over.

17.3 Validity of balls

17.3.1 A ball shall not count as one of the 6 balls of the over unless it is
delivered, even though, as in clause 38.3 (non-striker leaving his/her
ground early) a batter may be dismissed or some other incident occurs
without the ball having been delivered.
17.3.2 A ball delivered by the bowler shall not count as one of the 6 balls of the
over
17.3.2.1 if it is called dead, or is to be considered dead, before the striker has
had an opportunity to play it. See clause 20.7 (Dead ball; ball counting
as one of over).
17.3.2.2 if it is called dead in the circumstances of clause 20.4.2.6. Note also the
special provisions of clause 20.4.2.5 (Umpire calling and signalling
Dead ball).
17.3.2.3 if it is a No ball. See clause 21 (No ball).
17.3.2.4 if it is a Wide. See clause 22 (Wide ball).
17.3.2.5 when any of clauses 24.4 (Player returning without permission), 28.2
(Fielding the ball), 41.4 (Deliberate attempt to distract striker), or 41.5
(Deliberate distraction, deception or obstruction of a batter) is applied.

T20
57
17.3.3 Any deliveries other than those listed in clause 17.3.1 and 17.3.2 shall be
known as valid balls. Only valid balls shall count towards the 6 balls of
the over.

T20
58
 17.4 Call of Over
When 6 valid balls have been bowled and when the ball becomes dead, the
umpire shall call Over before leaving the wicket. See also clause 20.3 (Call of
Over or Time).

PC Clause 17.5: Teamwork with all 3 umpires is crucial to ensuring all overs are
17.5 Umpire miscounting counted correctly.
17.5.1 If the umpire miscounts the number of valid balls, the over as counted by The on-field Umpires should agree to assist each other with a “2 to go” signal and
the umpire shall stand. the 3rd Umpire to be ready to assist when required. However, the objective of this
17.5.2 If, having miscounted, the umpire allows an over to continue after 6 valid clause is to encourage the involvement of the 3rd Umpire and work with the on-
balls have been bowled, he/she may subsequently call Over when the field Umpires to ensure that 6 legal deliveries are bowled in an over.
ball becomes dead after any delivery, even if that delivery is not a valid The 3rd Umpire is to count the deliveries in an over in the same way as the on-
ball. field Umpires – preferably a recording sheet (or ball counter), however, whichever
17.5.3 Whenever possible, the third umpire shall liaise with the scorers and if method is used it must be robustly accurate on all occasions. Should the on-field
possible inform the on-field umpires if the over has been miscounted. Umpires wish to check or confirm the balls left in an over, the 3rd umpire should
be able to assist instantly (in extreme circumstances – the 3rd umpire can check
with the Scorers).
PC Clause 17.5.2: Example: Should the umpire miscount and allow a 7 th ball in the
over which in turn is called a No ball. The mistake is now discovered. Immediately
over shall be called, even though the 7 th ball was a no ball. Any runs scored or
wicket taken off such a ball will however, stand.

Should the 3rd umpire believe that the over has been incorrectly counted, he/she
should intervene immediately and advise the on-field Umpires. The timing here is
critical.
Upon 6 fair deliveries already being bowled in an over – the 3rd umpire is to speak
to the on-field Umpire as the bowler is walking back to his/her mark for the 7th
delivery. However, the task of intervening when the Umpire has called “over” after
5 deliveries is more difficult. This is where the on-field Umpires should check
the count with the 3rd umpire if they have any doubt or counting
discrepancy at all.

17.6 Bowler changing ends

A bowler shall be allowed to change ends as often as desired, provided he/she
does not bowl two overs consecutively, nor bowl parts of each of two consecutive
overs, in the same innings.

T20
59
 17.7 Finishing an over
17.7.1 Other than at the end of an innings, a bowler shall finish an over in
progress unless incapacitated or suspended under these Playing
Conditions.
17.7.2 If for any reason, other than the end of an innings, an over is left
uncompleted at the start of an interval or interruption, it shall be
completed on resumption of play.

17.8 Bowler incapacitated or suspended during an over PC Clause 17.8: For all purposes if the bowler starts his/her run up for the over –
If for any reason a bowler is incapacitated while running up to deliver the first ball whether delivered or not it will count in the cases of quota of overs etc. if
of an over, or is incapacitated during an over, the umpire shall call and signal applicable.
Dead ball. If a bowler is incapacitated or suspended during an over, another
bowler shall complete the over from the same end, provided that he/she does not
bowl two overs consecutively, nor bowl parts of each of two consecutive overs, in
that innings.

18 SCORING RUNS
18.1 A run
The score shall be reckoned by runs. A run is scored
18.1.1 so often as the batters, at any time while the ball is in play, have crossed
and made good their ground from end to end.
18.1.2 when a boundary is scored. See clause 19 (Boundaries).
18.1.3 when Penalty runs are awarded. See clause18.6.

T20
60
 Q1: A batter does not offer a stroke to a ball that hits him on the pads and goes
18.2 Runs disallowed and runs not scored towards cover point. He/she takes off for a run. A fielder who has returned without
Wherever in these Playing Conditions provision is made for the scoring of runs or permission at the start of the over now picks the ball up and throws the wicket
awarding of penalties, such runs and penalties will be subject to any provisions down at the wicket-keeper’s end with the non-striker trying to make his/her ground
that may be applicable for a run to be disallowed or a run not to be scored (see at that end. What happens next?
Appendix A 11) or for the non-award of penalties. A1: Call dead ball as soon as the fielder comes into contact with the ball. Return
When runs are disallowed, the one run penalty for No ball or Wide shall stand and the batters back to their original ends. Award 5 penalty runs to the batting side for
5 run penalties shall be allowed, except for Penalty runs under clause 28.3 ‘Player returning without permission’. No dismissal permitted. Ball does not count
(Protective helmets belonging to the fielding side). in over. No report necessary.
Q2: The striker does not offer a stroke to a ball which then hits him on the pads
and goes towards third man. Both batters run, cross and the striker is now run out
at the bowler’s end. What happens next?
A2: In this case the original non-striker goes back to that end, and the incoming
batter goes to the striker’s end (assuming there is another ball to be bowled in that
over). By doing this, it is consistent with what would have happened without a run
attempted (where the batters would have been for the next delivery) and there is
no possibility of the batting side changing who faces the next ball through an
unpermitted act.
MCC confirmed: 20 July 2020

18.3 Short runs

18.3.1 A run is short if a batter fails to make good his/her ground in turning for a
further run.
18.3.2 Although a short run shortens the succeeding one, the latter if completed
shall not be regarded as short. A striker setting off for the first run from in
front of the popping crease may do so also without penalty.

T20
61
 18.4 Unintentional short runs PC Clause 18.4.1: To have a short run more than one run must be attempted. As
Except in the circumstances of clause 18.5, soon as the runs are completed and the ball becomes dead, the umpire at the
18.4.1 if either batter runs a short run, the umpire concerned shall, unless a respective end where the short run took place shall make a signal of short run for
boundary is scored, call and signal Short run as soon as the ball the benefit of the players and his/her colleague. The on-field umpire will now
becomes dead and that run shall not be scored. In accordance with inform the third umpire of the short run and at which end it occurred.
paragraph 2.5 of Appendix D, the third umpire shall review any call of Should the third umpire establish that the run is short they will advise the on-field
Short run and communicate his/her decision to the relevant on-field umpire at the bowler’s end to make the final signal to the scorers. (Law 2.13.1.4).
umpire. Should the third umpire discover that the run is fair, then they will advise the on-
18.4.2 if, after either or both batters run short, a boundary is scored the umpire field umpire at the end where the short run occurred who will then revoke the short
concerned shall disregard the short running and shall not call or signal run signal.
Short run unless the boundary is a result of an overthrow or wilful act of
the fielder (see clause 19.8 Overthrow or wilful act of fielder).. PC Clause 18.4.1: Question: Striker hits the ball and runs. However, when
touching down for his/her first run he/she unintentionally fails to ground his/her bat
18.4.3 if both batters run short in one and the same run, this shall be regarded behind the popping crease at that end. He/she starts off on his/her second run and
as only one short run. is sent back but fails to beat the fielder’s throw which hits the wicket at bowler’s
18.4.4 if more than one run is short then, subject to clauses 18.4.2 and 18.4.3, end. He/she is given out! Run out. Should the bowler’s end umpire also signal one
all runs called as short shall not be scored. short to the scorer?

18.4.5 if there has been more than one short run, the umpire shall inform the Answer: Yes, he/she should for the benefit of the scorers since in this instant no
scorers as to the number of runs to be recorded. runs are scored.

18.5 Deliberate short runs 18.5 Deliberate short runs

18.5.1 If either umpire considers that one or both batters deliberately ran short at
that umpire’s end, the umpire concerned shall, when the ball is dead, call MCC’s clarification dated 19 January 2024
and signal Short run and inform the other umpire of what has occurred The thinking is that this shouldn’t be a case of deliberate short running. The Laws
and apply clause 18.5.2. are pretty vague on this and both views are possible from simply reading the
Laws. Tom Smith is silent on the subject, except for to describe it as a ‘dishonest
18.5.2 The bowler’s end umpire shall practice’ – which is why there is no warning, Penalty runs are given straight away.
- disallow all runs to the batting side The batters have the right to change their minds. Deliberate short running has to
be a deliberate attempt to get 2 (or 1, accepting you get called for short running)
- return any not out batter to his/her original end without running the distance. In scenarios like this, where it is clear that neither
- signal No ball or Wide to the scorers, if applicable batter is attempting to claim a run, the thinking is it should just be treated as a mix
up, and no runs scored but no penalties applied. There should be evidence that
- repeat the Short run signal to the scorers either batter is being dishonest. If they don’t ground their bats deliberately short, to
- award 5 Penalty runs to the fielding side try and deceive the umpires, it should be interpreted that they just changed their
minds.
- award any other 5-run Penalty that is applicable except for Penalty runs
under clause 28.3 (Protective helmets belonging to the fielding side) PC Clause 18.5.2: Note: No warning like previous, immediate award of Penalty
- inform the scorers as to the number of runs to be recorded, and runs when the ball becomes dead.
- inform the captain of the fielding side and, as soon as practicable, the No Report considered

T20
62
captain of the batting side of the reason for this action.

T20
63
 18.6 Runs awarded for penalties PC Clause 18.6: Note Additional: Penalty 5 runs now awarded for:
Runs shall be awarded for penalties under clauses 18.5 (Deliberate short runs), 21  PC Clause 26.4.2: Practice on the field,
(No ball), 22 (Wide ball), 24.4 (Player returning without permission), 26.4  PC Clause 41.15: Striker in protected area,
(Penalties for contravention), 28.2 (Fielding the ball), 28.3 (Protective helmets  PC Clause 41.2: Unfair actions (Not covered in the Laws) and,
belonging to the fielding side) 41 (Unfair play) and 42 (Players’ conduct). Note,  PC Clause 42.2: Level 4 offences.
however, the restrictions on the award of Penalty runs in clauses 23.3 (Leg byes
not to be awarded), 28.3 (Protective helmets belonging to the fielding side) and 34
(Hit the ball twice).

18.7 Runs scored for boundaries

Runs shall be scored for boundary allowances under clause 19 (Boundaries).

18.8 Runs scored when a batter is dismissed

When a batter is dismissed, any runs for penalties awarded to either side shall
stand.
No other runs shall be credited to the batting side, except as follows.
18.8.1 If a batter is dismissed Obstructing the field, the batting side shall also
score any runs completed before the offence.
If, however, the obstruction or distraction prevented a catch being made,
no runs other than penalties shall be scored.
18.8.2 If a batter is dismissed Run out, the batting side shall also score any runs
completed before the wicket was fairly broken.

18.9 Runs scored when the ball becomes dead other than at the fall
of a wicket
When the ball becomes dead for any reason other than the fall of a wicket, or is
called dead by an umpire, unless there is specific provision otherwise in these
Playing Conditions, any runs for penalties awarded to either side shall be scored.
Note however the provisions of clauses 23.3 (Leg byes not to be awarded) and
28.3 (Protective helmets belonging to the fielding side).

Additionally the batting side shall be credited with all runs completed by the batters
before the incident or call of Dead ball and the run in progress if the batters had
already crossed at the instant of the incident or call of Dead ball. Note specifically,
however, the provisions of clause 41.5.8 (Deliberate distraction, deception or
obstruction of batter).

T20
64
 18.10 Crediting of runs scored PC Clause 18.10.1: Example: Question: A no ball is called on delivery for foot
Unless stated otherwise in these Playing Conditions, fault. (ANB technology not in use) The striker misses it and the ball rebounds off
the stumps and hits his/her bat and trickles down to square leg. The batters take a
18.10.1 if the ball is struck by the bat, all runs scored by the batting side shall be run.
credited to the striker, except for the following: Would the umpire signal no ball followed by the bye signal or would this be
- an award of 5 Penalty runs, which shall be scored as Penalty runs considered runs to the striker?
- the one run penalty for a No ball, which shall be scored as a No ball For a run to be given to the striker, should the bat strike the ball or is the reverse
extra. also applicable?
18.10.2 if the ball is not struck by the bat, runs shall be scored as Penalty runs,
Byes, Leg byes, No ball extras or Wides as the case may be. If Byes or Answer:
Leg byes accrue from a No ball, only the one run penalty for No ball shall it would be better to stick to the Laws as written, which does not specifically
be scored as such, and the remainder as Byes or Leg byes as prevent the ball being hit by the bat after the ball has hit the stumps. So, runs
appropriate. would count towards the striker.
This is assuming the strike was unintentional. If such a strike was deliberate - for
18.10.3 the bowler shall be debited with: example, the ball was trickling back towards him/her, and he/she smashed it
- all runs scored by the striker towards the boundary - this would seem to go against the spirit of the Law and a
- all runs scored as No ball extras dismissal either hit the ball twice (if there had been some contact with the striker
- all runs scored as Wides. before the ball hit the stumps) or obstructing the field would be justified. (MCC
ruling)

T20
65
 18.11 Batter returning to original end
18.11.1 When the striker is dismissed in any of the circumstances in clauses
18.11.1.1 to 18.11.1.7, the not out batter shall return to his/her original
end.
18.11.1.1 Bowled.
18.11.1.2 Stumped.
18.11.1.3 Hit the ball twice.
18.11.1.4 LBW.
18.11.1.5 Hit wicket.
18.11.1.6 Caught
18.11.1.7 Obstructing the field, where the obstruction or distraction
prevents the striker being out Caught. Not out batter will return to their original end where a batter is out caught or
obstructing the field when a catch is prevented
18.11.2 The batters shall return to their original ends in any of the cases of
clauses 18.11.2.1 to 18.11.2.3.
18.11.2.1 A boundary is scored, unless as a result of an overthrow or
wilful act of a fielder (see clause 19.8).
18.11.2.2 Runs are disallowed for any reason.
18.11.2.3 The batters at the wicket decide to do so, under clause 41.5
(Deliberate distraction, deception or obstruction of batter).

T20
66
 18.12 Batter returning to wicket he/she has left
18.12.1 When a batter is dismissed in any of the ways in clauses 18.12.1.1 to PC Clause 18.12.1: Note: If either batter is dismissed whilst attempting a run
18.12.1.2, the not out batter shall return to the wicket he/she has left but which will subsequently be disallowed, any not out batter shall return to their
only if the batters had not already crossed at the instant of the incident original end.
causing the dismissal. If runs are to be disallowed, however, the not out
batter shall return to his/her original end.

18.12.1.1 Obstructing the field, where the obstruction or distraction does not
prevent the striker being out Caught.
18.12.1.2 Run out
18.12.2 If, while a run is in progress, the ball becomes dead for any reason other
than the dismissal of a batter, the batters shall return to the wickets they
had left, but only if they had not already crossed in running when the ball
became dead. If, however, any of the circumstances of clauses 18.11.2.1
to 18.11.2.3 apply, the batters shall return to their original ends.

19 BOUNDARIES
19.1 Determining the boundary of the field of play
19.1.1 Before the toss, the umpires shall determine the boundary of the field of
play, which shall be fixed for the duration of the match. See clause 2.3.4
(Consultation with Home Board).
19.1.2 The boundary shall be determined such that no part of any sight-screen,
will, at any stage of the match, be within the field of play.
19.1.3 The aim shall be to maximize the size of the playing area at each venue.
With respect to the size of the boundaries, no boundary shall be longer
than 90 yards (82.29 meters), and no boundary should be shorter than 65
yards (59.43 metres) from the centre of the pitch to be used.
19.1.4 At all times, there must be 3 yards (2.74 meters) from the boundary rope
to the first solid object (advertising boards/LEDs, photographers,
cameramen, dug outs, covers, perimeter fence) for the player’s safety run
off.
19.1.5 If the boundary is positioned less than 90 yards (82.29 meters) from the
centre of the pitch, the boundary rope cannot be set at a distance of more
than 10 yards (9.14 meters) from the perimeter fence. The 10 yards shall
be inclusive of the 3 yards (2.74 meters) provided for the player’s safety

T20
67
 run off.
19.1.6 Any ground which has previously been approved to host international
cricket which is unable to conform to the minimum boundary dimension
shall be exempt. In such cases the boundary shall be positioned so as to
maximize the size of the playing area.

T20
68
 19.2 Identifying and marking the boundary Boundary pushed inwards
19.2.1 All boundaries must be designated by a rope, or similar object of a
minimum standard as authorised by the ICC from time to time. MCC’s clarification dated 20th Oct 2023
19.2.3 If the boundary is marked by means of an object that is in contact with the
19.2.2 If the boundary is marked by means of an object that is in contact with the ground the boundary will be the edge of the grounded part of the object which is
ground the boundary will be the edge of the grounded part of the object nearest the pitch.
which is nearest the pitch. The boundary is marked by an object, it touched that object, so that’s a boundary.
19.2.3 An obstacle within the field of play shall not be regarded as a boundary 19.3.3 says you don’t move the marker that’s come into the field until the ball is
unless so determined by the umpires before the toss. See clause 2.3.4 dead, which means, I would suggest, that the boundary moves with the object
(Consultation with Home Board). marking it.
But, probably most simply, 19.4.1:
19.2.4 If an unauthorised person enters the playing arena and handles the ball, The ball in play is grounded beyond the boundary if it touches the boundary or any
the umpire at the bowler’s end shall be the sole judge of whether the part of an object used to mark the boundary
boundary allowance should be scored or the ball be treated as still in play This was an object used to mark the boundary, and even after it moves, it remains
or called dead ball if a batter is liable to be out as a result of the an object used to mark the boundary. The ball that touches it, wherever it is, has
unauthorised person handling the ball. See also clause 20.4.2.12 (Umpire been grounded over the boundary. Four runs.
calling and signalling Dead ball).
VIDEO EXAMPLE: UNAUTHORIZED PERSON ENTERING THE FIELD
19.3 Restoring the boundary
PC Clause 19.3: At all times umpires must be observant when boundary markers
If a solid object used to mark the boundary is disturbed for any reason, then: have moved due to fielders running/sliding into them and have it restored before
19.3.1 the boundary shall be considered to be in its original position. the next ball is bowled. In the event a boundary marker has moved and not
restored – the original position it occupied will be considered when making a
19.3.2 the object shall be returned to its original position as soon as is judgement on a boundary. (3rd umpire/4th Umpire proactive here).
practicable; if play is taking place, this shall be as soon as the ball is
dead. This is not difficult when the boundary has moved further away from the field of
19.3.3 if some part of a fence or other marker has come within the field of play, play. It becomes confusing when the boundary is pushed further into the field of
that part shall be removed from the field of play as soon as is practicable; play. Umpires make it a point to be vigilant and have such replacement done
if play is taking place, this shall be as soon as the ball is dead. before commencing play again.

VIDEO EXAMPLE: BOUNDARY – ORIGINAL POSITION

T20
69
 PC Clause 19.4: The wording has been clarified to emphasize that, when fielding
19.4 Ball grounded beyond the boundary or catching a ball after it has crossed the boundary in the air, that any fielder to
19.4.1 The ball in play is grounded beyond the boundary if it touches touch the ball must not only have some part of his/her person in contact with the
ground within the boundary but must have no part grounded on or beyond the
- the boundary or any part of an object used to mark the boundary; boundary.
- the ground beyond the boundary;
- any object that is grounded beyond the boundary. A second fielder making contact with the ball after a teammate has already
touched it may not however, jump up from a position beyond the boundary, unless
19.4.2 The ball in play is to be regarded as being grounded beyond the
he/she too had first handled the ball within the field of play.
boundary if
- a fielder, grounded beyond the boundary as in clause 19.5, touches the VIDEO EXAMPLE: FIELDER GROUNDED BEYOND THE BOUNDARY
ball;
- a fielder, after catching the ball within the boundary, becomes grounded
beyond the boundary while in contact with the ball, before completing the VIDEO EXAMPLE: FIELDER JUMPING FROM THE BOUNDARY
catch.

19.5 Fielder grounded beyond the boundary VIDEO EXAMPLE: FIELDER IN CONTACT WITH ANOTHER FIELDER IN
19.5.1 A fielder is grounded beyond the boundary if some part of his/her person CONTACT WITH THE BOUNDARY
is in contact with any of the following:
- the boundary or any part of an object used to mark the boundary;
- the ground beyond the boundary;
- any object that is in contact with the ground beyond the boundary;
- another fielder who is grounded beyond the boundary.

19.5.2 A fielder who is not in contact with the ground is considered to be PC Clause 19.5.2: The law change stipulates that any number of fielders handling
grounded beyond the boundary if his/her final contact with the ground, the ball in the air over the boundary should first have contacted it, if grounded,
before his/her first contact with the ball after it has been delivered by the within the boundary or if in the air, last contact with the ground before touching the
bowler, was not entirely within the boundary. ball from within the field of play

19.6 Boundary allowances

19.6.1 6 runs shall be allowed for a boundary 6; and 4 runs for a boundary 4.
See also clause 19.7.

T20
70
 19.7 Runs scored from boundaries
19.7.1 A boundary 6 will be scored if and only if the ball has been struck by the
bat and is first grounded beyond the boundary without having been in
contact with the ground within the field of play. This shall apply even if the
ball has previously touched a fielder.
19.7.2 A boundary 4 will be scored when a ball that is grounded beyond the
boundary
- whether struck by the bat or not, was first grounded within the boundary,
or
- has not been struck by the bat.
19.7.3 When a boundary is scored, the batting side, except in the circumstances
of clause 19.8, shall be awarded whichever is the greater of
19.7.3.1 the allowance for the boundary
19.7.3.2 the runs completed by the batters together with the run in
progress if they had already crossed at the instant the
boundary is scored.
19.7.4 When the runs in clause 19.7.3.2 exceed the boundary allowance they
shall replace the boundary allowance for the purposes of clause 18.12.2.
19.7.5 The scoring of Penalty runs by either side is not affected by the scoring of
a boundary.

T20
71
 Note: The Overthrow or the willful act of fielder are two different actions.
19.8 Overthrow or wilful act of fielder
If the boundary results from an overthrow or from the wilful act of a fielder, the runs Examples:
scored shall be The overthrow starts when the fielder releases the ball on its way back to the
wicket in order to affect a run out or stop further runs from being accrued and then
- any runs for penalties awarded to either side it goes for further runs.
- and the allowance for the boundary The willful act is when a fielder deliberately makes contact with a ball to help it
over the boundary to gain an advantage i.e. keep a particular batter off strike in the
- and the runs completed by the batters, together with the run in progress if first ball of the next over.
they had already crossed at the instant of the throw or act.
In both examples given above, should the on-field umpires wish to clarify whether
Clause 18.12.2 (Batter returning to wicket he/she has left) shall apply as from the the batters had crossed at the time of the overthrow or act, they may seek the
instant of the throw or act. assistance of the 3rd umpire, should that ball go to the boundary

If runs accrue after the act of the fielder throwing the ball that goes over the
boundary, only the runs scored or the run in progress at the instant of the act of
the overthrow, if crossed will be added to the boundary allowance. Runs accrued
after the throw, will not be scored.
Example: Batter runs and crosses for the first run when the overthrow act occurs.
Ball runs towards the boundary and the batters run a further 5 runs. The ball now
crosses the boundary. Runs scored equals 5 (boundary 4 plus the one run that
was crossed for at the instant of the throw)

20 DEAD BALL PC Clause 20.1.1.1: Ball settled in the hands of the wicketkeeper is quite difficult
20.1 Ball is dead to explain but easy to judge when it takes place. The factors to consider are:

20.1.1 The ball becomes dead when (i) is there an intent/opportunity for the wicketkeeper/fielder to affect a
dismissal,
20.1.1.1 it is finally settled in the hands of the wicket-keeper or of the (ii) are the batters in their ground or showing intent to run,
bowler. (iii) does the wicketkeeper pass the ball on to another fielder for onward
20.1.1.2 a boundary is scored. See clause 19.7 (Runs scored from transmission to the bowler?.
boundaries). In international cricket it is quite commonplace to see a striker leave a ball, watch it
20.1.1.3 a batter is dismissed. The ball will be deemed to be dead from to the wicketkeeper, then nod at the keeper and move out to do some gardening.
the instant of the incident causing the dismissal. In games which are competitive, hard fought and bordering on becoming
contentious, and you feel the striker is leaving his/her ground early, it would be
20.1.1.4 whether played or not it becomes trapped between the bat and
good sense to have a word with him/her and avoid a difficult situation
person of a batter or between items of his/her clothing or
equipment. PC Clause 20.1: Ball is not dead when it lodges in the helmet/visor of a fielder.
20.1.1.5 whether played or not it lodges in the clothing or equipment of VIDEO EXAMPLE: BALL LODGED IN PADS
a batter or the clothing of an umpire.
PC Clause 20.1.1.3: ANB: 3rd umpire calling front foot No ball
20.1.1.6 there is an award of Penalty runs under either of clauses 24.4
(Player returning without permission) or 28.3 (Fielding the

T20
72
 ball). The ball shall not count as one of the over. Examples:

20.1.1.7 there is a contravention of clause 28.3 (Protective helmets 1. The striker is given out LBW. The ball, after hitting the pads, travels along the
belonging to the fielding side). ground over the boundary. The bowler’s end umpire calls for a No ball check
other than a front foot no ball, as this was already checked by the 3rd umpire.
20.1.1.8 the match is concluded in any of the ways stated in clause The 3rd umpire confirms it is a No ball. The bowler’s end umpire signals No
12.6 (Conclusion of match). ball. The original striker resumes his/her innings. Only 1 Penalty run for the no
20.1.2 The ball shall be considered to be dead when it is clear to the bowler’s ball is scored. The ball is deemed to be dead once the original out decision is
end umpire that the fielding side and both batters at the wicket have given.
ceased to regard it as in play.
20.1.3 In a match where cameras are being used on or over the field of play 2. The striker hits the ball high into the air and completes one run and has not
(e.g. Spidercam), should a ball that has been hit by the batter make crossed for the second run when the ball is caught. The bowler’s end umpire
contact, while still in play, with the camera, its apparatus or its cable, calls for a No ball check other than a front foot no ball, this was already
either umpire shall call and signal ‘dead ball’. The ball shall not count as checked by the 3rd umpire. The 3rd Umpire confirms it is a No ball. The striker
one of the over and no runs shall be scored. If the delivery was called a continues his/her innings but is now at the non-striker’s end. No run is scored
No ball it shall count and the No ball penalty shall be applied. No other except the one run Penalty for the No ball. The ball is deemed to be dead from
runs (including penalty runs) apart from the No ball penalty shall be the moment the catch is completed.
scored.
The umpire can only check for a No ball, other than a front foot no ball, as this was
20.1.4 Should a ball thrown by a fielder make contact with a camera on or over already checked by the 3rd umpire, following a dismissal in which the validity of
the field of play, its apparatus or its cable, either umpire shall call and the dismissal would be affected by the no ball.
signal dead ball. Unless this was already a No ball or Wide, the ball shall
count as one of the over. All runs scored to that point shall count, plus the PC Clause 20.1.1.3: Examples of Fair catch reviews:
run in progress if the batters have already crossed.
1. A diving catch is held in the outfield. The batters have crossed before the
20.1.5 Refer also to paragraph 2.6 of Appendix D. catch is completed and claimed. The umpires are not certain about the
validity of the catch. A fair catch review is sent to the 3 rd umpire. The 3rd
umpire on checking replays, has clear evidence that the ball ‘did not carry’.
The 3rd umpire gives it Not Out, displaying the decision on the big screen.
Since the batters have crossed, the run is scored, and the non-striker will
face the next ball if over is not called.

2. The same scenario as above only this time the 3 rd umpire finds that the ball
has clearly carried. The striker is given out, no runs are scored and the new
batter goes to the striker’s end if over is not called.

PC Clause 20.1.3: This Playing condition is broken up into 2 separate parts, the
first one deals with the batter hitting the ball into the camera/cable, and the other
part deals with the fielder throwing the ball into the camera/cable.
1. Batter hitting the ball
When the batter hits the ball and the ball makes contact with the overhead
camera/cable, either umpire should call and signal Dead ball. The ball shall not
count, and no runs shall be scored. However, a no ball shall stand together

T20
73
 with the one run penalty.
However, the batter could be Out “hit wicket” before the ball contacts the
camera/cable. In this case, the batter is dismissed, as the ball is still in play
when the wicket was put down and the ball has become dead upon dismissal.
The ball hitting the camera/cable is irrelevant.
2. Fielder throwing the ball
When a fielder throws the ball and it makes contact with the overhead
camera/cable the ball becomes Dead at the point of contact. Everything is
counted up to that moment. The ball DOES count as one in the over unless a
no ball has been called. No other runs including Penalty runs shall be scored
after the contact with the camera/cable.
Should the ball be deflected off an umpire, batter, or fielder before hitting a
camera/cable, then the act of either the batter hitting the ball or fielder throwing the
ball, as specified in the two scenarios above, is what has to be applied.
Should a ball that is hit by the striker high into the deep and makes first contact
with the camera/cable, in the air, beyond the boundary, and the ball is then
deflected back to the field of play, boundary six would apply.
The onfield umpires are now permitted to consult with the 3 rd umpire on whether or
not the ball did touch an elevated camera, cable, or apparatus.

T20
74
 20.2 Ball finally settled
Whether the ball is finally settled or not is a matter for the umpire alone to decide.

20.3 Call of Over or Time

Neither the call of Over (see clause 17.4), nor the call of Time (see clause 12.2) is
to be made until the ball is dead, either under clauses 20.1 or 20.4.

T20
75
 20.4 Umpire calling and signalling Dead ball
20.4.1 When the ball has become dead under clause 20.1, the bowler’s end
umpire may call and signal Dead ball if it is necessary to inform the
players.
20.4.2 Where either umpire is required to call and signal Dead ball under Under clause 34.4 (Runs permitted from the ball lawfully struck more than once),
20.4.2.1 to 20.4.2.14, the ball will be considered to be dead at the instant clause 41.2.1 (Unfair actions) and clause 42.1.2 (Unacceptable conduct), the ball
of the incident causing the ball to become dead. However, where the will be considered to be dead at the point of the call and not at the instant of the
Playing Conditions specifically provide for the call to be delayed, so as
act.
not to disadvantage the non-offending side, under clause 34.4 (Runs
permitted from the ball lawfully struck more than once), clause 41.2.1 In the case where leg byes are to be disallowed (Clause 23.3), Hitting the ball
(Unfair actions) and clause 42.1.2 (Unacceptable conduct), the ball will twice (Clause 34.4), the call of dead ball is to be delayed until the first run is
be considered to be dead at the point of the call. completed.
Either umpire shall call and signal Dead ball when Unfair Actions (Clause 41.2.1) and Unacceptable Conduct (Clause 42.1.2), the call
of dead ball should be delayed so as not to disadvantage the non-offending side.
20.4.2.1 intervening in a case of unfair play.
20.4.2.2 a possibly serious injury to a player or umpire occurs.
20.4.2.3 leaving his/her normal position for consultation.
20.4.2.4 one or both bails fall from the striker’s wicket before the striker
has had the opportunity of playing the ball.
20.4.2.5 the striker is not ready for the delivery of the ball and, if the ball
is delivered, makes no attempt to play it. Provided the umpire
VIDEO EXAMPLE: BATTER MOVING AWAY
is satisfied that the striker had adequate reason for not being
ready, the ball shall not count as one of the over.
20.4.2.6 the striker is distracted by any noise or movement or in any TOWEL DROPPING FROM BOWLER’S PERSON – WHILST IN RUN-UP OR
other way while preparing to receive or receiving a delivery. DELIVERY STRIDE
This shall apply whether the source of the distraction is within
the match or outside it. Note also clause 20.4.2.7. The ball
shall not count as one of the over. PC Clause 20.4.2.6: A towel falling from the bowler’s person during his/her run
up/delivery stride: Umpires are to have a proactive discussion with the bowler and
20.4.2.7 there is an instance of a deliberate attempt to distract under warn them that if the batter complains after the towel has fallen, the ball may be
either of clauses 41.4 (Deliberate attempt to distract striker) or called dead, and any dismissal disallowed.
41.5 (Deliberate distraction, deception or obstruction of batter).
The ball shall not count as one of the over. VIDEO EXAMPLE: BOWLER’S TOWEL

20.4.2.8 the bowler drops the ball accidentally before delivery.

Umpires should heed the evidence of whether the striker, in receiving or playing at
20.4.2.9 the bowler throws the ball towards the striker’s end before the ball, is distracted or immediately showing signs of a complaint by their actions
entering his/her delivery stride or words. Always be aware of a batters' attempted manipulation after genuinely
20.4.2.10 the ball does not leave the bowler’s hand for any reason other being dismissed.

T20
76
 than an attempt to run out the non-striker under clause 38.3 The decision is for the on-field umpires guided by the above information. The
(Non-striker leaving his/her ground early). decision cannot go up to the 3rd umpire.

20.4.2.11 satisfied that the ball in play cannot be recovered.

PC Clause 20.4.2.9: The ball becomes dead as soon as the bowler throws the ball
20.4.2.12 he/she considers that either side has been disadvantaged by a towards the striker’s end before the delivery stride
person, animal or other object within the field of play.
However, if both umpires consider the ball would have PC Clause 20.4.2.11: Lost ball has now become obsolete and replaced with this
reached the boundary regardless of the intervention, the clause.
boundary should stand (see clause 19.2.4 – Identifying and PC Clause 20.4.2.13
marking the boundary).
MCC Clarification dated 14 December 2022
20.4.2.13 the striker attempts to play the ball and no part of his/her
person, whether grounded or raised, remains within the pitch The striker may only attempt to play the ball if some of his/her bat or person,
as defined in clause 6.1 (Area of pitch). whether grounded or raised, remains within the pitch. Should no part of the
striker's bat or person remain within the pitch, whilst the striker is playing the
20.4.2.14 required to do so under any of the Playing Conditions not ball, either umpire shall immediately call and signal Dead ball.'
included above.
So, if the striker is off the pitch but the ball is close to the wicket, the striker is not
playing the ball. To do so, the striker would have to return to the pitch. The umpire
should see if the ball hits the stumps, in which case the striker would be declared
out, bowled. Where the ball misses the stumps, Dead ball should be called. The
ball will count as a valid delivery in that over.

If the striker is able to receive the ball, which is clearly the case if the ball remains
on the pitch right up to, and past, the wickets, and it is not a No ball, then the ball
should count as one of the over, even if it is called Dead at the moment the batter
attempts to play the ball.

Video Example 1: The decision here would be out bowled. Assume that this was
NOT a free hit!!

Video Example 2: Dead ball should be called when the striker plays, or attempts
to play, at the ball. Ball counts as one in the over.

Example 3 (No video): If the striker backs away to leg, and the bowler follows
them, so far that both striker and ball are wholly off the pitch, then it would be a
Dead ball (but not a No ball - the ball could have been played from on the pitch). If
the ball is played and goes up in the air and is Caught, the striker would be
declared not out. However, the ball will count as one for the over.

T20
77
 20.5 Ball ceases to be dead
The ball ceases to be dead – that is, it comes into play – when the bowler starts
his/her run-up or, if there is no run-up, starts his/her bowling action.

20.6 Dead ball not to be revoked

Once the ball is dead, no revoking of any decision can bring the ball back into play
for that delivery.

20.7 Dead ball; ball counting as one of over

20.7.1 When a ball which has been delivered is called dead or is to be
considered dead then, other than as in clause 20.7.2,
20.7.1.1 it will not count in the over if the striker has not had an
opportunity to play it.
20.7.1.2 Unless No ball or Wide ball has been called, it will be a valid
ball if the striker has had an opportunity to play it, except in the
circumstances of clauses 20.4.2.6 and 24.4 ( Player returning
without permission), 28.2 (Fielding the ball), 41.4 (Deliberate
attempt to distract striker) and 41.5 (Deliberate distraction,
deception or obstruction of batter).
20.7.2 In clause 20.4.2.5, the ball will not count in the over only if both conditions
of not attempting to play the ball and having an adequate reason for not
being ready are met. Otherwise the delivery will be a valid ball.

21 NO BALL Following the introduction of the 3rd umpire calling the front foot No ball (Auto No
ball), there will be significant changes to the routines and protocols employed by
21.1 Mode of delivery umpires as they go about their business. The most important factor to be aware of
21.1.1 The umpire shall ascertain whether the bowler intends to bowl right and prepare for is the two different types of modes you could be called upon to
handed or left handed, over or round the wicket, and shall so inform the perform under i.e. (a) Auto No ball (ANB) mode and (b) the usual system of the
striker. 3rd umpire only getting involved in calling No ball on request when dismissals or
It is unfair if the bowler fails to notify the umpire of a change in his/her reviews occur.
mode of delivery. In this case the umpire shall call and signal No ball.
APPENDIX H: THIRD UMPIRE CALLING FRONT FOOT NO BALLS – ANB
21.1.2 Underarm bowling shall not be permitted.
Some of the significant changes in the ANB mode are:

1. The on-field umpire does not call the front foot No ball except when he/she is

T20
78
 advised by 3rd umpire that the technology is down
2. All other forms of no balls i.e. back foot no balls, beamers, fielding restrictions,
illegal bowling actions, ball bouncing more than once, coming to rest off the
pitch etc. will be called live on-field by the respective umpire
3. Other than the front foot check, all other forms of no balls can be checked by
the on-field umpires ONLY on a dismissal.
4. Any reviews that have to be sent up to the 3rd umpire will only be done after
confirmation is received from the 3rd umpire of the fairness of the delivery.
Then, if still relevant, the TV signal will be made sending the decision up to the
3rd umpire.
5. The 3rd umpire must check every delivery and make a judgement on its
fairness.
6. It is mandatory that the 3rd umpire advises the on-field umpires of the fairness
of the delivery after every appeal, once THE BALL IS DEAD, and at the fall of
a wicket
7. If there is a tight no ball that needs to be given more scrutiny, then it would be
necessary for the 3rd umpire to advise the on-field umpire “STANDBY,
CHECKING FRONT FOOT” or “STANDBY, FRONT FOOT CHECK”.
8. At this point, the ICC technician will latch the comms open to the TV director,
in order that he/she is aware of the check being done. Once the check is
finalized the 3rd umpire must advise the on-field umpires accordingly. This will
be heard by the TV director, who will get the bowler’s end umpire on screen if
it is a no ball. 3rd umpire will advise that the on-field umpire is on screen and
should signal now.
9. Once the 3rd Umpire advises a front foot no-ball, and should a dismissal
have resulted from that delivery, any runs completed before the dismissal
became effective, shall not count, except for cases of fair catch and bump
ball, as mentioned in the examples under “Outcome of Fair Catch/Bump
Ball Review – Runs counted or not?” in Clause 2.2 in Appendix D,
together with the run that has been crossed.
10. The ball is to be considered dead from the first dismissal, which could later be
revoked by the discovery of the no-ball. Any actions or runs attempted after
the first dismissal will not count, except for cases of fair catch and bump
ball, as mentioned in the examples under “Outcome of Fair Catch/Bump
Ball Review – Runs counted or not?” in Clause 2.2 in Appendix D, should
the ball be then judged as a no-ball.
11. Should the On-Field umpires initiate a request for a no-ball check (other than a
front foot check), then, if a No-ball is called following the check by the 3rd
Umpire, the batting side shall benefit from the reversal of the dismissal and the
one run for the No-ball but shall not benefit from any runs that may
subsequently have accrued from the delivery had the On-Field Umpire
originally called a No-ball. Where the batters crossed while the ball was in
the air before being caught, the batters shall remain at the same ends as if the
striker had been dismissed, but no runs shall be credited to the striker even if
one (or more) runs were completed before the catch being taken.

T20
79
 12. Should a wide be called On-Field which is later judged to be a No-ball by 3rd
Umpire, the No-ball will override the wide and the batting side will incur the
benefits of the No ball once the wide is revoked.
13. Appendix 3.3.5: Note: The 3rd umpire will check all other modes of No balls,
other than front foot not being behind the popping crease, since it has already
been checked, provided it is initiated by the on-field umpires, following a
dismissal.

T20
80
 Law 21.2 Guidance for judging a “specific illegal delivery”
21.2 Fair delivery – the arm
A specific illegal delivery refers to a situation when a bowler, after having been
For a delivery to be fair in respect of the arm the ball must not be delivered with an tested under the ICC Regulations, is told of a certain type of delivery that he/she is
Illegal Bowling Action. not permitted to bowl in international cricket. For example, a faster ball or the
Doosra.
An Illegal Bowling Action is defined as a bowling action where a bowler’s Elbow
Extension exceeds 15 degrees, measured from the point at which the bowling arm Please note that it is only at the fall of a wicket that the on-field umpires can
reaches the horizontal until the point at which the ball is released (any Elbow request the 3rd umpire to assist in the identification of whether that particular
Hyperextension shall be discounted for the purposes of determining an Illegal delivery was one of the “specific illegal deliveries”. The on-field challenge of
Bowling Action). identifying the illegal delivery as soon as it happens, while it may be easier for the
bowler’s end umpire to pick up a faster delivery, it may not be easy to identify a
Should either umpire or the ICC Match Referee suspect that a bowler has used an Doosra. Therefore, the first instance of this illegal delivery may be missed – or it
Illegal Bowling Action, they shall complete the ICC Bowling Action Report Form at may be called a “No ball.”
the conclusion of the match, as set out in the Illegal Bowling Regulations.
If it is missed or unclear, the delivery in question should put the on-field and 3rd
umpires on notice and they should then be carefully watching for a repeat of the
illegal delivery.
The square leg umpire and 3rd umpire are able to assist the bowler’s end umpire
in assessing whether the illegal delivery has been bowled (e.g., faster one or
Doosra). The 3rd umpire is best placed to support the identification of a Doosra
being bowled.
If there is doubt that a legal delivery has been bowled and a wicket falls, the on-
field umpire can request the 3rd umpire to check by applying Clause 3.10 or Clause
7 of the 3rd umpire Playing Conditions.
For clarity and to summarize:
 Certain bowlers have been told not to bowl their particular illegal delivery of a
fast/spear ball or the Doosra.
 If such an illegal delivery is bowled by the said bowler, the on-field umpires
can call No ball. These deliveries do not have to be adjudged to have been
bowled with an illegal action; the fact that they have been bowled is sufficient
to call a No ball.
 If No ball is called, the procedure set out in Law 21.2 applies, i.e., if the
bowler is called twice in the innings, then he/she cannot bowl for the rest of
that innings.
 If No ball is called under these circumstances, the bowler is automatically
reported with a suspect illegal bowling action. See the opening paragraph to
section 2 of the IBA regulations.
 At the fall of a wicket if the on-field umpires suspect that the wicket was taken
by an illegal delivery (other than a front foot no ball, which is already
checked), the 3rd umpire may be consulted which could result in a No ball

T20
81
 being called.
NOTE: if a bowler bowls the specific illegal delivery in a match, he/she is called on
field or reported during or after the game. The normal ICC Regulations for the
review of bowlers reported with suspected illegal bowling actions becomes
operable, and the following applies:
- Can continue to bowl (unless called 2 times in an innings)
- Must be tested in the lab within 14 days
- If found to have an illegal action for any type of delivery he/she will not be
able to bowl in an international match for a minimum of 12 months
- All the normal tests and match comparisons will be done
- The bowler will have to bowl that specific delivery, i.e., a doosra or faster
ball in the lab and satisfy the test.

T20
82
 21.3 Ball thrown or delivered underarm – action by umpires
PC Clause 21.3: To be adjudged live by on-field umpire or referred to 3rd umpire
21.3.1 If, in the opinion of either umpire, the ball has been thrown (where such only if dismissal occurs
mode of delivery does not correspond to the bowler’s normal bowling
action) or delivered underarm, he/she shall call and signal No ball and,
when the ball is dead, inform the other umpire of the reason for the call.
PC Clause 21.3.1: Note if ball considered to have been thrown or bowled
The bowler’s end umpire shall then underarm only one warning applies, the second time it happens, call no ball, and
instruct the Captain to suspend bowler from bowling for that innings.
- warn the bowler, indicating that this is a first and final warning. This
warning shall apply to that bowler throughout the innings. Shall report to the Match Referee.

- inform the captain of the fielding side of the reason for this action.
- inform the batters at the wicket of what has occurred.
21.3.2 If either umpire considers that, in that innings, a further delivery by the
same bowler is thrown (where such mode of delivery does not
correspond to the bowler’s normal bowling action) or delivered underarm,
he/she shall call and signal No ball and when the ball is dead inform the
other umpire of the reason for the call.
The bowler’s end umpire shall then
- direct the captain of the fielding side to suspend the bowler immediately
from bowling. The over shall, if applicable, be completed by another
bowler, who shall neither have bowled the previous over or part thereof
nor be allowed to bowl any part of the next over. The bowler thus
suspended shall not bowl again in that innings.
- inform the batters at the wicket and, as soon as practicable, the captain
of the batting side of the reason for this action.
21.3.3 The umpires together shall report the occurrence as soon as possible
after the match to the ICC Match Referee, who shall take such action as
is considered appropriate against the bowler concerned.

21.4 Bowler throwing towards striker’s end before delivery

If the bowler throws the ball towards the striker’s end before entering the delivery
stride, it is not a No ball and the procedure stated in 21.3 shall not apply. However,
the umpire shall call and signal Dead ball under clause 20.4.2.9.

T20
83
 PC Clause 21.5: The ICC Playing Conditions relating to “Fair Delivery – the feet” is
21.5 Fair delivery – the feet different to the MCC Law. The Playing Condition states that “If the bowler’s end
For a delivery to be fair in respect of the feet, in the delivery stride umpire/3rd umpire is satisfied that any of these conditions have not been met,
he/she shall call and signal No ball.”
21.5.1 the bowler’s back foot must land within and not touching the return
crease appertaining to his/her stated mode of delivery. Should a bowler deliver a ball from outside of the umpire’s line of vision, the
umpire will immediately call and signal dead ball and the ball will be rebowled.
21.5.2 the bowler’s front foot must land with some part of the foot, whether Should this practice by the bowler be repeated, the umpires should consider
grounded or raised following the protocols for time wasting. This would involve a warning after the first
- on the same side of the imaginary line joining the two middle stumps as instance.
the return crease described in clause 21.5.1, and This means that if the bowler’s end umpire or 3 rd Umpire, as the case may be,
- behind the popping crease. cannot be satisfied that the placement of the feet has breached the Law, then the
umpire gives the benefit of doubt to the bowler. There must be clear and
The third umpire shall review television replays of the bowler’ feet landing and, if conclusive evidence that
he/she is satisfied that not all the requirements have been met, advise the bowler’s  No part of the front foot is grounded or raised behind the popping crease on
end umpire who shall in turn immediately call and signal No ball. See clause 41.8 landing and first contact, to be adjudged live by 3rd umpire or
(Bowling of deliberate front foot No ball).
 The back foot did not land within and not touching the return crease,-to be
adjudged by on-field umpire live or referred to 3rd umpire only if dismissal
occurs or
 The front foot did not land with some part on the same side as the imaginary
line joining the two middle stumps, to be adjudged by on-field umpire live or
referred to 3rd umpire only if dismissal occurs
in order to rule and signal a No ball.
VIDEO EXAMPLE: NO BALL – BENEFIT OF THE DOUBT

PC Clause 21.5.2: In the event the 3rd umpire is calling the No ball as per the
technology, then note the following:
In addition, if the third umpire, having reviewed television replays of the front foot
landing, judges that the bowler’s front foot did not land with some part of the foot,
whether grounded or raised, behind the popping crease, he/she shall immediately
advise the bowler’s end umpire who shall in turn immediately call and signal No
ball. He/she shall only advise the on-field umpire once the ball is dead.
Foot Fault No Ball: Definition of “Landing”
• The broadcaster in the pre match meetings is to be requested when reviewing
a foot fault no ball to stop/freeze the image at the point where the foot lands,
not where it ends up or at its finishing point.
• Front foot – first contact for grounding only for any part of the foot and not
applicable to any raised part of the foot. This is where the umpire must ask

T20
84
 the Broadcaster to freeze the image. For a fast bowler this is generally the
moment when the foot/heel touches the ground. As a guide whether some
portion of the raised heel is behind the popping crease once the foot has
touched down, it is the sole of the heel/boot that is taken into account and not
any upper extension of the heel/foot.
VIDEO EXAMPLE: DEPICTING UNDERSIDE OF THE BOOT

• Back foot: MCC interpretation: First point of contact is to be freeze-framed by

the broadcaster at the point where the foot touches the ground first. Delivery
is fair even if part of foot is in the air and subsequently touches or slides
across return crease.
VIDEO EXAMPLE: BACK FOOT CHECK AT A WICKET

T20
85
 PC Clause 21.6: To be adjudged live by on-field umpires or referred to 3rd umpire
21.6 Bowler breaking wicket in delivering ball only if dismissal occurs
Either umpire shall call and signal No ball if, other than in an attempt to run out the VIDEO EXAMPLE: WICKET BROKEN IN DELIVERY STRIDE
non-striker under clause 38.3 (Non-striker leaving his/her ground early), the bowler
breaks the wicket at any time after the ball comes into play and before completion VIDEO EXAMPLE: WICKET BROKEN IN STRIDE AFTER DELIVERY STRIDE
of the stride after the delivery stride. This shall include any clothing or other object
that falls from his/her person and breaks the wicket. PC Clause 21.6: Note: This includes any clothing or other objects that may fall
from his/her person and break the wicket before the completion of his/her stride
after the delivery stride.
PC Clause 21.6 differs from the MCC Law in that an attempt must be made under
our PCs whereas the Law accommodates even an accidental breaking of the
stumps and delivering the ball, to which an appeal is valid.
The reference to “before completion of the stride after the delivery stride” is purely
for the purpose of calling the no ball. This shall include any clothing or other object
that falls from his/her person and breaks the wicket.
PC Clause 21.7: To be adjudged live by on-field umpires or referred to 3rd umpire
21.7 Ball bouncing more than once, rolling along the ground or
only if dismissal occurs
pitching off the pitch
The umpire shall call and signal No ball if a ball which he/she considers to have PC Clause 21.7: Note: For a ball bouncing more than once or rolling along the
been delivered, without having previously touched bat or person of the striker, ground, it is judged before reaching the popping crease.
- bounces more than once For pitching partially or wholly off the pitch it is the line of the striker’s wicket.
- or rolls along the ground before it reaches the popping crease.
VIDEO EXAMPLE: PITCHING OFF THE PITCH BEYOND THE STUMPS
- or pitches wholly or partially off the pitch as defined in clause 6.1 (Area of pitch)
before it reaches the line of the striker’s wicket. VIDEO EXAMPLE: PITCHING OFF THE PITCH IN FRONT OF THE STUMPS

VIDEO EXAMPLE: BALL BOUNCING MORE THAN ONCE

21.8 Ball causing the striker to leave the pitch or ball coming to rest
in front of striker’s wicket PC Clause 21.8: To be adjudged live by on-field umpires or referred to 3rd umpire
only if dismissal occurs
If a ball delivered by the bowler comes to rest in front of the line of the striker’s
wicket, or is so far from the pitch that the striker would need to leave the pitch to PC Clause 21.8: Note: For ball coming to rest: it is the line of the striker’s wicket
attempt to play the ball (see clause 25.6 – Striker’s right to play the ball) without
having previously touched the bat or person of the striker, the umpire shall call and If a delivery, by its width, causes a batter to have to leave the pitch, it will be called
signal No ball and immediately call and signal Dead ball. no ball and dead ball. A batter cannot, by their actions, cause a delivery to be a no
ball
PC Clause 21.9: To be adjudged live by on-field umpires or referred to 3rd umpire
21.9 Fielder intercepting a delivery only if dismissal occurs
If except in the circumstances of clause 27.3 (Position of wicket-keeper) a ball,

T20
86
delivered by the bowler, makes contact with any part of a fielder’s person before it Example: 1 The striker goes down the wicket to play at a slow delivery that is
either makes contact with the striker’s bat or person, or it passes the striker’s tossed up. He/she completely misses the ball, which continues past him/her. The
wicket, the umpire shall call and signal No ball and immediately call and signal short-leg fielder from his/her position in front of the popping crease, now dives on
Dead ball. to the pitch, and deflects the ball on to the wicket, with the striker out of his/her
ground. There is an appeal? For Run Out. How do the umpires respond?

Answer: Bowler’s end umpires calls No ball and immediately call dead ball. The
fielder has intercepted the ball, which has not contacted the striker’s bat or person,
before it passes the line of the striker’s wicket in contravention of Law 21.9 (Fielder
intercepting a delivery). Striker’s end umpire does not have to answer the appeal
since ball was called dead ball

T20
87
 21.10 Ball bouncing over head height of striker PC Clause 21.10: Note: Called a Wide in our PC. Unless it is the second bouncer
See clauses 22.1.1.2 and 41.6.1.7. for the over, which passes over the head, then it is called No ball.
PC Clause 21.10: To be adjudged live by on-field umpires or referred to 3rd
umpire only if dismissal occurs
When signaling the wide in this case, the umpire should not tap their head, unless
it is the 2nd bouncer in the over that is signaled as a no ball with the differential
signal of tapping the head

T20
88
 21.11 Call of No ball for infringement of other clauses
PC Clause 21.11: To be adjudged live by on-field umpires or referred to 3rd
In addition to the instances above, No ball is to be called and signalled as required umpire only if dismissal occurs
by the following:
Appendix D Clause 3.3.5: D.R.S: Note: The 3rd umpire will check all other modes
Clause 27.3 – Position of wicket-keeper of No balls, other than front foot not behind the popping crease, since already
Clause 28.4 – Limitation of on side fielders checked, provided it is initiated by the on-field umpires.
Clause 28.5 – Fielders not to encroach on pitch PC Clause 27.3: Note: wicketkeeper to remain wholly behind the wicket from the
time the bowler begins his/her run up until the ball touches the striker’s bat or
Clause 41.6 – Bowling of dangerous and unfair short pitched deliveries
person or passes the wicket or the striker tries to run.
Clause 41.7 – Bowling of dangerous and unfair non-pitching deliveries
PC Clause 21.11: Interpretation of PC Clause 27.3: Question: The bowler is in
Clause 41.8 – Bowling of deliberate front foot No ball. his/her run up. The wicketkeeper who is standing up to the stumps, in settling
down into a crouch, accidentally knocks one of his/her pads against the stumps
from behind. Would the striker’s end umpire call ‘dead ball’ or would he/she allow
the ball to be delivered and call ‘No ball’ for wicketkeeper not remaining wholly
behind the stumps or would he/she do nothing and allow play to continue?
The interpretation from MCC is:
A strict and literal interpretation of the Laws would say that if the keeper breaks the
wicket before any of the 3 ‘moments’, then it should be a No ball, as he/she will
have come in front of the line at the back of the wicket. But, after consultation on
this, there are some who have reservations with such a strict interpretation, while
others endorse it.
There is also a case for calling Dead ball under Law 20.4.2.4.
However, questions were asked from a field-craft angle as to how umpires should
judge the situation for the good of the game: 03 December 2019
This was followed by:
This was discussed at the recent Laws sub-committee meeting. The technically
correct answer was clear to all, namely that this should be a No ball, as the
wicketkeeper has come further forward than the back of the stumps. - 16 January
2020
Answer: For the sake of clarity and consistency if the wickets are broken before
any of the three ‘moments’ as per PC Clause 27.3.1, and the ball is delivered the
umpire at the striker’s end shall call and signal no ball.
PC Clause 28.5: Note: Fielder to stay off the pitch from the time the bowler starts
their run up until the ball makes contact with the striker’s bat or person or passes
the striker’s bat.

T20
89
 Important: If no ball is called and violations under PC Clause 20.4.2.7 take place
21.12 Revoking a call of No ball i.e. PC Clause 41.4: Deliberate attempt to distract striker before playing the ball or
An umpire shall revoke the call of No ball if Dead ball is called under any of Laws PC Clause 41.5: Deliberate attempt of Distraction, Deception or Obstruction of the
20.4.2.4, 20.4.2.5, 20.4.2.6, 20.4.2.8 or 20.4.2.10 (Umpire calling and signalling striker after the stroke, the No ball will stand.
Dead ball).
PC Clause 21.12: No ball called under the Auto No Ball (ANB protocols) clause
will not apply except for PC Clause 20.4.2.7 as above
21.13 No ball to over-ride Wide
A call of No ball shall over-ride the call of Wide ball at any time. See clauses 22.1
(Judging a Wide) and 22.2 (Call and signal of Wide ball).

21.14 Ball not dead PC Clause 21.14: No ball called under the ANB protocol will not apply, since the
The ball does not become dead on the call of No ball. No ball will only be advised to the on-field umpire by the 3rd umpire once the ball
is dead

21.15 Penalty for a No ball

A penalty of one run shall be awarded instantly on the call of No ball. Unless the
call is revoked, the penalty shall stand even if a batter is dismissed. It shall be in
addition to any other runs scored, any boundary allowance and any other runs
awarded for penalties.

21.16 Runs resulting from a No ball – how scored PC Clause 21.16: Change: Any runs completed by batter shall be scored
The one run penalty shall be scored as a No ball extra and shall be debited appropriately. Runs off the bat are scored to the striker. Where the striker
against the bowler. If other Penalty runs have been awarded to either side these completely misses the ball it is scored as byes. Where the ball hits the striker’s
shall be scored as stated in clause 41.17 (Penalty runs). person whilst he/she is attempting to play the ball, they will be scored as leg byes.
Only the one run penalty for bowling the No ball is to be debited to the bowler.
Any runs completed by the batters or any boundary allowance shall be credited to
the striker if the ball has been struck by the bat; otherwise they shall also be
scored as Byes or Leg byes as appropriate.

21.17 No ball not to count

A No ball shall not count as one of the over. See clause 17.3 (Validity of balls).

T20
90
 21.18 Out from a No ball
When No ball has been called, neither batter shall be out under any of the Playing
Conditions except clause 34 (Hit the ball twice), clause 37 (Obstructing the field) or
clause 38 (Run out).

21.19 Free Hit PC Clause 21.19: Free hit: Positioning of the keeper and other factors
21.19.1 In addition to the above, the delivery following a No ball called (all modes Fielders cannot move unless there has been a change of striker. For clarity, the
of No ball) shall be a free hit for whichever batter is facing it. If the keeper must stay back or up and not change his/her position unless there has
delivery for the free hit is not a legitimate delivery (any kind of No ball or a been a change of striker.
Wide ball) then the next delivery will become a free hit for whichever
batter is facing it. If the batter advises the umpire that he/she wishes to change his/her stance from
his/her original one to either left/right hand for the free hit, this will be permitted
21.19.2 For any free hit, the striker can be dismissed only under the and so will the field change by the fieldling side to accommodate such a change.
circumstances that apply for a No ball, even if the delivery for the free hit
is called Wide. Short leg can go off the field for that one ball, if he/she considers staying in his/her
original position is too dangerous.
21.19.3 Neither field changes nor the exchange of individuals between fielding
positions are permitted for free hit deliveries unless: Keeper and fielders can put on helmets if they feel it is necessary.

21.19.3.1 There is a change of striker (the provisions of clause 41.2 shall If the front foot no ball is called and at the same time there is a fielding
apply), or infringement that would have been called anyway. The captain is entitled to
change his/her field to prevent a further and ongoing fielding infringement
21.19.3.2 The No Ball was the result of a fielding restriction breach, in
which case the field may be changed to the extent of
correcting the breach. Note: Any form of no ball attracts a free hit.

21.19.4 For clarity, the bowler can change his/her mode of delivery for the free hit NOTE: In the case of a batter being “dismissed” on a free hit, other than the
delivery. In such circumstances clause 21.1 shall apply. dismissals allowed on a no ball, the ball shall not become dead and play will
continue
21.19.5 The umpires will signal a free hit by (after the normal No Ball signal)
extending one arm straight upwards and moving it in a circular motion.

Guidelines
22 WIDE BALL
The ICC have decided that the Playing Conditions will not adopt the Wide Ball
22.1 Judging a Wide definition as contained in the Laws of Cricket 2022
22.1.1 If the bowler bowls a ball, not being a No ball, the umpire shall adjudge it A. Leg side
a Wide if, according to the definition in clause 22.1.2.
All deliveries directed and bowled down the leg side (behind the body of the
22.1.1.1 the ball passes wide of where the striker is standing and which striker, standing in his/her normal batting stance) will be interpreted as a form of
also would have passed wide of the striker standing in a negative bowling and should be called “wide”.
normal batting position.
However, a ball that passes down the leg side, but in between the striker and the
22.1.1.2 the ball passes above the head height of the striker standing leg stump, shall not be deemed a “wide” for the purposes of this Playing Condition
upright at the popping crease. as there has been a reasonable opportunity for the batter to score.
22.1.2 The ball will be considered as passing wide of the striker unless it is

T20
91
 sufficiently within reach for him to be able to hit it with the bat by means
of a normal cricket stroke. The only two exceptions to this directive are as follows:

22.1.3 Umpires are instructed to apply very strict and consistent interpretation in 1. It is not a “wide” when the batter moves across to the off stump from his/her
regard to this clause in order to prevent negative bowling wide of the original stance and the ball just misses the leg stump. Had the batter not
wicket. moved towards the off stump but remained in his/her normal batting stance
the ball would have struck him/her, thereby negating any wide call.
VIDEO EXAMPLE: LEG SIDE DELIVERY – NO WIDE CALLED
VIDEO EXAMPLE: LEG SIDE DELIVERY – WIDE CALLED
2. Batter attempts a reverse sweep or switch hit.
 By the batter playing the switch hit or the reverse sweep or getting in a
position to play the shot, he/she is deemed to bring the ball sufficiently within
his/her reach on the leg side as well.
 Consequently, in these circumstances, the 75cm wide guidelines used in ODIs
and T20Is shall apply on the off side and the leg side.
 Simply, when the batter plays or aborts playing a reverse sweep or a switch
hit, these shots negate the leg stump wide interpretation

VIDEO EXAMPLE: REVERSE SWEEP – NO WIDE

B. Offside
Applying the ICC PC Clause 7.5, in conjunction with PC Clause 22.1, any delivery
that passes outside the wide guideline, with the batter in a “normal” batting stance,
should be called “wide”.
There are three exceptions to this directive as follows:
1. If the batter brings the ball sufficiently within reach and the ball passes
outside the wide “guideline” then it is not a “wide”. For example, a batter
moving to the off side as the bowler bowls, could bring the ball within his/her
reach and even if he/she fails to make contact with the ball though the ball
passes outside the “wide” guideline, the delivery will not be called a wide.

VIDEO EXAMPLE: BATTER BRINGING BALL WITHIN REACH

2. In extreme cases where the bowler delivers a ball and it passes wide of the
return crease, then regardless of what movement the striker makes and even
if he/she brings the ball within reach, if he/she makes no contact with the ball,
then this delivery shall be called “wide”.

VIDEO EXAMPLE: DELIVERY WIDE OF RETURN CREASE

T20
92
 3. When a right arm bowler is bowling around the wicket to a right-hand batter,
or left arm bowler bowling around the wicket to a left-hand batter and bowls
full yorkers on the offside just on the marked “guideline”, this is deemed a
negative tactic, and the delivery should be called “wide”.
C. Wides / Height
Height-wides to be judged as though the batter is standing upright at the crease.
 The umpire at the bowler’s end will be guided by the signal he/she receives
from the square leg umpire. It is agreed that if the umpire at the bowler’s end
is in doubt as to the validity of the square leg umpire’s judgement, he/she
must stick with his/her partner’s signal and judgment.
 The only exception is when the square leg umpire is unsighted or does not
provide a signal for whatever reason and informs the umpire at the bowler’s
end of such, through an agreed teamwork signal. The umpire at the bowler’s
end must then rule.
 It is suggested that the evidence of the following be considered by the
square-leg umpire:
 Ball passing over head
 Keeper catching height
 Steepness of the ball’s path post bounce
 Gut feel or instinct
D. Switch Hit
 The batter’s grip and stance should be the same from the start of the bowler’s
run up until the beginning of the bowler’s delivery stride. The batter can utilize
any grip, as long as he/she does not change it while the bowler is running in
to bowl.
 From the beginning of the delivery stride, defined as the moment that the
bowler’s back foot lands in the delivery stride, the batter, if he/she chooses,
may start to play the switch-hit stroke.
 If the bowler sees the batter alter his/her grip or stance before he/she enters
his/her delivery stride, he/she is not compelled to deliver the ball.
 If the bowler does not deliver the ball, in this instance, the umpire shall give
the striker an informal warning.
 The second time this happens, the striker should be formally warned that
he/she is wasting time under Law 41.10 (Batter wasting time). This shall
constitute a first and final warning and be applicable to any batter in that
innings. Any subsequent instances shall result in 5 penalty runs being

T20
93
 awarded to the fielding side.
 The bowler, having seen the batter change his/her grip and/or stance, may
decide to bowl at the batter, and is entitled to do so. The umpires should
allow that option.
In short, the batter is still entitled to play the switch-hit stroke, but he/she is only
allowed to alter from one stance or grip to another once the bowler has entered
his/her delivery stride.

T20
94
 22.2 Call and signal of Wide ball
PC Clause 22.2: Although the Wide is called after the ball has passed the striker’s
If the umpire adjudges a delivery to be a Wide he/she shall call and signal Wide wicket it is deemed to be a wide from the instant the bowler entered his/her
ball as soon as the ball passes the striker’s wicket. It shall, however, be delivery stride i.e. his/her back foot lands.
considered to have been a Wide from the instant that the bowler entered his/her
delivery stride, even though it cannot be called Wide until it passes the striker’s
wicket.

22.3 Revoking a call of Wide ball Refer to Appendix D with regard to revoking a wide after a 3rd umpire review
22.3.1 The umpire shall revoke the call of Wide ball if there is any contact
between the ball and the striker’s bat or person before the ball comes into
contact with any fielder.
22.3.2 The umpire shall revoke the call of Wide ball if a delivery is called a No
ball. See clause 21.13 (No ball to over-ride Wide).

22.4 Delivery not a Wide

22.4.1 The umpire shall not adjudge a delivery as being a Wide, if the striker, by
moving, either causes the ball to pass wide of him, as defined in clause
22.1.2 or brings the ball sufficiently within reach to be able to hit it by
means of a normal cricket stroke.
22.4.2 The umpire shall not adjudge a delivery as being a Wide if the ball
touches the striker’s bat or person, but only as the ball passes the striker.
22.5 Ball not dead
The ball does not become dead on the call of Wide ball.

22.6 Penalty for a Wide

A penalty of one run shall be awarded instantly on the call of Wide ball. Unless the
call is revoked, under clause 22.3, this penalty shall stand even if a batter is
dismissed and shall be in addition to any other runs scored, any boundary
allowance and any other runs awarded for penalties.

22.7 Runs resulting from a Wide – how scored

All runs completed by the batters or a boundary allowance, together with the
penalty for the Wide, shall be scored as Wide balls. Apart from any award of 5
Penalty runs, all runs resulting from a Wide shall be debited against the bowler.

22.8 Wide not to count

T20
95
A Wide shall not count as one of the over. See clause 17.3 (Validity of balls).

T20
96
 22.9 Out from a Wide
When Wide ball has been called, neither batter shall be out under any of the
Playing Conditions except clause 35 (Hit wicket), clause 37 (Obstructing the field),
clause 38 (Run out) or clause 39 (Stumped).

23 BYE AND LEG BYE

23.1 Byes
If the ball, delivered by the bowler, not being a Wide, passes the striker without
touching his/her bat or person, any runs completed by the batters from that
delivery, or a boundary allowance, shall be credited as Byes to the batting side.
Additionally, if the delivery is a No ball, the one run penalty for such a delivery
shall be incurred.

23.2 Leg byes

23.2.1 If a ball delivered by the bowler first strikes the person of the striker, runs
shall be scored only if the umpire is satisfied that the striker has
either attempted to play the ball with the bat
or tried to avoid being hit by the ball.
23.2.2 If the umpire is satisfied that either of these conditions has been met runs
shall be scored as follows.
23.2.2.1 If there is
either no subsequent contact with the striker’s bat or person,
or
only inadvertent contact with the striker’s bat or person
any runs completed by the batters or a boundary allowance
shall be credited to the striker in the case of subsequent
contact with his/her bat but otherwise to the batting side as in
clause 23.2.3.
23.2.2.2 If the striker wilfully makes a lawful second strike, clause 34.3
(Ball lawfully struck more than once) and clause 34.4 (Runs
permitted from ball lawfully struck more than once) shall apply.
23.2.3 The runs in clause 23.2.2.1, unless credited to the striker, shall be scored
as Leg byes.
Additionally, if the delivery is a No ball, the one run penalty for the No ball
shall be incurred.

T20
97
 23.3 Leg byes not to be awarded
If in the circumstance of clause 23.2.1 the umpire considers that neither of the Example: The striker does not offer a stroke to a ball which then hits him/her on
conditions therein has been met, then Leg byes shall not be awarded. the pads and goes towards third man. Both batters run, cross and the striker is
If the ball does not become dead for any other reason, the umpire shall call and now run out at the bowler’s end. What happens next?
signal Dead ball as soon as the ball reaches the boundary or at the completion of A: In this case the original non-striker goes back to that end, and the incoming
the first run. batter goes to the striker’s end (assuming there is another ball to be bowled in that
The umpire shall then: over). By doing this, it is consistent with what would have happened without a run
attempted (where the batters would have been for the next delivery) and there is
- disallow all runs to the batting side; no possibility of the batting side changing who faces the next ball through an
- return any not out batter to his/her original end; unpermitted act.
- signal No ball to the scorers if applicable; MCC confirmed: 20 July 2020
- award any 5-run Penalty that is applicable except for Penalty runs under clause PC Clause 23.3: Should the striker not offer a stroke to a ball, which then hits
28.3 (Protective helmets belonging to the fielding side). him/her on the pads, and he/she decides to run, only to find that a fielder without
permission who has returned to the field, now picks the ball up and throws the
wicket down at the non-striker’s end, with the striker short of his/her ground at that
end. Appeal for Run Out. What happens next?
Answer: As soon as the fielder who has returned without permission contacts the
ball in play, the ball becomes dead. It would be a good practice for the umpires
too, to call dead ball, if they had been aware of it. Return the batters back to their
original ends since no stroke was offered. The run-out appeal will not be
answered. Award 5 Penalty Runs to the batting side for PC Clause 24.4: Fielder
Returning without permission. No Reporting is required. However, through a
similar incident of not offering a stroke, and in the event the Penalty Runs are
because of PC Clause 28.3: Protective Helmets belonging to fielding side, when
the award of 5 Penalty Runs will not be accrued. All other actions will.
Note: A striker who has not offered a stroke to a ball, which has then contacted
his/her person and subsequently does/does not contact his/her bat, must be
permitted to run, only the first run. As soon as he/she makes his/her ground at the
bowler’s end or turns for the next, dead ball must be called, runs disallowed, and
he/she must be returned to his/her original end. Under no circumstances should
he/she be permitted to start off on, or get run out off, a second run.

T20
98
24 FIELDER’S ABSENCE; SUBSTITUTES Interpretation of PC Clause 24.1: NEW: A substitute shall only be allowed on the
field of play by the umpires, after ascertaining the reason and granting permission,
24.1 Substitute fielders for a nominated player leaving the field or not taking the field after an interval or at
24.1.1 The umpires shall allow a substitute fielder the start of a day’s play.
The onus is on the umpires to strictly adhere to this, and ensure they are aware of
24.1.1.1 if they are satisfied that a fielder has been injured or become ill who is off and on the field at the beginning of a session, or after any intervals in
and that this occurred during the match, or play, as this could impact the game i.e., a catch is held by an unauthorized
substitute, or he/she fields the ball.
24.1.1.2 for any other wholly acceptable reason.
Note: The 3rd umpire and the 4 th Umpire could also support their on-field
In all other circumstances, a substitute is not allowed. colleagues with their observations.
Furthermore, before the start of play at the beginning of the day or after every
24.1.2 A substitute shall not bowl or act as captain but may act as wicket-keeper interval, the umpires MUST ask the fielding Captain whether he/she has any
only with the consent of the umpires. Note, however, clause 42.4.1. substitutes on the field.
24.1.3 A nominated player may bowl or field even though a substitute has In the unlikely event that a legitimate player nominated in a team sheet but
previously acted for him, subject to 24.2 and 24.3. unauthorized substitute who does not have permission, takes the field, and makes
contact with the ball, the ball becomes dead. Five penalty runs will be awarded to
24.1.4 Squad members of the fielding or batting team who are not playing in the the batting side, in addition to any runs completed and crossed at the time of the
match and who are not acting as substitute fielders shall be required to infringement. The dismissal shall not count, and ball will not count in the over.
wear a team training bib whilst on the playing area (including the area Advise all concerned as per PC Clause 24.4.
between the boundary and the perimeter fencing). No report considered.

PC Clause 24.1.2: Note: A substitute may act as wicketkeeper only with the
consent of the Umpires.
PC Clause 42.4.1: Note: Under the Level 4 offence, if a wicketkeeper is
suspended, a substitute shall not be permitted to keep wicket. One of the
nominated members of the team must act as wicketkeeper. This applies even
though the substitute could be brought in for another player who is ill or injured
during the match

T20
99
 PC Clause 24.2: Substitute fielders should only be allowed in cases of injury,
24.2 Fielder absent or leaving the field of play
illness, or other wholly acceptable reasons.
24.2.1 A player going briefly outside the boundary while carrying out any duties
as a fielder is not absent from the field of play nor, for the purposes of this  The illness or injury must be genuine, and umpires are encouraged to take a
clause, is he/she to be regarded as having left the field of play. firm approach.

24.2.2 If a fielder fails to take the field at the start of play or at any later time, or  Other wholly acceptable reasons should be restricted to extreme
leaves the field during play, circumstances i.e., they should be limited to genuine emergencies. This does
NOT include comfort breaks.
24.2.2.1 an umpire shall be informed of the reason for this absence.
 Comfort breaks shall mean toilet breaks, ice baths, showers, change of
24.2.2.2 he/she shall not thereafter come on to the field of play during a
clothing, massages etc (no substitute should be permitted for any of these
session of play without the consent of the umpire. See
reasons)
clause24.4. The umpire shall give such consent as soon as it
is practicable.  Toilet visits as a result of illnesses such as diarrhea or vomiting do permit the
24.2.3 If a player is absent from the field for longer than 8 minutes, the following use of a substitute.
restrictions shall apply to their future participation in the match: All players MUST inform the umpires of their intention, and the reasons, for
24.2.3.1 The player shall not be permitted to bowl in the match until wanting to leave the field prior to doing so. If they do not inform the umpires, or the
he/she has either been able to field, or his/her team has umpires do not accept the reason given as a valid reason for a substitute, no
subsequently been batting, for the total length of playing time substitute is to be allowed. Umpires are to take a strong approach to such
for which the player was absent (hereafter referred to as requests and must ensure that they are given a valid and genuine reason before
Penalty time). A player’s unexpired Penalty time shall be giving permission for a substitute.
limited to a maximum of 40 minutes. If any unexpired Penalty
time remains at the end of an innings, it is carried forward to The 4th umpire should go to the dressing room to enquire about the player who has
the next and subsequent innings of the match. left the field to confirm the reason for leaving the field. If the reason given is not
confirmed as a valid and genuine reason he/she shall inform the on-field umpires
24.2.3.2 The player shall not be permitted to bat in the match until
who shall then require the substitute fielder to immediately leave the field. If the
his/her team’s batting innings has been in progress for the
absence is longer than 8 minutes, then the 4 th umpire shall also inform the on-field
length of playing time that is equal to the unexpired Penalty
time carried forward from the previous innings. However, once umpires and provide an update as to the reasons.
his/her side has lost five wickets in its batting innings, he/she Notes on defining injuries PC Clause 24.2 and 24.3
may bat immediately. If any unexpired penalty time remains at
the end of that batting innings, it is carried forward to the next  An external blow is defined as when a player is hit by something or hits
and subsequent innings of the match. something. It must be noted that this definition does not include blisters.
24.2.4 If the player leaves the field before having served all of his/her Penalty  Any player, on the advice of medical personnel, who does not take the field
time, the balance is carried forward as unserved Penalty time. due to possible testing, leading up to the possibility of Covid19 virus check,
24.2.5 On any occasion of absence, the amount of playing time for which the will on his/her return, and on taking the field again, be treated in the same
player is off the field shall be added to any Penalty time that remains manner as an external injury, for the purpose of zero Penalty time.(Includes:
unserved, subject to a maximum cumulative Penalty time of 40 minutes, temperature checks etc.)
and that player shall not bowl until all of his/her Penalty time has been
 Examples of an internal injury are pulled muscles or blisters.
served.
24.2.6 For the purposes of clauses 24.2.3.1 and 24.2.3.2, playing time shall The medical committee has ruled that players with cramp are entitled to a
comprise the time play is in progress excluding intervals between innings. substitute as cramp should be considered an injury or illness. This is no longer an

T20
100
 For clarity, a player’s Penalty time will continue to expire after he/she is issue for batters as they are no longer allowed runners.
dismissed, for the remainder of his/her team’s batting innings.
As a guide, where a player is injured on the field and requires attention from the
24.2.7 If there is an unscheduled break in play, the stoppage time shall count as medical staff on numerous occasions, the subsequent treatments should not be
Penalty time served, provided that, allowed to be prolonged.
24.2.7.1 the fielder who was on the field of play at the start of the break In order to speed up play, fielders are permitted and indeed encouraged to leave
either takes the field on the resumption of play, or his/her side the field to either put on or take off protective equipment such as internal leg
is now batting.
guards for spinners just prior to or just after their spells. This should be done just
24.2.7.2 the fielder who was already off the field at the start of the outside the field of play and under the sight of the umpires. This includes broken
break notifies an umpire in person as soon as he/she is able to equipment. No penalty time is incurred as long as the fielder stays visible to the
participate, and either takes the field on the resumption of on-field umpires.
play, or his/her side is now batting. Stoppage time before an
umpire has been so notified shall not count towards unserved PC Clause 24.2 & 24.3: Definition: Penalty Time:
Penalty time. If a player leaves the field of play for more than 8 minutes (not having any
24.2.8 Any unserved Penalty time shall be carried forward into the next innings unserved penalty time outstanding) of playing time he/she shall not be allowed to
of the match, as applicable. bowl until he/she has been on the field or available to play for that amount of time
he/she was absent, subject to a maximum of 40 minutes of playing time. This time
is referred to as penalty time throughout these interpretations.
 A player who leaves the field with unserved penalty time outstanding will
count any occasion of absence or duration towards his/her already
outstanding penalty time, even if it is less than 8 minutes. PC 24.2.5.
 However, a fielder leaving the field for an “external” injury or for “wholly
acceptable reasons” other than illness or internal injury, is exempt from this
sanction.
 Any player can serve penalty time while his/her side is batting or fielding. The
intention of this regulation is to prevent the higher order batters leaving the
field of play to refresh themselves prior to the start of their innings. Once both
umpires have agreed and noted the amount of penalty time to be served, the
captain of the team should be notified.
 In the case of a fielder leaving the field prior to the start of his/her side’s
innings, then he/she shall not be allowed to bat until his/her side has been
batting for the length of time he/she was off the field (subject to the maximum
penalty time of 40 minutes) during the previous innings or until the fall of the
5th wicket – whichever the sooner.
 This new maximum penalty limit of 40 minutes of playing time applies to both
the bowling and batting component. (Note – he/she can still bat when his/her
side loses 5 wickets). Time off the field and time served are to be treated like
a bank account – all time off the field is added up (absences longer than 8
mins if he/she had zero time off at the time of leaving), and all time served is
taken off. Once the player has served his/her 40 minutes of playing time

T20
101
 cumulatively, any penalty time left is removed and his/her “penalty account”
returns to zero (0). - Once he/she has been off the field for longer than 40
mins, then as long as he/she is fit for play for a cumulative (total) of 40 mins,
then he/she can bowl / bat and any other time remaining is wiped off. He/she
starts afresh.
 The playing time that a player can be absent from the field of play without
incurring a penalty is 8 minutes or less , provided he/she does not have any
unserved penalty time outstand at the time of leaving. If a fielder is absent
from the field of play within this time limit then he/she does not have to serve
any penalty.
 Note: Playing time does not include scheduled intervals such as drinks
breaks, and break between innings – these timings should be excluded from
all calculations regarding penalty time.
 The penalty time does carry over into the next innings (in the case of a Super
Over). It is therefore necessary at the end of the 1 st innings to calculate how
much penalty time remains to be served in Super Over and the Captain
informed.
 A player will be exempt from penalty time if he/she has suffered an external
blow earlier in the match and as a result has had to leave the field. This
external blow would have had to occur in that particular match.
 A player who is already off the field cannot serve penalty time off the field
during an unscheduled interruption to play without personally informing the
umpires of their fitness to continue. As soon as the umpires are informed of a
player’s fitness to resume during an unscheduled interruption, penalty time
will start to be reduced. The player must also take the field with his/her side
after the interruption or his/her team must be batting; otherwise, none of the
time served during the interruption will be credited towards reducing his/her
penalty time.
 For a player who is already on the field at the time of the interruption – all
such stoppage time will automatically come off his/her penalty obligation (ie.
No need to personally inform the umpires) but he/she must come back with
his/her side after the interruption or his/her side must be batting to count such
time.
 Fielders are permitted to return to the field (with the consent of the bowler’s
end umpire) provided there is no waste of time during an over. Normal
convention sees this happen at the end of the over, fall of wicket, drinks break
or other break in play.

T20
102
 PENALTY TIME (Examples)
1. A player leaves the field due to an internal injury and is off for 30 minutes of
playing time. On his/her return and after been on the field for 20 minutes
he/she leaves again due to an internal injury. He/she returns after 10
minutes. How long (minutes) of playing time will he/she have to stay on the
field before he/she could now bowl?
Answer: 20 minutes of playing time
2. A player leaves the field for 45 minutes of playing time due to a hamstring. On
his/her return he/she stays on the field for 15 minutes of playing time. Again
he/she leaves the field due to a hamstring and this time he/she returns after
20 minutes of playing time. How many minutes will he/she now have to wait
before he/she could bowl?
Answer: 40 minutes (maximum) of playing time.
Note: A player leaving the field in order to don protective equipment just outside
the boundary, will not be penalized with penalty time for his/her absence

T20
103
 24.3 Penalty time not incurred
A nominated player’s absence will not incur Penalty time if,
24.3.1 he/she has suffered an external blow during the match and, as a result, PC Clause 24.3.3: The ‘grace’ period of 8 minutes is only given to fielder’s who do
has justifiably left the field or is unable to take the field. not have any accumulated Penalty time left when he/she leave the field.
24.3.2 in the opinion of the umpires, the player has been absent or has left the
field for other wholly acceptable reasons, which shall not include illness Example: A fielder who is on the field and has 12 more minutes of penalty time to
or internal injury. serve, now leaves the field and is away for 6 minutes. On his/her return he/she
has to wait 18 minutes before he/she could bowl.
24.3.3 the player is absent from the field for a period of 8 minutes or less.

24.4 Player returning without permission PC Clause 24.4: Interpretation of Clause 24.4: NEW: A substitute shall only be
If a player comes on to the field of play in contravention of clause 24.2 and comes allowed on the field of play by the umpires, after ascertaining the reason, and
into contact with the ball while it is in play, the ball shall immediately become dead. granting permission, for a nominated player leaving the field or not taking the field
after an interval or at the start of a day’s play.
- The umpires shall signal No ball or Wide ball to the scorers, if applicable. The onus is on the umpires to strictly adhere to this, and ensure they are aware of
- The umpire shall award 5 Penalty runs to the batting side. who is off and on the field at the beginning of a session, or after any intervals in
play as this could impact the game i.e. a catch is held by an unauthorized
- Runs completed by the batters shall be scored together with the run in progress if substitute, or he/she fields the ball.
they had already crossed at the instant of the offence. Failure to comply will result in the umpires being marked down in their
assessments which drive behavior. Note: The 3rd umpire and the 4 th Umpire
- The ball shall not count as one of the over. could also support the on-field colleagues with their keen observations.
- The umpire shall inform the other umpire, the captain of the fielding side, the Furthermore, before the start of play at the beginning of the day or after every
batters and, as soon as practicable, the captain of the batting side of the reason interval, the umpires MUST ask the fielding Captain whether he/she has any
for this action. substitutes on the field.
In the unlikely event that a legitimate player nominated in a team sheet but
unauthorized substitute who does not have permission, takes the field, and makes
contact with the ball, the ball becomes dead. Five penalty runs will be awarded to
the batting side, in addition to any runs completed and crossed at the time of the
infringement. The dismissal shall not count, and ball will not count in the over.
Advise all concerned as per PC Clause 24.4Free hit if applicable shall stand.

No Report considered

25 BATTER’S INNINGS
25.1 Eligibility to act as a batter
Only a nominated player may bat and, subject to clause 25.3, may do so even
though a substitute fielder has previously acted for him

T20
104
 PC Clause 25.2: Umpires to be vigilant, especially when the players are situated in
25.2 Commencement of a batter’s innings dugouts by the edge of the perimeter boards. At the fall of a wicket it becomes
The innings of the first two batters, and that of any new batter on the resumption of possible for the next batter to step into the playing area only to be called back by
play after a call of Time, shall commence at the call of Play. At any other time, a Coach/Captain and replaced by another batter whom they feel may be more
batter’s innings shall be considered to have commenced when that batter first appropriate for the situation. This should not be allowed as the previous batter had
steps onto the field of play. commenced his/her innings.

25.3 Restriction on batter commencing an innings

25.3.1 If a member of the batting side has unserved Penalty time, see clause PC Clause 25.3.2: Penalty time can only be accrued when you are a fielder.
24.2.7, that player shall not be permitted to bat until that Penalty time has However, if not completely worked off, it will carry into your batting innings. As a
been served. However, even if the unserved Penalty time has not batter there are two ways you could work off your penalty time. They are:
expired, that player may bat after his/her side has lost 5 wickets.
1. PC Clause 24.2.7.1: You are serving penalty time as a fielder on the field, when
25.3.2 A member of the batting side’s Penalty time is served during Playing play is interrupted and then on re-start, your team is now batting. Time spent
time, in the event of an unscheduled stoppage, the stoppage time after during this interruption only will count for you against your outstanding penalty
the batter notifies an umpire in person that he/she is able to participate time.
shall count as Penalty time served.
25.3.3 If any unserved Penalty time remains at the end of a team’s innings, it 2. PC Clause 25.3.2: Whilst waiting to bat due to the restriction of outstanding
shall be carried forward to the next innings of the match if appropriate. penalty time, every TIME there is an interruption, within that period, and you are in
a position to bat but not able to do so because of the penalty time outstanding, you
have to inform the umpire in person, to be able to count that stoppage against your
outstanding penalty time.

25.4 Batter retiring Batter Retired Out

25.4.1 A batter may retire at any time during his/her innings when the ball is
dead. The umpires, before allowing play to proceed, shall be informed of MCC’s clarification dated 18 January 2024
the reason for a batter retiring. If a batter is Retired – Out, then for almost all the purposes of the game they are
dismissed. Their average will consider it a dismissal. The team’s score will
25.4.2 If a batter retires because of illness, injury or any other unavoidable consider it a dismissal. Unless they are given permission to return, they are
cause, that batter is entitled to resume his/her innings. If for any reason treated as out.
this does not happen, that batter is to be recorded as ‘Retired - not out’. With regards to a batter Retired – Not out, Tom Smith’s Cricket Umpiring and
25.4.3 If a batter retires for any reason other than as in clause 25.4.2, the Scoring, MCC’s Official Interpretation of the Laws of Cricket, says the following:
innings of that batter may be resumed only with the consent of the ‘Although a wicket has not fallen, a batting partnership has ended. In this case, an
opposing captain. If for any reason his/her innings is not resumed, that entry should be made in the fall of wickets section:
batter is to be recorded as ‘Retired - out’. Assume 3 wickets had previously fallen
The 4th wicket box is split, and the retirement shown in the left side
25.4.4 If after retiring a batter resumes his/her innings, subject to the Batter 4 retires with the score on 49 – 49 is entered on the left side of the box
requirements of clauses 25.4.2 and 25.4.3, it shall be only at the fall of a The right side will be used when the 4th wicket falls in any other fashion
wicket or the retirement of another batter. Retirement entries are necessary to calculate batting partnerships in addition to
wicket partnerships’

25.5 Runners

T20
105
Runners shall not be permitted.

T20
106
 25.6 Striker’s right to play the ball
The striker has a right to play the ball, or to make a legitimate second strike, after it
has been delivered, without interference from the wicket-keeper or any other
fielder (see clause 27.5 – Restrictions on actions of wicket-keeper and clause 27.6
– Interference with wicket-keeper by striker).
However, the striker may only attempt to play the ball if some of his/her bat or Where a no ball or wide is relevant, this will necessitate the ball being rebowled.
person, whether grounded or raised, remains within the pitch, as defined in clause
6.1 (Area of pitch). Should no part of the striker’s bat or person remain within the
pitch, whilst the striker is playing the ball, either umpire shall immediately call and
signal Dead ball.

26 PRACTICE ON THE FIELD

26.1 Practice on the pitch or the rest of the square PC Clause 26.1: It has been customary for the bowling strips and outfield to be
26.1.1 There shall not be any practice on the pitch at any time. used by bowlers and fieldsman (no batting practice on the strips past toss time) to
keep warming up until just before 5mins before the start of play. The 4 th umpire
26.1.2 There shall not be any practice on the rest of the square at any time should ensure that all practice is complete, and the ground is clear prior to the
except with the approval of the umpires. umpires walking out to commence the game. This should be explained at the pre
series briefing
26.1.2.1 If approved by the umpires, the use of the square for practice
on any day of any match will be restricted to any netted
practice area or bowling strips specifically prepared on the
edge of the square for that purpose.
26.1.2.2 Bowling practice on the bowling strips referred to above shall
also be permitted during the interval (and change of innings if
not the interval) unless the umpires consider that, in the
prevailing conditions of ground and weather, it will be
detrimental to the surface of the square.

26.2 Practice on the outfield

26.2.1 On any day of the match, all forms of practice are permitted on the
outfield
- before the start of play
- after the close of play, and
- during the interval or between innings
providing the umpires are satisfied that such practice will not cause
significant deterioration in the condition of the outfield.
PC Clause 26.2.2: Note: Bouncing of medicine ball or warming up, down at fine
26.2.2 Between the call of Play and the call of Time, practice shall be permitted leg is permissible provided no bowling to anyone outside the boundary.
on the outfield, providing that all of the following conditions are met:

T20
107
- only the fielders as defined in paragraph 7 of Appendix A participate in
such practice.
- no ball other than the match ball is used for this practice.
- no bowling practice takes place in the area between the square and the
boundary in a direction parallel to the match pitch.
- the umpires are satisfied that it will not contravene either of clauses 41.3
(The match ball changing its condition) or 41.9 (Time wasting by the
fielding side).
Bowling a ball, using a short run up to a player in the outfield is not to be
regarded as bowling practice but shall be subject to the other conditions
in this clause.

T20
108
 26.3 Trial run-up
A bowler is permitted to have a trial run-up provided the umpire is satisfied that it
will not contravene either of clauses 41.9 (Time wasting by the fielding side) or
41.12 (Fielder damaging the pitch).

26.4 Penalties for contravention

All forms of practice are subject to the provisions of clauses 41.3 (The match ball – PC Clause 26.4.1: If any practice takes place on the field of play once Play has
changing its condition), 41.9 (Time wasting by the fielding side) and 41.12 (Fielder been called and before the call of Time to end the session, any contravention of
damaging the pitch). PC Clause 26.2.2: Practice on the outfield, shall:
If the contravention is by either side, warn the relevant side and inform both
26.4.1 If there is a contravention of any of the provisions of clause 26.1 or 26.2, Captains as soon as possible.
the umpire shall If the contravention is by the batting side, warn the batters at the wicket and each
- warn the player that the practice is not permitted; incoming batter.
The warning to both teams shall apply for the entire match.
- inform the other umpire and, as soon as practicable, both captains of
the reason for this action. Any further contravention by any player of either side shall result in 5 Penalty Runs
being awarded to the opposing side under advice to the Captains, and if during
26.4.1.1 If the contravention is by a batter at the wicket, the umpire
play the batters at the wicket.
shall inform the other batter and each incoming batter that the
warning has been issued. The warning shall apply to the team
of that player throughout the match.
26.4.2 If during the match there is any further contravention by any player of that
team, the umpire shall
- award 5 Penalty runs to the opposing side;
- inform the other umpire, the scorers and, as soon as practicable, both
captains, and, if the contravention is during play, the batters at the wicket. No Report considered

T20
109
27 THE WICKET-KEEPER
PC Clause 27.1: Protective equipment: Gloves
27.1 Protective equipment The keeper does not have to wear keeping glove(s). Should the ball hit the
The wicket-keeper is the only fielder permitted to wear gloves and external leg glove(s) not worn but deliberately discarded on the ground, then a dead ball and 5
guards. If these are worn, they are to be regarded as part of his/her person for the penalty runs will be awarded. (Note, ball does not count as one in the over under
purposes of clause 28.2 (Fielding the ball). illegal fielding). Equipment in a fielder’s or wicketkeeper’s waistband will not be
treated as discarded.
If by the wicket-keeper’s actions and positioning when the ball comes into play it is • One glove, no gloves and/or no pads is acceptable, but the keeper needs to
apparent to the umpires that he/she will not be able to carry out the normal duties be mindful of where he/she places the glove/s or pads. He/she should not be
of a wicket-keeper, he/she shall forfeit this right and also the right to be recognised permitted to place it on the field of play behind the wickets.
as a wicket-keeper for the purposes of clauses 33.2 (A fair catch), 39 (Stumped),
• When the keeper discards his/her apparel, he/she needs to be mindful of
28.1 (Protective equipment), 28.4 (Limitation of on-side fielders) and 28.5 (Fielders
not to encroach on pitch). timewasting. During an over the keeper cannot run on and off retrieving or
giving his/her gloves/pads to his/her support team. This should be done at
the end of the over.
• He/she must place the gloves within a helmet if there is one or send it off
once so as not to waste time.
If the ball, in play, hits the discarded glove lying on the ground it will be called dead
ball, as it is illegal fielding and will cost the team a 5 run penalty, and the ball will
not be counted in the over.

PC Clause 27.1: Should a wicket keeper need to be substituted then the protective
equipment should be exchanged as quickly as possible.

27.2 Gloves
27.2.1 If, as permitted under clause 27.1, the wicket-keeper wears gloves, they
shall have no webbing between the fingers except joining index finger
and thumb, where webbing may be inserted as a means of support.
27.2.2 If used, the webbing shall be a single piece of non-stretch material which,
although it may have facing material attached, shall have no
reinforcements or tucks.
27.2.3 The top edge of the webbing shall not protrude beyond the straight line
joining the top of the index finger to the top of the thumb and shall be taut
when a hand wearing the glove has the thumb fully extended. See
paragraph 3 of Appendix B.
PC Clause 27.1 & 27.3: Position of Wicket Keeper, and keeping gloves
27.3 Position of wicket-keeper
If a wicketkeeper walks back to the 30-yard circle or stands in a position where it
27.3.1 The wicket-keeper shall remain wholly behind the wicket at the striker’s is felt he/she is not acting as the wicketkeeper, then the umpires will step in and
end from the moment the ball comes into play until a ball delivered by the move him/her to a normal wicketkeeper position (possible dead ball call if that was

T20
110
 bowler during the delivery).
touches the bat or person of the striker, or VIDEO EXAMPLE: KEEPER BEYOND THE 30 YARD CIRCLE
passes the wicket at the striker’s end, or Question: The bowler is in his/her run up. The wicketkeeper who is standing up to
the stumps, in settling down into a crouch, accidentally knocks one of his/her pads
the striker attempts a run. against the stumps from behind. Would the striker’s end umpire call ‘dead ball’ or
27.3.2 In the event of the wicket-keeper contravening this clause, the striker’s would he/she allow the ball to be delivered and call ‘No ball’ for wicketkeeper not
end umpire shall call and signal No ball as soon as applicable after the remaining wholly behind the stumps or would he/she do nothing and allow play to
delivery of the ball. continue.
The interpretation from MCC was:
A strict and literal interpretation of the Laws would say that if the keeper breaks the
wicket before any of the 3 ‘moments’ as in PC Clause 27.3.1, then it should be a
No ball, as he/she will have come in front of the line at the back of the wicket. But,
after consultation on this, there are some who have reservations with such a strict
interpretation, while others endorse it.
There is also a case for calling Dead ball under Law 20.4.2.4.
However, questions were asked from a field-craft angle as to how umpires should
judge the situation for the good of the game: 03 December 2019
This was followed by:
This was discussed at the recent Laws sub-committee meeting. The technically
correct answer was clear to all, namely that this should be a No ball, as the
wicketkeeper has come further forward than the back of the stumps:16 January
2020
Answer: For the sake of clarity and consistency if the wickets are broken before
any of the three ‘moments’ as per PC Clause 27.3.1, and the ball is delivered the
umpire at the striker’s end shall call and signal no ball.
PC Clause 27.3.2: Following above to be adjudged live by on-field umpires or
referred to 3rd umpire only if dismissal occurs
VIDEO EXAMPLE: KEEPER BREAKING THE STUMPS

T20
111
 PC Clause 27.4: The ICC has adopted the MCC Law Clause that is consistent with
27.4 Movement by wicket-keeper that which applies for a normal fielder. The keeper is permitted to move in
27.4.1 After the ball comes into play and before it reaches the striker, it is unfair response to a shot that that the striker is about to play before the ball actually
if the wicket-keeper significantly alters his/her position in relation to the reaches the striker
striker’s wicket, except for the following: VIDEO EXAMPLE: MOVEMENT BY THE KEEPER
27.4.1.1 movement of a few paces forward for a slower delivery, unless
in so doing it brings him within reach of the wicket.
In addition to the contents of clause 27.4.2 the ball shall not count as a valid
27.4.1.2 lateral movement in response to the direction in which the ball delivery in the over. MCC Clarification received 3 November 2022: Law 20.4.2
has been delivered. would prevail here, with the ball being deemed dead from the instant of the
incident causing ball to become dead. Law 20.4.2.14 also provides further
27.4.1.3 movement in response to the stroke that the striker is playing evidence of this, as the call of Dead ball for the illegal movement would be one of
or that his/her actions suggest he/she intends to play. the examples referred to in that clause.
However the provisions of clause 27.3 shall apply. The Umpire(s) should call and signal "Dead ball" as soon as they spot the "Unfair
27.4.2 In the event of unfair movement by the wicket-keeper, either umpire shall movement". If the call of dead ball was slightly delayed, then the umpires should
call and signal Dead ball and inform the other umpire of the reason for consider the ball as dead retrospectively. The penalty for No ball or wide ball, if
doing so. The bowler’s end umpire shall then: applicable shall stand. The ball should not be counted as one in the over, as dead
ball should have been called either before the ball was delivered or as soon as the
27.4.2.1 award the one-run penalty for Wide or No ball, if applicable
movement happened after delivery in which case the ball will be considered dead
27.4.2.2 award 5 Penalty runs to the batting side retrospectively. No dismissal is permitted.
27.4.2.3 inform the captain of the fielding side of the reason for this action.
MCC Guidance notes on the change:
27.4.2.4 inform the batters and, as soon as practicable, the captain of the batting
side of what has occurred. The existing Law was designed to prevent the wicketkeeper stealthily moving up to
the stumps from a standing-back position, after the ball comes into play and before
The umpires together shall report the occurrence as soon as possible the ball reaches the striker, in order to affect a ‘surprise’ stumping. There was a
after the match to the ICC Match Referee, who shall take such action as concession of a few paces in adjusting to a slower delivery. The aim of the redraft
is considered appropriate against the wicket-keeper concerned. is to continue the thrust of the existing Law, but also to tackle three additional
situations:
(i) It was felt unfair for a wicketkeeper who was standing back within say 5 yards of
the stumps, who in moving forwards for a slower delivery, came within reach of the
stumps to affect a ‘surprise’ stumping with the ball in his/her gloves. Hence the
redrafted Law does not allow the wicketkeeper to move forward for a slower
delivery if by doing so it brings him/her within reach of the stumps.
(ii) It was felt unfair for a wicketkeeper who initially takes his/her position on the off
side to be able to move to the on side before the ball is delivered to effect a
‘surprise’ stumping (having agreed with the bowler to bowl a ball outside leg
stump). It was felt that this tactic falls into the same category as significant fielder
movement and deceives the striker.
Hence the wicketkeeper should be allowed to move laterally in response to the
direction of the ball once it has been delivered, but not before. The exception to
this being clause (iii). A wicketkeeper may start by standing on the leg-side, if

T20
112
 he/she so wishes, but may not then move towards the off side until the ball has
been released.
(iii) It was felt that the wicketkeeper should have the same concessions concerning
movement before the ball reaches the striker as a fielder, provided that he/she
does not contravene Law 40.3 (Position of wicketkeeper), which restricts him/her
to remaining wholly behind the wicket whilst the ball is in play until the ball misses
the stumps, unless it has hit the striker’s bat or person, or the striker attempts a
run.
As in the existing Law, either umpire will call and signal Dead ball immediately if
the wicketkeeper transgresses this Law, since the ‘illegal’ movement is likely to
occur before the bowler has released the ball. He/she will call No ball as soon as
applicable after the delivery of the ball if the wicketkeeper transgresses Law 40.3

T20
113
 27.5 Restriction on actions of wicket-keeper PC Clause 27.5: On request from the MCC with regard to the interpretation of the
If, in the opinion of either umpire, the wicket-keeper interferes with the striker’s words “striker’s right to play the ball and guard his/her wicket” as contained in this
right to play the ball and to guard his/her wicket, clause 20.4.2.6 (Umpire calling clause and the question ‘does it infer the bare fact of preventing the striker from
and signaling Dead ball) shall apply. taking action to stop a ball heading towards his/her wicket either bowled or by
striking it a second time in defense of his/her wicket or does it also include
If, however, either umpire considers that the interference by the wicket-keeper was preventing a striker from making his/her ground by accidentally obstructing
wilful, then clause 41.4 (Deliberate attempt to distract striker) shall also apply. him/her’. If you answer the following two questions it would then provide an
adequate idea of your thinking.

1. The batter plays at a ball which hits his/her person and rolls towards his/her
wicket, the striker tries to play the ball a second time to prevent it from striking
the wicket only to find his/her swipe at the ball with his/her bat has made
contact with the wicketkeeper who has come around the stumps to gather the
ball and therein the ball goes on to hit the stumps and a bail is dislodged. It is
not deliberate.
On appeal would the striker be out? Or should either umpire have
immediately called Dead ball as the striker was impeded?
Answer: The phrase ‘to guard his/her wicket’ applies solely to a first or second
strike that is aimed to prevent the ball going onto the stumps for a Bowled
dismissal. Thus, no, answer 1 is Dead ball. The wicketkeeper has done nothing
wrong, but the striker has the right to defend his/her wicket and the interference is
not wilful. Law 27.5 is clear, Dead ball. MCC Ruling

2. The striker plays a ball which takes an edge and goes towards fine-leg or third
man. He/she starts to run and is sent back. The wicketkeeper has come
around to the front of the stumps to gather the throw from fine leg/third man.
The striker lunges back only to land his/her bat on the boot of the
wicketkeeper or his/her bat is impeded from making a touch down behind the
crease by the wicketkeeper standing almost on the popping crease.
Again, it is unintentional. Would the striker be out on appeal in either case or
should either umpire have called Dead ball?
Answer: In No 2., the batter is out. He/she is not defending his/her wicket, the
keeper is perfectly entitled to be where he/she is (though he/she must have very
long arms!) and the batter’s responsibility is to ground his/her bat, going around
the keeper where necessary. MCC Ruling

T20
114
 PC Clause 27.6: Example: The striker plays at a ball which hits his/her glove and
27.6 Interference with wicket-keeper by striker is certainly going towards the stumps in the air. The wicketkeeper is standing up
If, in playing at the ball or in the legitimate defence of his/her wicket, the striker and preparing to catch the ball. The striker instinctively hits the ball away in legally
interferes with the wicket-keeper, he/she shall not be out except as provided for in guarding his/her wicket. On appeal the striker will be given out for Obstruction
clause 37.3 (Obstructing a ball from being caught). since it was a catch.
Continuing the same incident, the on-field umpire now following the dismissal,
refers it to the 3rd umpire for a no ball check. It is found to be a No ball. The on-
field umpire will revoke the decision of out Obstruction and signal the no ball which
in turn invalidates the catch and allows the striker to defend his/her wicket.

28 THE FIELDER PC Clause 28.1: This clause is not targeted towards fielders calling for helmets
28.1 Protective equipment and other protective equipment from the boundary/dressing room. This clause
deals with the wicketkeeper and other on-field fieldsman around the bat changing
No fielder other than the wicket-keeper shall be permitted to wear gloves or position and corresponding protective equipment and wasting time.
external leg guards. In addition, protection for the hand or fingers may be worn
only with the consent of the umpires. Should a wicketkeeper need to be substituted then the protective equipment
should be exchanged as quickly as possible.
The main occurrence where this clause may need to be considered is where close
fielders swap or move positions and do so likewise with “internal” shin guards,
boxes and helmets. The Umpires are to be proactive in this area and for such
exchanging of equipment to take place between overs or at drinks breaks.
In order to speed up play, fielders are expected to leave the field to either put on or
take off protective equipment such as internal leg guards for spinners just prior to
or just after their spells. This should be done just outside the field of play and
under the sight of the umpires. This includes broken equipment.

Note: A player leaving the field in order to don protective equipment just outside
the boundary, will not be penalized with penalty time for his/her absence

Further, PC Clause 28.1 reiterates that fielders wearing tape and plasters on their
hands or fingers need to have the permission of the umpires to do so. Umpires
however, in the interest of safety should be quite liberal in the implementation, if
they feel it does not give the fielder an advantage when fielding or catching the
ball.

Note: However, if the regular ball polisher of the team (as is quite commonplace
now), has any plasters/tapes on his/her hands/fingers it is mandatory that the
umpires examine such tape/plasters and satisfy themselves that its only purpose
is safety/protection for such hands/fingers.
Note: Fielders are only permitted to polish the ball on their person i.e.,
shirt/trousers etc. without wasting time, and not on any other external items i.e.,
tuber-grips, elbow guards, or a towel.

T20
115
 Note: Fielders can use a towel/cloth that has been approved by the umpires to dry
a wet ball or remove mud from the ball under the supervision of the umpires.
ICC directive:
The default position remains no tape on bowling hand while bowling. However, if
an injury occurs on the field during play and blood is involved, it is reasonable in
this situation where a finger or hand is bleeding, that the umpires allow tape to be
used. This may be required to protect stitching, but not applicable for example if
the injury is as a result of friction caused by imparting spin on the ball.
For the avoidance of doubt, this will only apply for the match in which the injury
has occurred. The umpires are to ensure the application of tape is as minimal as
possible and of the correct colour.
Match officials should address this at the Pre-series meeting.

T20
116
 28.2 Fielding the ball
Law 41.5 Mock fielding is feigning possession and/or disposal of the ball with the
28.2.1 A fielder may field the ball with any part of his/her person (see paragraph intent to deceive the batters. In most cases, this deception is intended to prevent
12 of Appendix A), except as in clause 28.2.1.2. However, he/she will be an additional run being taken.
deemed to have fielded the ball illegally if, while the ball is in play he/she
wilfully
28.2.1.1 uses anything other than part of his/her person to field the ball.
28.2.1.2 extends his/her clothing with his/her hands and uses this to
field the ball.
28.2.1.3 discards a piece of clothing, equipment or any other object
which subsequently makes contact with the ball.
28.2.2 It is not illegal fielding if the ball in play makes contact with a piece of PC Clause 28.2.2: It is not considered illegal fielding if the ball contacts a piece of
clothing, equipment or any other object which has accidentally fallen from clothing, equipment or any other object that has accidentally fallen from the
the fielder’s person or been dropped by an umpire. fielder’s person. Wicketkeeping gloves or a fielders cap that is tucked into the
fielders waistband will not be penalised with penalty runs
28.2.3 If a fielder illegally fields the ball, the ball shall immediately become dead
and, VIDEO EXAMPLE: KEEPER’S GLOVE DISCARDED
- the penalty for a No ball or a Wide shall stand. VIDEO EXAMPLE: KEEPER’S GLOVE DISCARDED 2
- any runs completed by the batters shall be credited to the batting side,
together with the run in progress if the batters had already crossed at the
instant of the offence.
- the ball shall not count as one of the over.
In addition the umpire shall:
- award 5 Penalty runs to the batting side.
- inform the other umpire and the captain of the fielding side of the reason
for this action.
- inform the batters and, as soon as practicable, the captain of the batting
side of what has occurred. No Report considered

28.3 Protective helmets belonging to the fielding side

28.3.1 Protective helmets, when not in use by fielders, may not be placed on the
ground, above the surface except behind the wicket-keeper and in line
with both sets of stumps.
28.3.2 If the ball while in play strikes the protective helmet, placed as described
in clause 28.3.1Error: Reference source not found the ball shall
immediately become Dead and, unless 28.3.3. applies the umpire shall
signal No ball or Wide ball to the scorers, and if applicable, the umpire
shall award 5 Penalty runs to the batting side;

T20
117
28.3.2.1 any runs completed by the batters before the ball strikes the protective
helmet shall be scored, together with the run in progress if the batters
had already crossed at the instant of the ball striking the protective
helmet.
28.3.2 If the ball while in play strikes the protective helmet, placed as described
in clause Error: Reference source not found the ball shall immediately
become Dead and, unless 28.3.3 applies:
PC Clause 28.3.3: If the ball hits the helmet left on the ground behind the
the umpire shall signal No ball or Wide ball to the scorers, if applicable, wicketkeeper and the umpire is satisfied that an attempt to play the ball was made ,
and the ball came off his/her person, or that the ball was not hit twice in defense of
the umpire shall award of 5 Penalty runs to the batting side; the striker’s wicket, then all runs completed and crossed before the incident will be
scored together with all Penalty runs applicable.
28.3.2.1 any runs completed by the batters before the ball strikes the protective
helmet shall be scored, together with the run in progress if the batters PC Clause 28.3.4: If the ball hits the helmet left on the ground behind the
had already crossed at the instant of the ball striking the protective wicketkeeper and the umpire is satisfied that no attempt to play the ball was made,
helmet. and the ball came off his/her person or that the ball was hit twice legally in defense
of the striker’s wicket, then all runs will be disallowed, and the batters returned to
their original ends. 5 Penalty runs will be awarded if applicable, except those for
28.3.3 If the ball while in play strikes the protective helmet, placed as described PC 28.3.2: ball hitting helmet left on the ground behind wicketkeeper.
in clause 28.3.1, and the circumstances of clause 23.3 (Leg byes not to
be awarded) or clause 34 (Hit the ball twice) apply, the umpire shall:
- disallow all runs to the batting side
- return any not out batter to his/her original end PC Clause 28.3: In all cases No report considered .
- signal No ball or Wide ball to the scorers if applicable
- award any 5-run Penalty that is applicable except for Penalty runs under
clause 28.3.2.

T20
118
 28.4 Limitation of on side fielders
28.4.1 At the instant of delivery, there may not be more than 5 fielders on the leg
side.
28.4.2 At the instant of the bowler’s delivery there shall not be more than two
fielders, other than the wicket-keeper, behind the popping crease on the
on side. A fielder will be considered to be behind the popping crease
unless the whole of his/her person whether grounded or in the air is in
front of this line.
28.4.3 In the event of infringement of this clause by any fielder, the striker’s end PC Clause 28.4.3: to be adjudged live by on-field umpires or referred to 3rd
umpire shall call and signal No ball. umpire only if dismissal occurs

T20
119
 28.5 Fielders not to encroach on pitch Note: The fielder is deemed to be encroaching if from the time the bowler
While the ball is in play and until the ball has made contact with the striker’s bat or commences his/her run up, if he/she has no run up, his/her delivery action, right
person, or has passed the striker’s bat, no fielder, other than the bowler, may have up to the time the striker either makes contact with the ball with his/her bat or
any part of his/her person grounded on or extended over the pitch. person, OR the ball passes the striker’s bat, the fielder has some part of his/her
In the event of infringement of this clause by any fielder other than the wicket- person grounded on or over the pitch.
keeper, the bowler’s end umpire shall call and signal No ball as soon as possible
after delivery of the ball. Note, however, clause 27.3 (Position of wicket-keeper). PC Clause 28.5: to be adjudged live by on-field umpires or referred to 3rd umpire
only if a dismissal occurs

Example: 1. The short-leg fielder in settling into his/her position close to the pitch,
in front of the popping crease, momentarily has his/her hands positioned over the
pitch, after the fast bowler has commenced his/her run up. He/she withdraws
his/her hands after he/she settles. The bowler then enters his/her delivery stride
and delivers the ball. What happens next?
Answer: The bowler’s end umpire will call and signal no ball, no sooner the ball is
delivered, for fielder encroachment.

Example: 2 The striker goes down the wicket to play at a slow delivery that is
tossed up. He/she completely misses the ball, which continues past him/her. The
short-leg fielder, positioned in front of the popping crease, now dives on to the
pitch, trying to deflect the ball on to the wicket. He/she does not contact the ball
which goes to the wicketkeeper, who is standing back. Should the bowler’s end
umpire take any action?
Answer: The fielder has not encroached since the ball has already passed the
striker without contacting his/her bat or his/her person.

Example 3: Same as example 2 above, only this time the short leg fielder,
standing in front of the popping crease, dives and contacts the ball, which he/she
deflects on to the wicket, with the striker out of his/her ground. There is an appeal
for Run out. How do the umpires react?
Answer: Bowler’s end umpires calls No ball and immediately call dead ball. The
fielder has intercepted the ball, which has not contacted the striker’s bat or person,
before it passes the line of the striker’s wicket in contravention of Law 21.9: Fielder
intercepting a delivery. Striker’s end umpire does not have to answer the appeal
since dead ball was called

VIDEO EXAMPLE: FIELDER ENCROACHING

VIDEO EXAMPLE: FIELDER ENCROACHING 2

PC Clause 28.6: MCC Guidance notes on the change…

28.6 Movement by any fielder other than the wicket-keeper
The purpose of the existing Law was to prevent a fielder significantly altering
28.6.1 Any movement by any fielder, excluding the wicket-keeper, after the ball his/her position as the ball comes into play, until the ball reaches the striker e.g.

T20
120
 comes into play and before the ball reaches the striker, is unfair except running back from square leg to deep square leg as the bowler runs in; this being
for the following: seen as deception and/or distraction of the striker. Close fielders were only
allowed minor adjustments to stance or position, whereas outfielders were
28.6.1.1 minor adjustments to stance or position in relation to the permitted to ‘walk in’ normally towards the striker or the striker’s wicket; anything
striker’s wicket. other than slight movement off line or away from the striker was disallowed.
28.6.1.2 movement by any fielder, other than a close fielder, towards The intention of the redrafted Law is to retain all of the thrust of the existing Law,
the striker or the striker’s wicket that does not significantly alter but to allow a fielder to move significantly, before the ball has reached the striker, if
the position of the fielder. it is in response to the stroke the striker is playing or that his/her actions suggest
28.6.1.3 movement by any fielder in response to the stroke that the he/she is intending to play. It is felt that such movement is ‘intelligent fielding’ in
striker is playing or that his/her actions suggest he/she intends response to a stroke, and should therefore be allowed
to play. VIDEO EXAMPLE: FIELDER MOVING IN ANTICIPATION
28.6.2 In all circumstances clause 28.4 (Limitation of on side fielders) shall
Fielders e.g. cover or short leg, have altered their position in response to strokes
apply.
being played as long as cricket has been played, so to an extent, the Law change
28.6.3 In the event of such unfair movement, either umpire shall call and signal is acknowledging existing practice. However, ‘deceptive movement’ which is
Dead ball and inform the other umpire of the reason for doing so. The intended to distract or deceive the striker should not be allowed, mid-on running
bowler’s end umpire shall then: back towards long-on as the bowler is running in, for example.
28.6.3.1 award the one-run penalty for Wide or No ball, if applicable It is also felt that the principle that the striker should be protected from significant
28.6.3.2 award 5 Penalty runs to the batting side movement by a fielder is correct, up to the moment that he/she moves in
preparation for his/her stroke; thereafter the fielders should be allowed to move in
28.6.3.3 inform the captain of the fielding side of the reason for this action. reaction to how the striker is shaping to play. In particular, if the striker sets up a
position for a ‘switch-hit’ or ‘reverse sweep’ before the bowler has released the
28.6.3.4 inform the batters and, as soon as practicable, the captain of the batting
ball, then the fielding side may move in response.
side of what has occurred.
However, it was felt that the above principle should not override the restriction of
The umpires together shall report the occurrence as soon as possible
no more than two fielders, other than the wicketkeeper, behind the popping crease
after the match to the ICC Match Referee, who shall take such action as on the on side at the instant of delivery as per Law 28.4, since otherwise the
is considered appropriate against the fielder concerned. fielding side might try to move fielders into close-catching positions for bouncers,
potentially leading to the bouncers being bowled more frequently. After the ball
28.6.4 Note also the provisions of clause 41.4 (Deliberate attempt to distract
has been released, however, a fielder may move to this position if it is in reaction
striker). See also clause 27.4 (Movement by wicket-keeper).
to the batter’s intended shot
As in the existing Law, either umpire will call and signal Dead ball immediately
he/she detects ‘illegal’ movement, since it will most frequently occur before the
bowler has released the ball.

In addition to the contents of clause 28.6.3 the ball shall not count as a valid
delivery in the over. MCC Clarification received 3 November 2022: Law 20.4.2
would prevail here, with the ball being deemed dead from the instant of the
incident causing ball to become dead. Law 20.4.2.14 also provides further
evidence of this, as the call of Dead ball for the illegal movement would be one of
the examples referred to in that clause.
The Umpire(s) should call and signal "Dead ball" as soon as they spot the "Unfair
movement". If the call of dead ball was slightly delayed, then the umpires should

T20
121
 consider the ball as dead retrospectively. The penalty for No ball or wide ball, if
applicable shall stand. The ball should not be counted as one in the over, as dead
ball should have been called either before the ball was delivered or as soon as the
movement happened after delivery in which case the ball will be considered dead
retrospectively. No dismissal is permitted.

Clause 28.6.3.2: A fielder running towards the 30-yard circle will not necessarily be
deemed to be moving unfairly if they are endeavoring to meet the requirements of
the fielding restrictions. It will be at the discretion of the umpires as to the intent of
the fielder

T20
122
 28.7 Restrictions on the placement of fielders
28.7.1 In addition to the restrictions contained in clause 28.4 above, further
fielding restrictions shall apply to certain overs in each innings. The
nature of such fielding restrictions and the overs during which they shall
apply are set out in the following paragraphs.
28.7.2 Subject to 28.7.6 below these additional fielding restrictions shall apply to
the first 6 overs of each innings (Powerplay overs).
28.7.3 Two semi-circles shall be drawn on the field of play. The semi-circles
shall have as their centre the middle stump at either end of the pitch. The
radius of each of the semi-circles shall be 30 yards (27.43 metres). The
semi-circles shall be linked by two parallel straight lines drawn on the
field (see paragraph 2 of Appendix C).
These fielding restriction areas should be marked by continuous painted
white lines or ‘dots’ at 5 yard (4.57 metres) intervals, each ‘dot’ to be
covered by a white plastic or rubber (but not metal) disc measuring 7
inches (18 cm) in diameter.
28.7.4 During the Powerplay overs only two fielders shall be permitted outside
this fielding restriction area at the instant of delivery.
28.7.5 During the non Powerplay overs, no more than 5 fielders shall be
permitted outside the fielding restriction area referred to in clause 28.7.3
above.
28.7.6 In circumstances when the number of overs of the batting team is
reduced, the number of Powerplay overs shall be reduced in accordance PC Clause: 28.7.6: Should at any time during the match in either the 1 st or 2nd
with the table below. For the sake of clarity, it should be noted that the innings of play, the number of overs be reduced because of delays or
table shall apply to both the 1st and 2nd innings of the match. interruptions, the table provided must be used to ascertain the field restriction
overs following each interruption.
Total overs in innings Number of overs for which fielding
restrictions in clauses 28.7.2 and
28.7.4 above will apply
5-8 2
9-11 3
12-14 4
15-18 5
19-20 6

28.7.7 If an innings is interrupted during an over and if on the resumption of

PC Clause 28.7.7: Should an interruption occur in the middle of an over, and on
play, due to the reduced number of overs of the batting team, the
resumption, if the number of overs per team has changed, which in turn will affect
required number of Powerplay overs have already been bowled, the
the blocks of Power play overs, the new Powerplay mode will be effective for the
remaining deliveries in the over to be completed shall not be subject to
remaining balls of that over, unless the delivery immediately prior to the
the fielding restrictions.

T20
123
28.7.8 In the event of an infringement of any of the above fielding restrictions, interruption was a no ball and the free hit delivery had not yet been delivered, then
the square leg umpire shall call and signal No ball. that free hit delivery would have to be bowled with the same fielding restrictions
that were in place prior to the interruption. In the case where the free hit delivery is
delivered prior to the interruption and it is a wide or a no ball, and the interruption
occurs, then the subsequent free hit delivery after the interruption would be
delivered with the same fielding restrictions that were in place prior to the
interruption.
PC Clause 28.7.8: To be adjudged live by on-field umpires or referred to 3rd
umpire only if dismissal occurs
PC Clause 28.7.8: In the event the relevant fielding restrictions are not being
adhered to, the striker’s end umpire shall at the instant of delivery call and signal
No ball. There is absolutely no necessity to make any indicatory signs or signals to
the fielding side to bring it to their notice before the bowler starts his/her run (ball
comes into play).

29 THE WICKET IS BROKEN VIDEO EXAMPLE: ONLY ONE END OF A BAIL REMOVED
When using LED wickets, it is only when the bails light up that it indicates the
29.1 Wicket put down
wicket has been broken, i.e., a bail has lost contact with the stumps at both of its
The wicket is broken when at least one bail is completely removed from the top of ends.
the stumps, or one or more stumps is removed from the ground.

PC Clause 29.1: When LED stumps are used, the point at which the onfield and
3rd umpire are to judge as the wicket being broken is when at least one of the
BAILS lights up. The bail must subsequently stay removed from the top of the
stumps.

VIDEO EXAMPLE: WICKET IS DOWN – STUMP REMOVED

VIDEO EXAMPLE: WICKET IS DOWN – STUMP REMOVED 2

PC Clause 29.1: Just a reminder that the Zing bails will light up independently, but
both stumps will illuminate when one bail is removed. Zing bails once illuminated,
will remain illuminated for at least 4 - 5 seconds. This means that if a zing bail that
has broken contact with both grooves of the stumps, lights up but then falls back
on to a stationary position on top of the stumps, it will stay lit up.
29.2 Breaking the wicket fairly
29.2.1 The wicket is broken fairly if a bail is completely removed from the top of
the stumps or a stump is struck out of the ground

T20
124
29.2.1.1 by the ball,
29.2.1.2 by the striker’s bat if held or by any part of the bat that he/she is holding,
29.2.1.3 for the purpose of this clause only, by the striker's bat not in hand, or by
any part of the bat which has become detached,
29.2.1.4 by the striker’s person or by any part of his/her clothing or equipment,
including the helmet, grille and/or neck guard becoming detached from
his/her person,
29.2.1.5 by a fielder with his/her hand or arm, providing that the ball is held in the
hand or hands so used, or in the hand of the arm so used.
29.2.1.6 The wicket is also broken fairly if a fielder strikes or pulls a stump out of
the ground as in clause 29.2.5.
29.2.2 The disturbance of a bail, whether temporary or not, shall not constitute its
complete removal from the top of the stumps, but if a bail in falling lodges between
two of the stumps this shall be regarded as complete removal.

T20
125
 29.3 One bail off
If one bail is off, it shall be sufficient for the purpose of breaking the wicket to
remove the remaining bail or to strike or pull any of the three stumps out of the VIDEO EXAMPLE: ONE BAIL REMOVED
ground, in any of the ways stated in clause 29.1.

29.4 Remaking wicket

If a wicket is broken or put down while the ball is in play, it shall not be remade by
an umpire until the ball is dead. See clause 20 (Dead ball). Any fielder may,
however, while the ball is in play,
- replace a bail or bails on top of the stumps.
- put back one or more stumps into the ground where the wicket originally stood.

29.5 Dispensing with bails

If the umpires have agreed to dispense with bails in accordance with clause 8.4 PC Clause 29.4: It is not recommended, unless absolutely necessary, to play
(Dispensing with bails), it is for the umpire concerned to decide whether or not the without bails, as it completely changes the concept of putting the wicket down as
wicket has been broken. in PC Clause 29.1 with regard to the bail/s having to be dislodged.
When playing without bails all that is necessary is for PC Clause 29.2.1.1 to PC
29.5.1 After a decision to play without bails, the wicket has been broken fairly if Clause 29.2.1.5 to be enacted is the ball, fielder or striker touching the wicket as
the umpire concerned is satisfied that the wicket has been struck by the described in those clauses.
ball, by the striker’s bat, person or items of his/her clothing or equipment PC Clause 29.2.1.6 is not necessary as contact alone with the stump would
as described in clausesError: Reference source not found 29.2.1.2, suffice, it need not be uprooted.
29.2.1.3 or 29.2.1.4 or by a fielder in the manner described in clause
29.5.2
29.5.2 If the wicket has already been broken or put down, clause 29.5.1 shall
apply to any stump or stumps still in the ground. Any fielder may replace
a stump or stumps, in accordance with clause 29.4Error: Reference
source not found, in order to have an opportunity of breaking the wicket
fairly.

30 BATTER OUT OF HIS/HER GROUND

30.1 When out of his/her ground
30.1.1 A batter shall be considered to be out of his/her ground unless some part
of his/her person or bat is grounded behind the popping crease at that
end.
30.1.2 However, a batter shall not be considered to be out of his/her ground if, in PC Clause 30.1.2: Bouncing Bat: Significant change in this PC since the MCC
running or diving towards his/her ground and beyond, and having removed the ‘continued forward movement’ clause and replaced it with “running
grounded some part of his/her person or bat beyond the popping crease, and diving” towards one’s ground and beyond.
there is subsequent loss of contact between the ground and any part of

T20
126
his/her person or bat, or between the bat and person. If the batter grounds the bat held by the hand or another part of his/her person
within his/her ground, the elbow when diving, for example, and provided that the
batter is running or diving, and subsequently inadvertently loses this contact with
the ground or his/her bat when the wicket is put down, the batter will be protected
from being Run out. In addition, the same protection will apply to a striker diving
back into his/her ground to avoid being stumped.

Example: The batter dives towards his/her crease, touches down with his/her bat.
The sliding bat then bounces up when ball hits the wicket. At this point, no part of
the person or the bat is grounded behind the popping crease. Not out
VIDEO EXAMPLE: BATTER DROPS THE BAT
VIDEO EXAMPLE: BATTER DIVING
VIDEO EXAMPLE: BATTER DIVING, BAT BOUNCING
The striker steps out; swings at a ball going down leg side, misses, and his/her
feet are stationary outside the crease. He/she continues to swing the bat around
and bangs it down into the crease behind him/her. The bat bounces up and the
wicket is put down.
Out. Since there was no running or diving towards the crease or beyond it.
Here is the interpretation after clarification sought from the MCC: 21 March 2018
For clarity and the avoidance of doubt, the intention of the Law is to provide
protection to a batter who has made his/her ground, but then inadvertently loses
contact with it through the action of running or diving. It should not provide
protection for someone who is, for example, walking, turning to look for a further
run, thrusting their leg back in a stumping/run out scenario and, who swings
his/her arms around with his/her feet planted to avoid a stumping/run out scenario.

T20
127
 30.2 Which is a batter’s ground
30.2.1 If only one batter is within a ground, it is his/her ground and will remain so
even if he/she is later joined there by the other batter.
30.2.2 If both batters are in the same ground and one of them subsequently
leaves it, the ground belongs to the batter who remains in it. VIDEO EXAMPLE: WHICH IS A BATTER’S GROUND
30.2.3 If there is no batter in either ground, then each ground belongs to
whichever batter is nearer to it, or, if the batters are level, to whichever
batter was nearer to it immediately prior to their drawing level.
30.2.4 If a ground belongs to one batter then the other ground belongs to the
other batter, irrespective of his/her position.

30.3 Position of non-striker

The non-striker, when standing at the bowler’s end, should be positioned on the
opposite side of the wicket to that from which the ball is being delivered, unless a
request to do otherwise is granted by the umpire.

31 APPEALS When a batter is dismissed, the 3rd umpire will start a timer that will record how
long a batter takes before they are in position to receive a delivery. If this exceeds
31.1 Umpire not to give batter out without an appeal 90 seconds, the batter is liable to be dismissed timed out on appeal
Neither umpire shall give a batter out, even though he/she may be out under these
Playing Conditions, unless appealed to by a fielder. This shall not debar a batter
who is out under these Playing Conditions from leaving the wicket without an
appeal having been made. Note, however, the provisions of clause 31.7.
31.2 Batter dismissed
A batter is dismissed if he/she is
either given out by an umpire, on appeal
or out under these Playing Conditions and leaves the wicket as in clause 31.1.

31.3 Timing of appeals

For an appeal to be valid, it must be made before the bowler begins his/her run-up
or, if there is no run-up, his/her bowling action to deliver the next ball, and before
Time has been called.

The call of Over does not invalidate an appeal made prior to the start of the
following over, provided Time has not been called. See clauses 12.2 (Call of Time)
and 17.2 (Start of an over).

T20
128
 31.4 Appeal “How’s That?”
An appeal “How’s That?” covers all ways of being out.

Refer also to Appendix D – DRS and Third Umpire Protocol.

31.5 Answering appeals

The striker’s end umpire shall answer all appeals arising out of any of clauses 35
(Hit wicket), 39 (Stumped) or 38 (Run out) when this occurs at the wicket-keeper’s
end. The bowler’s end umpire shall answer all other appeals.

When an appeal is made, each umpire shall answer on any matter that falls within
his/her jurisdiction.

When a batter has been given Not out, either umpire may answer an appeal,
made in accordance with clause 31.3, if it is on a further matter and is within
his/her jurisdiction.

31.6 Consultation by umpires

Each umpire shall answer appeals on matters within his/her own jurisdiction. If an Appendix D DRS Clause 2.2.2: Fair Catch: The standing umpire may look over to
umpire is doubtful about any point that the other umpire may have been in a better the square leg umpire, without moving across, for assistance on, if a ball has been
position to see, he/she shall consult the latter on this point of fact and shall then hit or not, or whether the ball carried or not. This must be agreed on pre-match
give the decision. If, after consultation, there is still doubt remaining, the decision and decided by unobtrusive signals like tapping the wrist for bat, or tapping the
shall be Not out. leg/thigh for pad, arms folded for not sure.

31.7 Batter leaving the wicket under a misapprehension

PC Clause 31.7: Change in time frame for recalling batter leaving under
An umpire shall intervene if satisfied that a batter, not having been given out, has misapprehension.
left the wicket under a misapprehension of being out. The umpire intervening shall
call and signal Dead ball to prevent any further action by the fielding side and shall This differs from the time frame given in PC Clause 2.12: Umpires decision, which
recall the batter. states it must be done promptly..
A batter may be recalled at any time up to the instant when the ball comes into
play for the next delivery, unless it is the final wicket of the innings, in which case it
should be up to the instant when the umpires leave the field.

31.8 Withdrawal of an appeal

PC Clause 31.8: Change in time frame for fielding captain to withdraw appeal.
The captain of the fielding side may withdraw an appeal only after obtaining the
consent of the umpire within whose jurisdiction the appeal falls. If such consent is This differs from the time frame given in PC Clause 2.12: Umpires decision, which
given, the umpire concerned shall, if applicable, revoke the decision and recall the states it must be done promptly
batter.

T20
129
The withdrawal of an appeal must be before the instant when the ball comes into
play for the next delivery or, if the innings has been completed, the instant when
the umpires leave the field.

T20
130
32 BOWLED
32.1 Out Bowled
32.1.1 The striker is out Bowled if his/her wicket is broken by a ball delivered by
the bowler, not being a No ball, even if it first touches the striker’s bat or
person.
32.1.2 However, the striker shall not be out Bowled if before striking the wicket
the ball has been in contact with any other player or an umpire. The
striker will, however, be subject to clauses 37 (Obstructing the field), 38
(Run out) and 39 (Stumped).

32.2 Bowled to take precedence PC Clause 32.2: Example: The striker plays at a ball which brushes his/her pads,
The striker is out Bowled if his/her wicket is broken as in clause 32.1, even though then touches the edge of his/her bat, goes on to hit the wicket, dislodging one bail,
a decision against him for any other method of dismissal would be justified. the ball is cleanly gathered by the wicketkeeper who whips the other bail off
putting the wicket down with the striker just outside his/her crease. If not for the
impact on the pad the ball would have carried on to hit the wicket. The striker
would be out bowled even though a decision for LBW, caught behind or stumped
would have been justified.

33 CAUGHT Note: MCC directive – a fair delivery which strikes the arm guard of the striker and
is caught, will be deemed to be not out, even if the arm guard is touching and
33.1 Out Caught overlapping the glove, and the ball has hit the portion that is overlapping the glove.
The striker is out Caught if a ball delivered by the bowler, not being a No ball, Below is the relevant section of the MCC guideline:
touches his/her bat without having previously been in contact with any fielder, and It was agreed that the interpretation should remain that only the glove itself should
is subsequently held by a fielder as a fair catch, as described in clauses 33.2 and be considered to be the glove, but that this will be looked at again if there is
33.3, before it touches the ground. evidence of a trend that players are attempting to circumvent the Law.

33.2 A fair catch

33.2.1 A catch will be fair only if, in every case,
either the ball, at any time
or any fielder in contact with the ball,
is not grounded beyond the boundary before the catch is completed. Note
clauses 19.4 (Ball grounded beyond the boundary) and 19.5 (Fielder
grounded beyond the boundary).
33.2.2 Furthermore, a catch will be fair if any of the following conditions applies:
PC Clause 33.2.2.1: A catch in which the ball lodges in the helmet of the fielder or

T20
131
33.2.2.1 the ball is held in the hand or hands of a fielder, even if the wicketkeeper would still be fair. However, if the following takes place after the ball
hand holding the ball is touching the ground, or is hugged to has lodged in the helmet of fielder/wicketkeeper, then the catch will not be valid:
the body, or lodges in the external protective equipment worn (i) If the ball after lodging in the fielder’s helmet, knocks the helmet off his/her head
by a fielder, or lodges accidentally in a fielder’s clothing. on to the ground, the ball will deemed to have touched the ground before the catch
33.2.2.2 a fielder catches the ball after it has been lawfully struck more was completed
than once by the striker, but only if it has not been grounded (ii)If the fielder with the ball lodged in grill of the helmet, through his/her
since it was first struck. See clause 34 (Hit the ball twice). movements i.e. throwing his/her hands up to appeal causes the ball to fall off, then
33.2.2.3 a fielder catches the ball after it has touched the wicket, an it would be considered not in control of the ball.
umpire, another fielder or the other batter. (iii) If the force of the ball lodging in his/her helmet causes the helmet to fall off
33.2.2.4 a fielder catches the ball after it has crossed the boundary in his/her head with the ball in it, but as the helmet is not worn it would not be treated
the air, provided that the conditions in clause 33.2.1 are met. as a valid catch.

33.2.2.5 the ball is caught off an obstruction within the boundary that is In both cases of (ii) and (iii) above the ball would not be considered dead.
not designated a boundary by the umpires. Similarly, if a fielder with a ball lodged in his/her helmet falls over and:
a) the ball remains in his/her helmet, but the helmet falls off his/her head, with
the ball in it, the catch is not valid, but the ball is not dead, as the helmet was
not discarded deliberately.
b) The ball remains in the worn helmet with the fielder on the ground, the catch
would be valid provided the ball did not touch the ground.
PC Clause 33.2.2.4: The wording of PC Clause 19.4 has been clarified to
emphasize that, when fielding or catching a ball after it has crossed the boundary
in the air, that any fielder to touch the ball must not only have some part of his/her
person in contact with the ground within the boundary but must have no part
grounded on or beyond the boundary.
A second fielder making contact with the ball after a teammate has already
touched it may not however, jump up from a position beyond the boundary, unless
he/she too had first handled the ball within the field of play

T20
132
 33.3 Making a catch Appendix D DRS Clause 2.2.2: Fair Catch: The standing umpire may look over to
The act of making a catch shall start from the time when the ball first comes into the square leg umpire, without moving across, for assistance on, if a ball has been
contact with a fielder’s person and shall end when a fielder obtains complete hit or not, or whether the ball carried or not. This must be agreed on pre-match
control over both the ball and his/her own movement. and decided by unobtrusive signals like tapping the wrist for bat, or tapping the
leg/thigh for pad, arms folded for not sure.

33.4 No runs to be scored PC Clause 33.4: Should the batter be found to be not out following a review for a
fair catch he/she will get the benefit of the run if he/she had crossed prior to the
If the striker is dismissed Caught, runs from that delivery completed by the batters attempted catch being taken.
before the completion of the catch shall not be scored but any runs for penalties
awarded to either side shall stand. The non-striker shall return to his/her original A decision of out given on-field by the umpire and then reviewed and found to be
end. See clause 18.11 Batter returning to original end. not out will not enjoy this status since the ball became dead no sooner the
decision of out was given and no runs are permitted as per the laws on a catch
that is out.

33.5 Caught to take precedence PC Clause 33.5: Example: The striker plays at a ball which brushes his/her pads,
If the criteria of clause 33.1 are met and the striker is not out Bowled, then he/she then touches the edge of his/her bat, the ball is cleanly gathered by the
is out Caught, even though a decision against either batter for another method of wicketkeeper who whips the bails off putting the wicket down with the striker just
dismissal would be justified. outside his/her crease. If not for the impact on the pad the ball would have carried
on hitting the wicket. The striker would be out caught even though a decision for
LBW or stumped would have been justified.
PC Clause 33.5: If two different dismissals including a catch come off the same
delivery, then the umpire must wait till both are completed, not taking into account
bowled, and then on appeal give the catch, since it takes precedence. If however,
the striker goes on the back foot to pull a ball, top edges the ball in the air, but at
the same time puts his/her wicket down with his/her foot, it would be good practice
to wait and see whether the catch is completed. If the catch is completed, then the
bowler’s end umpire would give the batter out caught. If the striker’s end umpire
immediately gives the striker out hit wicket whilst the ball is in the air before it is
caught, then the Hit wicket will stand.

34 HIT THE BALL TWICE

34.1 Out Hit the ball twice
34.1.1 The striker is out Hit the ball twice if, while the ball is in play, it strikes any
part of his/her person or is struck by his/her bat and, before the ball has
been touched by a fielder, the striker wilfully strikes it again with his/her
bat or person, other than a hand not holding the bat, except for the sole VIDEO EXAMPLE: HIT THE BALL TWICE
purpose of guarding his/her wicket. See clause 34.3 and clause 37
(Obstructing the field).
34.1.2 For the purpose of this clause ‘struck’ or ‘strike’ shall include contact with

T20
133
 the person of the striker.
34.1.3 This clause will apply whether or not No ball is called.

T20
134
 34.2 Not out Hit the ball twice
The striker will not be out under this clause if he/she,
34.2.1 strikes the ball a second or subsequent time in order to return the ball to
any fielder.
Note, however, the provisions of clause 37.4 (Returning the ball to a
fielder).
34.2.2 wilfully strikes the ball after it has touched a fielder. Note, however the
provisions of clause 37.1 (Out Obstructing the field).

34.3 Ball lawfully struck more than once

The striker may, solely in order to guard his/her wicket and before the ball has PC Clause 34.3: Example: The striker plays at a ball which hits him/her on the
been touched by a fielder, lawfully strike the ball a second or subsequent time with glove on the hand holding the bat and lobs towards the stumps. The striker
the bat, or with any part of his/her person other than a hand not holding the bat. instinctively pushes the ball away with his/her bat. The wicketkeeper is standing
The striker may guard his/her wicket even if the delivery is a No ball. up and about to gather the ball. On appeal the striker would be out, Obstructing
the field even though he/she is permitted to hit the ball twice in defense of his/her
However, the striker may not prevent the ball from being caught by striking the ball wicket he/she cannot do so if it obstructs a catch being taken.
more than once in defence of his/her wicket. See clause 37.3 (Obstructing a ball
from being caught).

34.4 Runs permitted from ball lawfully struck more than once
When the ball is lawfully struck more than once, as permitted in clause 34.3, if the PC Clause 34.4: Example: Striker plays at a ball which pitches outside his/her off
ball does not become dead for any reason, the umpire shall call and signal Dead stump and swings back to hit him/her high on his/her person above his/her pads
ball as soon as the ball reaches the boundary or at the completion of the first run. and bounces towards his/her stumps. The striker pushes the ball away, which
goes to fine leg. The striker runs, the non-striker responds. The striker is run out
However, the umpire shall delay the call of Dead ball to allow the opportunity for a at the bowler’s end.
catch to be completed. The non-striker is returned back to his/her original end (bowler’s end) and the new
The umpire shall batter faces the next ball if there were balls remaining in the over.
- disallow all runs to the batting side
- return any not out batter to his/her original end
- signal No ball to the scorers if applicable, and
- award any 5-run Penalty that is applicable except for Penalty runs under clause
28.3 (Protective helmets belonging to the fielding side).

34.5 Bowler does not get credit

T20
135
The bowler does not get credit for the wicket.

T20
136
35 HIT WICKET
35.1 Out Hit wicket
35.1.1 The striker is out Hit wicket if, after the bowler has entered the delivery Example 1: The bowler whilst running in notices the striker moving around in
stride and while the ball is in play, his/her wicket is broken by either the his/her crease in which he/she dislodges a bail. The bowler now enters his/her
striker’s bat or person as described in clauses 29.2.1.2 to 29.2.1.4 delivery stride, releases the ball and appeals.
(Breaking the wicket fairly) in any of the following circumstances:
Answer: The striker’s end umpire would call dead ball, answer the appeal Not out,
35.1.1.1 in the course of any action taken by them in preparing to receive or in
reset the bails and play would continue. Reason: Bowler did not enter his/her
receiving a delivery,
delivery stride when bails put down.
35.1.1.2 in setting off for the first run immediately after playing or playing at the
ball,
VIDEO EXAMPLE: HIT WICKET – ACTION NOT COMPLETED
35.1.1.3 if no attempt is made to play the ball, in setting off for the first run,
VIDEO EXAMPLE: HIT WICKET – ACTION NOT COMPLETED 2
providing that in the opinion of the umpire this is immediately after the
striker has had the opportunity of playing the ball,
35.1.1.4 in lawfully making a second or further stroke for the purpose of Contradictory to the Laws of Cricket, the ICC Playing Conditions considers any
guarding his/her wicket within the provisions of clause 34.3 (Ball part of the helmet or the helmet itself, to be a part of the striker’s clothing or
lawfully struck more than once). equipment

35.1.2 If the striker breaks his/her wicket in any of the ways described in clauses
29.2.1.1 to 29.2.1.6 (Breaking the wicket fairly) before the bowler has
entered the delivery stride, either umpire shall call and signal Dead ball.

35.2 Not out Hit wicket PC Clause 35.2: Example: The slow left arm spinner after having entered his/her
The striker is not out under this clause should his/her wicket be put down in any of delivery stride sees the striker dislodge a bail whilst moving around in the crease
the ways referred to in clause 35.1 if any of the following applies: preparing to receive the ball. He/she stops, turns to the umpire and appeals
without releasing the ball.
- it occurs after the striker has completed any action in receiving the delivery, other
than in clauses 35.1.1.2 to 35.1.1.4. Answer: The striker’s end umpire would answer the appeal Not out, put the bails
- it occurs when the striker is in the act of running, other than setting off back and play would continue. Reason: bowler did not release the ball. Had
immediately for the first run. he/she released the ball and then appealed he/she would have got the decision in
his/her favor.
- it occurs when the striker is trying to avoid being run out or stumped.
- it occurs when the striker is trying to avoid a throw in at any time.
PC Clause 35.2: The bowler enters his/her delivery stride. The striker whilst
- the bowler after entering the delivery stride does not deliver the ball. In this case moving around in his/her crease tips a bail off with his/her bat. The bowler bowls
either umpire shall immediately call and signal Dead ball. See clause 20.4 (Umpire him/her a slow flighted delivery which he/she goes down the wicket to play. The
calling and signalling Dead ball). striker misses the ball completely as it spins away from him/her. The ball, after
passing the striker, hits the silly mid-off fielder, who is on the edge of the pitch, in
- the delivery is a No ball. front of the popping crease, on the boot and rolls away. The fielding side appeals
for the hit-wicket. What happens next?

T20
137
 Answer: Bowler’s end umpire would call No ball for Fielder Intercepting (PC21.9).
Once ball is dead, Striker’s end umpire would replace bail, striker would be not out
since you cannot be out hit wicket off a no ball. Bowler’s end umpire would signal
No ball to the scorers.

VIDEO EXAMPLE: HIT WICKET – ACTION (SHOT) COMPLETED

T20
138
 35.3 Runs scored
No runs shall be scored when the striker is dismissed Hit wicket other than the
one-run penalty for a Wide and any award of 5 Penalty Runs.

36 LEG BEFORE WICKET PC Clause 36.1.3: Note: The new Law relating to simultaneous contact with bat
and pad has not been incorporated in the ICC playing conditions. The playing
36.1 Out LBW conditions are:
The striker is out LBW if all the circumstances set out in clauses 36.1.1 to 36.1.5  The on-field umpire must be satisfied that the ball has been intercepted first
apply. by the pad/person. If not, benefit of doubt goes to the batter.
36.1.1 The bowler delivers a ball, not being a No ball  In a DRS review, the 3rd umpire needs conclusive evidence that the on-field
decision was incorrect. When an out decision is being reviewed, the 3rd
36.1.2 the ball, if it is not intercepted full-pitch, pitches in line between wicket umpire needs to confirm bat first to reverse the on-field out decision. When a
and wicket or on the off side of the striker’s wicket not out decision is being reviewed, the 3rd umpire needs to confirm pad first
to proceed to ball-tracking.
36.1.3 the ball not having previously touched his/her bat, the striker intercepts
the ball, either full-pitch or after pitching, with any part of his/her person
While reviewing a LBW decision the 3rd umpire is encouraged to use the word
36.1.4 the point of impact, even if above the level of the bails, "inconclusive" but not "simultaneous". If the replays show simultaneous contact
the umpires are advised to use the following phrase " No clear evidence of ball
either is between wicket and wicket touching the bat or pad first - please stay with your original decision of not out, or,
or if the striker has made no genuine attempt to play the ball with the bat, please proceed to ball-tracking" ( as the case may be).

is between wicket and wicket or outside the line of the off stump. VIDEO EXAMPLE: GIVEN NOT OUT – NO CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE ON
36.1.5 but for the interception, the ball would have hit the wicket. ULTRAEDGE – STAYS NOT OUT

VIDEO EXAMPLE: GIVEN OUT – NO CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE ON

ULTRAEDGE – MOVES TO BALL TRACKING

36.2 Interception of the ball PC Clause 36.2.3: Example: You have seen the leg spinner bowling from your
36.2.1 In assessing points of impact in clauses 36.1.3, 36.1.4 and 36.1.5, only end, and he/she is getting plenty of turn. Two balls in a row pitch in line with the
the first interception is to be considered. middle stump and then spin away towards the slips which the wicketkeeper
gathers well below the level of the top of the stumps outside the off stump. The
36.2.2 In assessing clause 36.1.3, if the bowler’s end umpire is not satisfied that third ball which is delivered in the same manner is a full pitch, which hits the striker
the ball intercepted the batter’s person before it touched the bat, the on the boot. You are sure that the path of the ball before impact was in line with
batter shall be given Not out. wicket to wicket and the impact is in line with middle stump. There is an appeal.
36.2.3 In assessing clause 36.1.5, it is to be assumed that the path of the ball How would you answer it as bowler’s end Umpire?
before interception would have continued after interception, irrespective Answer: Give the striker out since the path of the ball before interception has to be
of whether the ball might have pitched subsequently or not. assumed to continue after interception, since it was on the full.

Evasive action clarification from MCC dated 17 October, 2022 - Law 23 Bye and
Leg bye and Law 36 Leg before wicket are linked, but not identical pieces of Law,

T20
139
 and we shouldn’t take one to mean the other. So, for leg byes, it’s a shot OR
evasive action. For LBW, it’s just about a shot – and taking evasive action is not a
shot. So, for the purposes of a review, that’s no shot.

T20
140
 36.3 Off side of wicket
The off side of the striker’s wicket shall be determined by the striker’s batting
position at the moment the ball comes into play for that delivery. See paragraph 13
of Appendix A.
Dubai
37 OBSTRUCTING THE FIELD PC Clause 37: This playing condition confirms that on appeal from the fielding
37.1 Out Obstructing the field team, if the umpire feels that a batter, whilst running between the wickets, has
significantly changed his/her direction without probable cause thereby obstructing
37.1.1 Either batter is out Obstructing the field if, except in the circumstances of a fielder’s attempt to run him out, the batter should be given out obstructing the
clause 37.2, and while the ball is in play, he/she wilfully attempts to field.
obstruct or distract the fielding side by word or action. See also clause 34
(Hit the ball twice). In applying this playing condition, umpires should note that:

37.1.2 The striker is out Obstructing the field if, except in the circumstances of  It shall not be relevant whether a run out would have been affected or not.
clause 37.2, in the act of receiving a ball delivered by the bowler, he/she  In the absence of any other “probable cause” for the change in running
wilfully strikes the ball with a hand not holding the bat. This will apply direction, the umpires are entitled to assume that such significant change in
whether it is the first strike or a second or subsequent strike. The act of direction is indicative of the intent to obstruct the field.
receiving the ball shall extend both to playing at the ball and to striking
the ball more than once in defence of his/her wicket.  The on-field umpire shall be entitled to send a review to the 3rd umpire. The
3rd umpire will view the available footage and decide whether there was a
37.1.3 This clause will apply whether or not No ball is called. change in running direction, or whether there are any other factors which may
37.1.4 For the avoidance of doubt, if an umpire feels that a batter, in running indicate a “probable cause” for such change in direction other than the intent
between the wickets, has significantly changed his/her direction without to obstruct the field e.g. avoiding the bowler. The 3rd umpire shall make their
probable cause and thereby obstructed a fielder’s attempt to effect a run decision, which will be displayed on the giant screen.
out, the batter should, on appeal, be given out, obstructing the field. It VIDEO EXAMPLE: BATTER CHANGING DIRECTION
shall not be relevant whether a run out would have occurred or not.
If the change of direction involves the batter crossing the pitch, clause VIDEO EXAMPLE: BATTER NOT CHANGING DIRECTION
41.14 shall also apply.
VIDEO EXAMPLE: INTENTIONAL ACTION
See also paragraph 2.2 of Appendix D.
NB: The playing condition enhances Law 37 and does not replace it. The
circumstances described in the playing condition i.e. a batter significantly changing
his/her direction of running without probable cause, is only one example of an
action which will qualify as willfully obstructing the field. Accordingly, it is still
possible for a batter to be given out obstructing the field in circumstances where
he/she has not significantly changed his/her direction of running provided that the
umpire feels that by some other actions it is clear that the batter had intended to
obstruct the field. This will depend on the circumstances of each case. Some
examples which may indicate such intent are the batter watching the fielder throw
the ball or watching the ball rather than watching where he/she had to make
his/her ground or sticking his/her bat in the way of the throw etc.
Please note: PC Clause 37.2 clearly indicates if the cause of the obstruction was
accidental or took place because of the batter trying to avoid injury then he/she

T20
141
 must be given not out. Any benefit in this regard will go to the batter.

T20
142
 37.2 Not out Obstructing the field
A batter shall not be out Obstructing the field if,
obstruction or distraction is accidental, or
obstruction is in order to avoid injury, or VIDEO EXAMPLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTION

in the case of the striker, he/she makes a second or subsequent strike to guard
his/her wicket lawfully as in clause 34.3 (Ball lawfully struck more than once).
However, see clause 37.3.
PC Clause 37.3: Obstructing a ball from being caught
37.3 Obstructing a ball from being caught
37.3.1 If the delivery is not a No ball, the striker is out Obstructing the field if Example 1: The striker gets a top edge, and the ball goes high into the air above
wilful obstruction or distraction by either batter prevents the striker the pitch. The batters complete the first run. The non-striker completes the first run
being out caught. and starts off for the second. He/she now deliberately runs into the fielder about to
37.3.2 Clause 37.3.1 shall apply even if an obstruction is caused by the striker the hold the catch. Ball drops to the ground. On appeal umpires consult and they
in lawfully guarding his/her wicket under the provision of Clause 34.3 are convinced it was willful. The bowler’s end umpire gives the striker out because
(Ball lawfully struck more than once). if either batter obstructs a catch from being taken, the striker is always out. He/she
37.3.3 If an obstruction or distraction takes place from a No ball then the batter now sends it up to 3rd umpire for no ball check. The 3rd umpire finds the bowler
who caused the obstruction or distraction will be out Obstructing the field. has over-stepped. No ball is signaled. The non-striker is now given out for
obstruction since it is not a catch as it was a no ball. One run is awarded for the no
However, the striker is not out if the obstruction of a catch occurs while defending
ball plus runs completed before the obstruction. 2 runs in total scored. The new
his/her wicket from a No ball with a lawful second strike.
batter goes to the wicketkeeper’s end.

Example 2: Same scenario as above only this time it is found to be a fair delivery.
The striker is given out and no runs are scored. The new batter goes to the
striker’s end.

VIDEO EXAMPLE: OBSTRUCTING A CATCH FROM BEING TAKEN

37.4 Returning the ball to a fielder

Either batter is out Obstructing the field if, at any time while the ball is in play and,
without the consent of a fielder, he/she uses the bat or any part of his/her person
to return the ball to any fielder.

37.5 Runs scored

When either batter is dismissed Obstructing the field,

T20
143
37.5.1 unless the obstruction or distraction prevents the striker being out
Caught, any runs completed by the batters before the offence shall be
scored, together with any one-run Penalty for No ball or wide, or any
other award of 5 Penalty Runs to either side. See clauses 18.6 (Runs
awarded for penalties) and 18.8 (Runs scored when a batter is
dismissed).
37.5.2 if the obstruction or distraction prevents the striker being out Caught, any
runs completed by the batters shall not be scored but any award of 5
Penalty Runs to either side shall stand. Clause 18.11 (Batter returning to
original end) will apply.

T20
144
 37.6 Bowler does not get credit
The bowler does not get credit for the wicket.
PC Clause 38.1: In the case where appeals are made for run out after a collision
38 RUN OUT between a fielder and a batter it is protocol that the on-field umpire clarifies the
appeal with the fielding captain before sending any referral to the 3 rd umpire or
38.1 Out Run out making a decision.
Either batter is out Run out, except as in clause 38.2, if, at any time while the ball VIDEO EXAMPLE: ACCIDENTAL COLLISION
is in play, he/she is out of his/her ground and his/her wicket is fairly broken by
either the action of a fielder or the ball rebounding off a fielder’s person even VIDEO EXAMPLE: ACCIDENTAL COLLISION 2
though No ball has been called, except in the circumstances of clause 38.2.2.2,
and whether or not a run is being attempted. Note: A batter can now be out Run out off a ball that has come directly off the
striker’s bat or person on to a fielder’s helmet and then back again directly on to
the stumps with the striker out of his/her ground.

38.2 Batter not out Run out

38.2.1 A batter is not out Run out in the circumstances of clauses 38.2.1.1 or
38.2.1.2.
38.2.1.1 He/she has been within his/her ground and has subsequently
left it to avoid injury, when the wicket is fairly broken.
Note also the provisions of clause 30.1.2 (When out of his/her
ground).
38.2.1.2 The ball delivered by the bowler has not made contact with a
fielder, before the wicket is fairly broken.
38.2.2 The striker is not out Run out in any of the circumstances in clauses
38.2.2.1 and 38.2.2.2.
38.2.2.1 He/she is out Stumped. See clause 39.1.2 (Out Stumped).
PC Clause 38.2.2.2: A batter cannot be out Run Out by the wicketkeeper acting
No ball has been called and he/she is out of his/her ground alone off a No ball unless he/she is attempting to run.
not attempting a run and the wicket is fairly broken by the
wicket-keeper without the intervention of another fielder.

VIDEO EXAMPLE: NON-STRIKER LEAVING GROUND EARLY

38.3 Non-striker leaving his/her ground early
38.3.1 If the non-striker is out of his/her ground at any time from the moment the VIDEO EXAMPLE: NON-STRIKER LEAVING GROUND EARLY 2
ball comes into play until the instant when the bowler would normally have been
expected to release the ball, the non-striker is liable to be Run out by the bowler Based on MCC's clarification dated 12th April 2023, regarding Law 38.3 Non-
attempting to run him/her out. In these circumstances, the non- striker will be out striker leaving his/her ground early, the following should be applied:
Run out if he/she is out of his/her ground when his/her wicket is broken by the
bowler throwing the ball at the wicket or by the bowler’s hand holding the ball,  The bowler will be permitted (either with the ball in hand or by throwing the

T20
145
whether or not the ball is subsequently delivered.
ball) to attempt to run the non-striker out only once. The bowler's end
38.3.2 If the ball is not delivered, umpire shall call and signal "dead ball" as soon as the bowler fails in
his/her first attempt.
- if there is an appeal, the umpire shall make his/her
decision on the Run out.
 The bowler has the right to Run out the non-striker, but that right cannot
- if there is no appeal, or if the decision is not out, he/she extend indefinitely.
shall call and signal Dead ball as soon as possible.

- the ball shall not count as one in the over.  The bowler is permitted to run the non-striker out before he/she would
normally have been expected to release the ball, The normal point of ball
release should be interpreted as the moment when the delivery arm is at
38.3.3 If the ball is delivered and there is an appeal,
its highest point. Provided, both delivery stride and delivery swing happens
- the umpire shall make his/her decision on the Run out. before he/she goes past the popping crease.

- if the non-striker is not dismissed, the ball remains in  Once the bowler goes past the popping crease without entering into his/her
play and clause 21.6 (Bowler breaking wicket in delivery stride/swing, the umpire is well within his/her rights to determine
delivering ball) shall apply. that no Run out has been attempted and shall call and signal "dead ball".
- if the non-striker is dismissed, the ball shall not count
as one in the over. From Jonny Singer – MCC (April 2023)

Law 38.3.2 states that if a bowler attempts to Run out the non-striker
and is unsuccessful, the umpire should call and signal Dead ball 'as
soon as possible'. The bowler has the right to Run out the non-
striker, but that right cannot extend indefinitely. Where there is a
failed attempt by the bowler as they run past the stumps but fail to
put the wicket down is therefore the point after which the umpire
should deem the ball to be Dead. This was amended in the 2022
Edition of the Laws to cover exactly this sort of incident.

NB: If the bowler had not attempted the Run out as they ran past the
stumps, the time during which they could affect a Run out after
passing the crease is not unlimited. If the bowler does not, relatively
immediately, attempt a Run out, the umpire is well within his/her
rights to determine that no Run out has been attempted, and the ball
is Dead under Law 20.4.2.10. How long the umpire waits is a matter
of judgement but a bowler who runs several yards through the
crease, stops, looks at the non-striker and then decides it is time to
attempt a Run out is likely to find themselves having missed the
window.

The umpires should note the following points in interpreting the new playing
condition:

T20
146
 • As this is a run out decision, the on-field umpire can refer it to the 3 rd umpire.
The 3rd umpire must check whether the run out was affected before the bowler
had passed his/her normal point of release or not, whether the batter was out
of his/her ground and whether the wicket has been fairly broken.
• There is to be no communication with the fielding captain, regarding the initial
appeal
• The fielding captain is able to voluntarily withdraw the appeal if he/she so
wishes
The PCT is instructed to discuss this protocol with the captains, coaches, and
managers at the pre-series meetings before each series.
Please note:
 If any member of the fielding side appeals, the on-field umpire will be duty
bound to make a decision or commence a referral.

 Umpires may warn a non-striker if he/she is seen to be taking unfair

advantage by moving too early down the pitch, similar to the warning a bowler
might receive from the on-field umpire should his/her front foot be creeping
close to a no ball.

T20
147
 38.4 Which batter is out
The batter out in the circumstances of clause 38.1Error: Reference source not
found is the one whose ground is at the end where the wicket is fairly broken. See
clause 30.2Error: Reference source not found (Which is a batter’s ground).

38.5 Runs scored

If either batter is dismissed Run out, the run in progress when the wicket is put
down shall not be scored, but any runs completed by the batters shall stand,
together with any runs for penalties awarded to either side. See clauses 18.6
(Runs awarded for penalties) and 18.8 (Runs scored when a batter is dismissed).

38.6 Bowler does not get credit

The bowler does not get credit for the wicket.

39 STUMPED
39.1 Out Stumped
39.1.1 The striker is out Stumped, except as in clause 39.3, if
a ball which is delivered is not called No ball VIDEO EXAMPLE: STUMPING – KEEPER WAITING
and he/she is out of his/her ground, other than as in clause 39.3.1
and he/she has not attempted a run
when his/her wicket is fairly broken by the wicket-keeper without the
intervention of another fielder. Note, however clause 27.3 (Position of
wicket-keeper).
39.1.2 The striker is out Stumped if all the conditions of clause 39.1.1 are
satisfied, even though a decision of Run out would be justified.

39.2 Ball rebounding from wicket-keeper’s person PC Clause 39.2: Note: A stumping off a rebound off the wicket keeper’s helmet is
If the wicket is broken by the ball, it shall be regarded as having been broken by now Out
the wicket-keeper if the ball rebounds on to the stumps from any part of the wicket-
keeper’s person or equipment or has been kicked or thrown on to the stumps by
the wicket-keeper.

39.3 Not out Stumped

T20
148
39.3.1 The striker will not be out Stumped if, after having received the delivery,
he/she has left his/her ground in order to avoid injury.
39.3.2 If the striker is not out Stumped he/she may, except in the circumstances
of clause 38.2.2.2 (Batter not out run out) be out Run out if the conditions
of clause 38.1 (Out Run out) apply.

T20
149
 39.4 Runs Scored
When a striker is dismissed Stumped from a Wide ball, the one-run penalty shall
stand. Note clauses 12.9 (Conclusion of match), 16.6 (Winning hit or extras) and
22.2 (Call and signal of Wide ball) mean that if the penalty for a Wide concludes
the match, then a stumping is not possible, but the one-run penalty for the Wide
remains.

40 TIMED OUT
40.1 Out Timed out
40.1.1 After the fall of a wicket or the retirement of a batter, the incoming batter
must, unless Time has been called, be ready to receive the ball or for the PC Clause 40.1.1: Note: for a batter to be given out the time allocated in T/20’s is
other batter to be ready to receive the next ball within 1minute and 30 90 seconds and not 3 minutes as in the normal Laws of Cricket.
seconds of the dismissal or retirement. If this requirement is not met, the
incoming batter will be out, Timed out. 40.1.1 – After the fall of a wicket or the retirement of a batter, the incoming batter
must, unless Time has been called, be ready to receive the ball or for the other
40.1.2 The incoming batter is expected to be ready to make his/her way to the batter to be ready to receive the next ball
wicket immediately a wicket falls. Dugouts shall be provided.

40.1.3 In the event of an extended delay in which no batter comes to the wicket,
the umpires shall adopt the procedure of clause 16.2Error: Reference
source not found (ICC Match Referee awarding a match). For the
purposes of that clause the start of the action shall be taken as the expiry
of the 1 minute 30 seconds referred to above.

40.2 Bowler does not get credit

The bowler does not get credit for the wicket.

41 UNFAIR PLAY
41.1 Fair and unfair play – responsibility of captains
The captains are responsible for ensuring that play is conducted within the Spirit of
Cricket, as well as within these Playing Conditions.

41.2 Fair and unfair play – responsibility of umpires

41.2.1 The umpires shall be the sole judges of fair and unfair play. If either Note: PC Clause 41.2.1: Empowers umpires to deal with unfair situation not
umpire considers that any action by a player, not covered by these covered in the Playing conditions. After one warning any repeat will incur Penalty
Playing Conditions, is unfair, he/she shall , call and signal Dead ball, if Runs.
appropriate, as soon as it becomes clear that the call will not
disadvantage the non-offending side , and report the matter to the other

T20
150
 umpire.
41.2.1.1 If this is a first offence by that side, the bowler’s end umpire shall then, ICC directive:
- summon the offending player’s captain and issue a first and final warning which The default position remains no tape on bowling hand while bowling. However, if
shall apply to all members of the team for the remainder of the match. an injury occurs on the field during play and blood is involved, it is reasonable in
- warn the offending player’s captain that any further such offence by any member this situation, where a finger or hand is bleeding, that the umpires allow tape to be
of his/her team shall result in the award of 5 Penalty runs to the opposing team. used. This may be required to protect stitching, but not applicable for example, if
the injury is a result of friction caused by imparting spin on the ball. For the
41.2.1.2 If this is a second or subsequent offence by that side the bowler’s end avoidance of doubt, this will only apply for the match in which the injury has
umpire shall then occurred. The umpires are to ensure the application of tape is as minimal as
- summon the offending player’s captain and inform him that there has been a possible and of the correct color. Match officials should address this at the Pre-
further such offence. series meeting.

- award 5 Penalty runs to the opposing side.

41.2.1.3 The umpires may then report the matter to the ICC Match Referee who
shall take such action as is considered appropriate against the player concerned.

T20
151
 41.3 The match ball – changing its condition
No saliva may be used when polishing the ball. If saliva is used, the ball will not be
41.3.1 The umpires shall make frequent and irregular inspections of the ball. In
replaced, but 5 penalty runs will be applicable.
addition, they shall immediately inspect the ball if they suspect anyone of
attempting to change the condition of the ball, except as permitted in
clause 41.3.2.
VIDEO EXAMPLE: LIFTING THE SEAM
41.3.2 It is an offence for any player to take any action which changes the
condition of the ball. VIDEO EXAMPLE: FOREIGN SUBSTANCE
Except in carrying out his/her normal duties, a batter is not allowed to
VIDEO SUBSTANCE: USING NAILS ON THE BALL
damage the ball other than, when the ball is in play, in striking it with the
bat. See also clause 5.4.3 (Damage to the ball).
A fielder may, however: PC Clause 41.3: There are two main differences in this playing condition
41.3.2.1 polish the ball on his/her clothing provided that no artificial compared to Law 41.3.
substance is used, that the only natural substance used is
PC Clause 41.3.5 & PC Clause 41.3.6 replaces Law 41.3.5 and means that a
sweat and that such polishing wastes no time.
bowler cannot be removed from the attack for the team’s second offence of
41.3.2.2 remove mud from the ball under the supervision of an umpire. changing the condition of the ball.
41.3.2.3 dry a wet ball on a piece of cloth that has been approved by For the offence committed under PC Clause 41.3.5, and the Player is identified,
the umpires. Penalty 5-runs will be awarded, and the ball will be replaced. Should the breach be
committed by the fielding side, the replacement ball will be chosen by the batters
41.3.3 The umpires shall consider the condition of the ball to have been unfairly at the wicket, from a box of six balls of various usage including a new ball.
changed if any action by any player does not comply with the conditions
in clause 41.3.2. Should the breach be committed by the batting side, 5 Penalty runs will be
awarded, the umpires will change the ball for one of comparable wear and tear just
41.3.4 If the umpires together agree that the condition of the ball has been prior to the infringement.
unfairly changed by a member or members of either side, or that its
condition is inconsistent with the use it has received, they shall consider In both cases of PC Clause 41.3.5, advise all concerned and reporting process to
that there has been a contravention of this clause and decide together be followed
whether they can identify the player(s) responsible for such conduct.
For the offence committed under PC Clause 41.3.6 and it is not possible to identify
41.3.5 If it is possible to identify the player(s) responsible for changing the the player responsible, the umpire shall change the ball for one of comparable
condition of the ball, the umpires shall; wear and tear just prior to the contravention. The fielding Captain will be given a
first and final warning and reminded that any further contraventions of this nature
41.3.5.1 Subject to clause 41.3.7 below, change the ball forthwith. for the remainder of the match or the Series will result in him/her being deemed
41.3.5.1.1 If the umpires together agree that the responsible for the contravention. Also advise him/her that any repetition during
condition of the ball has been unfairly the remainder of the match or the Series will result in 5 Penalty runs also being
changed by a member or members of the awarded.
fielding side, the batter at the wicket shall For a second offence under PC Clause 41.3.6, the process of a 5-run penalty to
choose the replacement ball from a selection the batting side shall be repeated.
of six other balls of various degrees of usage
(including a new ball) and of the same brand The penalty for this occurrence will be dealt with further by reporting it as a breach
as the ball in use prior to the contravention. of the Code of Conduct. If it is clear that the condition of the ball has been
changed but the player concerned cannot be identified, then the Captain of the
41.3.5.1.2 If the umpires together agree that the

T20
152
 condition of the ball has been unfairly fielding side would be reported.
changed by a member or members of the Under the new Playing Condition, the Captain is to be given a first and final official
batting side, the umpires shall select and bring warning and be told that the ball was being changed as, in the opinion of the
into use immediately, a ball which shall have umpires the condition of the ball had been changed unnaturally.
wear comparable to that of the previous ball
immediately prior to the contravention. This allows the umpires to be direct and transparent in their dealings on ball
tampering.
41.3.5.2 Additionally, the bowler’s end umpire shall
Points to remember:
41.3.5.2.1 - award 5 Penalty runs to the opposing side.
1. Both umpires must agree on any action taken. If there is no agreement the
41.3.5.2.2 - if appropriate, inform the batters at the wicket and status quo would remain.
the captain of the fielding side that the ball has been changed
and the reason for their action; and 2. It is stressed that umpires needed to be firmly of the view that the condition of
the ball has been altered unnaturally as this physical evidence needs to stand
41.3.5.2.3 - inform the captain of the batting side as soon as up to a hearing, should there be a second offence in the Test or in an ODI or
practicable of what has occurred. T20I series.
41.3.5.3 The umpires shall then report the matter to the ICC 3. The first and final warning under PC Clause 41.3.6 is held for that Test series
Match Referee who shall take such action as is considered or for the whole ODI or T20I series or ICC event.
appropriate against the player(s) concerned.
Pre series meeting and referee duties
41.3.6 If it is not possible to identify the player(s) responsible for changing the
condition of the ball, the umpires shall; It is important that in the pre-series PCT meeting for the match referees to pass
41.3.6.1 Change the ball forthwith. The umpires shall choose the this information onto the International umpires on duty and in T20s and ODI series
replacement ball for one of similar wear and of the same brand to ensure that the umpires understand that this is a combined decision and both
as the ball in use prior to the contravention. umpires MUST agree as to the action to be taken.

41.3.6.2 The bowler’s end umpire shall issue the captain with a first and The match referee is to log all discussions with the captain on this topic and any
final warning, and other action taken by the on-field umpires with regard to changing the conditions of
the ball.
41.3.6.3 Advise the captain that should there be any further instances of
changing the condition of the ball by that team during the It should be explained that for any match in which there was a ball change due to
remainder of the series, clause 41.3.5.2 above will be adopted, the condition of the ball, all balls from the match from both teams should be
with the captain deemed to be the player responsible for the collected by the 4th umpire and in the presence of the attending ACSU RSM be
contravention. placed in a small secure bag/case that can be locked and will remain in the
possession of the match referee for his/her safe keeping. The balls must be clearly
marked.
Photos of the balls should be sent to the ICC Cricket Ops dept. asap.
APPENDIX N: BALL MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES

41.4 Deliberate attempt to distract striker

41.4.1 It is unfair for any fielder deliberately to attempt to distract the striker
while he/she is preparing to receive or receiving a delivery.

T20
153
41.4.2 If either umpire considers that any action by a fielder is such an attempt,
he/she shall immediately call and signal Dead ball and inform the other
umpire of the reason for the call. The bowler’s end umpire shall
- award 5 Penalty runs to the batting side.
- inform the captain of the fielding side, the batters and, as soon as
practicable, the captain of the batting side of the reason for the action.
Neither batter shall be dismissed from that delivery and the ball shall not
count as one of the over. However, if either umpire had reason to call
and signal No ball, he/she shall do so regardless of the attempt to
distract, and this call shall stand. May Report to Match Referee – ICC Code 2.2.10.1
The umpires may then report the matter to the ICC Match Referee who
shall take such action as is considered appropriate against the fielder
concerned.

T20
154
 Law 41.5: Mock fielding is feigning possession and/or disposal of the ball with the
41.5 Deliberate distraction, deception or obstruction of batter intent to deceive the batters. In most cases, this deception is intended to prevent
41.5.1 In addition to clause 41.4, it is unfair for any fielder wilfully to attempt, by an additional run being taken.
word or action, to distract, deceive or obstruct either batter after the This directive shall apply to circumstances where, in the opinion of the umpires, in
striker has received the ball. the act of fielding the ball, the fielder has feigned possession and/or disposal of the
41.5.2 It is for either one of the umpires to decide whether any distraction, ball with the clear intent to deceive the batters (‘mock fielding’).
deception or obstruction is wilful or not. VIDEO EXAMPLE: DECEPTION BY THE KEEPER
41.5.3 If either umpire considers that a fielder has caused or attempted to cause
VIDEO EXAMPLE: MOCK FIELDING
such a distraction, deception or obstruction, he/she shall immediately call
and signal Dead ball and inform the other umpire of the reason for the It is irrelevant whether the act of deception actually succeeded in deceiving the
call. batters or not. The umpires only need to determine that the act was intended to
41.5.4 Neither batter shall be dismissed from that delivery. deceive rather than a fielding error or intended as a spur of the moment humorous
act.
41.5.5 If an obstruction involves physical contact, the umpires together shall
decide whether or not an offence under clause 42 (Players’ conduct) has The action of a fielder sliding behind or towards a ball that is definitely on its way
been committed. to the boundary must be treated as a boundary four and nothing else.

41.5.5.1 If an offence under clause 42 (Players’ conduct) has been

committed, they shall apply the relevant procedures in clause The match referees shall be responsible for advising all teams at the pre-series /
42 and shall also apply each of clauses 41.5.7 to 41.5.9. event briefing.
41.5.5.2 If they consider that there has been no offence under clause If, as a result of the “mock throw”, the umpire shall immediately apply Law 41.5
42 (Players’ conduct), they shall apply each of clauses 41.5.6 and:
to 41.5.10.
• Intervene and call dead ball.
41.5.6 The bowler’s end umpire shall;
- Signal No ball or Wide to the scorers, if applicable. • The umpire should advise his/her colleague the reason for his/her call.

- award 5 Penalty runs to the batting side. • Apply PC Clauses: 41.5.4, & 41.5.6 to 41.5.10

- inform the captain of the fielding side of the reason for this action and as
soon as practicable inform the captain of the batting side.
41.5.7 The ball shall not count as one of the over.
41.5.8 Any runs completed by the batters before the offence shall be scored,
together with any runs for penalties awarded to either side. Additionally,
the run in progress shall be scored whether or not the batters had already
crossed at the instant of the offence.
41.5.9 The batters at the wicket shall decide which of them is to face the next
delivery.
41.5.10 The umpires may then report the matter to the ICC Match Referee who
shall take such action as is considered appropriate against the fielder
concerned.

T20
155
 May Report to Match Referee – ICC Code 2.2.10.2

T20
156
 41.6 Bowling of dangerous and unfair short pitched deliveries
PC Clause 41.6.1.4: It is imperative that a consistent interpretation of short-pitched
41.6.1 Notwithstanding clause 41.6.2, the bowling of short pitched deliveries is bowling is applied by both on-field umpires, and it is expected that both on-field
dangerous if the bowler’s end umpire considers that, taking into umpires will work closely as a team to apply this restriction.
consideration the skill of the striker, by their speed, length, height and
direction they are likely to inflict physical injury on him. It must be remembered that this not only applies to deliveries that pass beyond the
striker but also deliveries that would have passed over shoulder height standing
The fact that the striker is wearing protective equipment shall be up, had the batter not hit it. Once it has been decided that a short-pitched ball has
disregarded. been delivered in the over, a clear signal should be given once the ball is dead
thus enabling the batters, bowler and spectators to be aware of what has
In the first instance the umpire decides that the bowling of short pitched happened. It is good practice to ensure that the bowler is aware of the call by
deliveries has become dangerous under clause 41.6.1 looking for an acknowledgement.
41.6.1.1 The umpire shall call and signal No ball, and when the ball is  Should the fast short-pitched delivery pass over the head of the striker,
dead, caution the bowler and inform the other umpire, the standing upright at the crease, the ball will be called a wide ball immediately,
captain of the fielding side and the batters of what has unless it is the second bouncer for the over which passes over his/her head.
occurred. This caution shall apply to that bowler throughout This will be called No ball!
the innings.
 The regulations also make it clear that any no balls or wide balls which are
41.6.1.2 If there is a second instance, the umpire shall repeat the fast short-pitched deliveries must be counted as part of the allocation for that
above procedure and indicate to the bowler that this is a final over, despite the ball not counting as one of the over.
warning, which shall apply to that bowler throughout the
innings.  The interpretation of this should be applied not only to a ball passing over a
batter’s head but also to those that would have passed over a batter’s head.
41.6.1.3 Should there be any further instance by the same bowler in The effect of this will be that a no ball can still be called (for the second
that innings, the umpire shall bouncer over the batter’s head) even though the batter has struck the ball
- call and signal No ball with his/her bat.
- when the ball is dead, direct the captain of the fielding side  If a bowler exceeds the permitted number of fast short-pitched deliveries in an
to suspend the bowler immediately from bowling over (in this instance one) then the disciplinary procedure is clearly laid out in
the regulation and should be applied immediately. A differential signal,
- inform the other umpire for the reason for this action. touching the top of the head, has been assigned in order to inform the scorers
The bowler thus suspended shall not be allowed to bowl of the reason for the no ball call.
again in that innings.  Please note that this offence is dealt with independent of any other instances
If applicable, the over shall be completed by another bowler, of dangerous and unfair bowling unlike the Laws of cricket.
who shall neither have bowled any part of the previous over, PC Clauses: 41.6.1.1. & 41.6.1.2 & 41.6.1.3: To be adjudged live by on-field
nor be allowed to bowl any part of the next over. umpires or referred to 3rd umpire only if dismissal occurs
- The umpire shall inform the batters and, as soon as
practicable, the captain of the batting side.
The umpires may then report the matter to the ICC Match
Referee who shall take such action as is considered
appropriate against the bowler concerned.
41.6.1.4 A bowler shall be limited to one fast short-pitched delivery per May Report to Match Referee – ICC Code 2.2.10.3
over.

T20
157
41.6.1.5 A fast short-pitched delivery is defined as a ball, which passes
or would have passed above the shoulder height of the striker PC Clause 41.6.1.4: One short-pitched delivery per over which passes or would
standing upright at the popping crease. have passed over the shoulder height of the batter standing upright at the crease.
41.6.1.6 The umpire at the bowler’s end shall advise the bowler and the However, it must not pass over his/her head-height.
batter on strike when each fast short pitched delivery has been If it passes above head-height of the batter standing upright at the popping crease,
bowled. and he/she does not hit it, then it will be called a wide as well as given as one for
41.6.1.7 In addition, a ball that passes above head height of the batter, the over.
standing upright at the popping crease, that prevents him from Where the umpires have notified the bowler that one fast short-pitched delivery
being able to hit it with his/her bat by means of a normal has been bowled in an over and the bowler has to be replaced during that over,
cricket stroke shall be called a Wide. See also clause 22.1.1.2 the notification is carried over to the new bowler. The fast short-pitched delivery
41.6.1.7.1 For the avoidance of doubt any fast short- quota applies to the over, and not to the bowler.
pitched delivery that is called a Wide under this clause
shall also count as one of the allowable short pitched
deliveries in that over.
41.6.1.8 In the event of a bowler bowling more than one fast short-
pitched deliveries in an over as defined in clause 41.6.1.5
above, the umpire at the bowler’s end shall call and signal No
ball on each occasion. A differential signal shall be used to
signify a fast short pitched delivery. The umpire shall call and
signal ‘No ball’ and then tap the head with the other hand.
41.6.1.9 If a bowler delivers a second fast short pitched ball in an over,
the umpire, after the call of No ball and when the ball is dead, PC Clause 41.6.1.8: To be adjudged live by on-field umpires or referred to 3rd
shall caution the bowler, inform the other umpire, the captain umpire only if dismissal occurs
of the fielding side and the batters at the wicket of what has
occurred. This caution shall apply throughout the innings.
41.6.1.10 If there is a second instance of the bowler being No balled in
the innings for bowling more than one fast short pitched
deliveries in an over, the umpire shall advise the bowler that
this is his/her final warning for the innings. PC Clause 41.6.1.9: To be adjudged live by on-field umpires or referred to 3rd
umpire only if dismissal occurs
41.6.1.11 Should there be any further instance by the same bowler in
that innings, the umpire shall
- call and signal No ball
- when the ball is dead, direct the captain of the fielding side
to suspend the bowler immediately from bowling
- inform the other umpire for the reason for this action.
The bowler thus suspended shall not be allowed to bowl again
in that innings. PC Clause 41.6.1.11: To be adjudged live by on-field umpires or referred to 3rd
umpire only if dismissal occurs

T20
158
 If applicable, the over shall be completed by another bowler,
who shall neither have bowled any part of the previous over,
nor be allowed to bowl any part of the next over.
- The umpire shall inform the batters and, as soon as
practicable, the captain of the batting side.
The umpires may then report the matter to the ICC Match
Referee who shall take such action as is considered
appropriate against the bowler concerned.
41.6.2 Should the umpires initiate the caution and warning procedures set out in
clauses 41.6.1.3 and 41.7 such cautions and warnings are not to be May Report to Match Referee – ICC Code 2.2.10.3
cumulative.

Note there is now discretion available to the match umpires as to whether or not a
bowler is reported under the ICC Code of Conduct after being removed from the
attack here. Where conditions are slippery and there are significant mitigating
circumstances (e.g., rain or dew), then the umpires may not report a breach of the
Code.

T20
159
 41.7 Bowling of dangerous and unfair non-pitching deliveries
PC Clause 41.7: This clause is different from the Law as the bowler has to infringe
41.7.1 Any delivery, which passes or would have passed, without pitching, with “unintentional beamers” only twice in order to be removed from the attack.
above waist height of the striker standing upright at the popping crease, Under the clause of bowling high full tosses, or beamers, the bowler gets only one
is to be deemed to be unfair, whether or not it is likely to inflict physical warning as a first and final warning. This applies even if the act was an accident
injury on the striker. If the bowler bowls such a delivery the umpire shall and the ball slips. The only warning and caution under this playing condition is to
immediately call and signal No ball. be treated as separate to any other warning under clause 41.6: Dangerous and
Unfair Bowling.
If, in the opinion of the umpire, such a delivery is considered likely to
inflict physical injury on the batter by its speed and direction, it shall be As a guide, any delivery from any bowler, that passes or would have passed
considered dangerous. above the waist of the batter (belt height) shall be called a “no ball”. If, in the
opinion of the umpire, such a delivery is likely to inflict injury on the batter, then a
When the ball is dead the umpire shall caution the bowler, indicating that first and final warning must be given to the bowler. The batter’s safety is
this is a first and final warning. The umpire shall also inform the other paramount in the game. The exception to this is the loopy slow full toss which is
umpire, the captain of the fielding side and the batters of what has not likely to inflict any physical injury on the batter. Deliveries that are so wide of
occurred. This caution shall apply to that bowler throughout the innings. the striker that cannot be considered as likely to inflict physical injury and will only
41.7.2 Should there be any further instance (where a dangerous non-pitching be subject to the “no ball” call with no official warning process.
delivery is bowled and is considered likely to inflict physical injury on the As a further guide, it is expected that balls around the “belt height” will be called.
batter) by the same bowler in that innings, the umpire shall
- call and signal No ball PC Clause: 41.7.1 & PC Clause 41.7.2: To be adjudged live by on-field umpires or
referred to 3rd umpire only if dismissal occurs
- when the ball is dead, direct the captain of the fielding side to suspend
the bowler immediately from bowling
- inform the other umpire for the reason for this action.
The bowler thus suspended shall not be allowed to bowl again in that
innings.If applicable, the over shall be completed by another bowler, who
shall neither have bowled any part of the previous over, nor be allowed to
bowl any part of the next over.
Additionally the umpire shall
- report the occurrence to the batters and, as soon as practicable, to the
captain of the batting side.
The umpires may then report the matter to the ICC Match Referee who
shall take such action as is considered appropriate against the bowler PC Clause 41.7.3: The warning sequence in PC Clause 41.7.1 and PC Clause
concerned. 41.7.2 is independent of the warning and action in PC Clause 41.6.
41.7.3 The warning sequence in clauses 41.7.1 and 41.7.2 is independent of the PC Clause 41.7.4: To be adjudged live by on-field umpires or referred to 3rd
warning and action sequence in clause 41.6. umpire only if dismissal occurs
41.7.4 If the umpire considers that a bowler deliberately bowled a high full-
pitched delivery, deemed to be dangerous and unfair as defined in clause PC Clause 41.7.4: Shall Report to Match Referee
41.7.1, then the caution and warning in clause 41.7.1 shall be dispensed Note: There is now discretion available to the match umpires as to whether or not
with. The umpire shall a bowler is reported under the ICC Code of Conduct after being removed from the

T20
160
- immediately call and signal No ball. attack. Where conditions are slippery and there are significant mitigating
circumstances, eg. rain or dew, then the umpires may not report a breach of the
- when the ball is dead, direct the captain of the fielding side to suspend Code
the bowler immediately from bowling and inform the other umpire for the
reason for this action.
The bowler thus suspended shall not be allowed to bowl again in that
innings. If applicable, the over shall be completed by another bowler, who
shall neither have bowled any part of the previous over, nor be allowed to
bowl any part of the next over.
- report the occurrence to the batters and, as soon as practicable, to the
captain of the batting side.
The umpires together shall report the occurrence to the ICC Match
Referee who shall take such action as is considered appropriate against
the bowler concerned.

T20
161
 41.8 Bowling of deliberate front-foot No ball
PC Clause 41.8: Change: A new PC Clause 41.8 covers the bowling of a
If the umpire considers that the bowler has delivered a deliberate front-foot No deliberate front foot No ball, which will lead to immediate suspension from bowling,
ball, he/she shall in the same way as a deliberate beamer.
- immediately call and signal No ball.
- when the ball is dead, direct the captain of the fielding side to suspend the bowler It is felt that a bowler deliberately ‘running through the crease’ and releasing the
immediately from bowling ball from closer to the striker can be very dangerous and deserved a harsh
- inform the other umpire for the reason for this action. punishment.

The bowler thus suspended shall not be allowed to bowl again in that innings. Although in matches played under the Auto No Ball Protocol (ANB) this will be
picked up by the 3rd umpire but once advised to the on-field umpire, and if he/she
If applicable, the over shall be completed by another bowler, who shall neither agrees, he/she should take the necessary action i.e. suspend bowler for that
have bowled any part of the previous over, nor be allowed to bowl any part of the innings.
next over.
- report the occurrence to the batters and, as soon as practicable, to the captain of Must Report to Match Referee – ICC Code – 2.2.10.5
the batting side.
The umpires together shall report the occurrence to the ICC Match Referee who
shall take such action as is considered appropriate against the bowler concerned.

PC Clause 41.9: The difference between this clause and Law 41.9 lies in the
41.9 Time wasting by the fielding side penalty applicable for a second infringement. This Playing Condition clause only
41.9.1 It is unfair for any fielder to waste time. has one type of penalty regardless of at what stage of play the second
infringement occurs, viz. 5 penalty runs.
41.9.2 If either umpire considers that the progress of an over is unnecessarily
slow, or time is being wasted in any other way, by the captain of the There is no provision for the bowler being removed from the attack for the second
fielding side or by any other fielder, at the first instance the umpire time a member of the fielding side wastes time.
concerned shall At the pre-series meetings, the list of actions contained in the Field Management
- if the ball is in play, call and signal Dead ball. Guidelines, aimed at improving the pace of play, should be printed out and given
to the captains to implement:
- inform the other umpire of what has occurred.
APPENDIX M: ICC FIELD MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES
The bowler’s end umpire shall then
- warn the captain of the fielding side, indicating that this is a first and To avoid unnecessary delays in play due to sightscreen issues:
final warning. • PCT to be proactive and have both teams check and confirm that the
- inform the batters of what has occurred. sightscreens are acceptable as to height and width the day before the match
starts.

T20
162
41.9.3 If either umpire considers that there is any further waste of time in that • PCT to discuss and instruct the stadium authorities as to the requirements for
innings by any fielder, the umpire concerned shall, the sightscreen operation and the areas around it. In particular:
- if the ball is in play, call and signal Dead ball. • There is to be a “no-go” area in front of the sightscreen (where possible).
- inform the other umpire of what has occurred. • Ground personnel to be properly instructed to prevent spectators above the
sightscreens from disrupting play
The bowler’s end umpire shall then award 5 Penalty runs to the batting
side and inform the captain of the fielding side of the reason for this • PCT to ensure that the ground staff has a good fall back system that can be
action. efficiently activated if the sightscreen turning device (for advertising) fails.
Additionally the umpire shall inform the batters and, as soon as is The umpires should be especially vigilant in the monitoring of batters who waste
practicable, the captain of the batting side of what has occurred. time by taking too long to settle into their guard.
If the umpires believe that the act of time wasting was deliberate or
repetitive, they may lodge a report under the ICC Code of Conduct. In Teams have a responsibility to maintain a reasonable over rate throughout the
such circumstances the Captain and/or any individual members of the match, irrespective of whether the team is well ahead of the required over rate. If
fielding team responsible for the time wasting will be charged. after an unofficial warning the practice of intentionally slowing down the over rate
continues, the captain should receive an official warning and then be charged for
41.9.4 The fielding side shall be ready to start each over within 60 seconds of time wasting if necessary. See interpretation in Clause 12.9.(Minimum over
the previous over being completed. rates)
PC Clause 41.9.3: May Report to Match Referee – ICC Code 2.2.10.6
An electronic clock will be displayed at the ground that counts down 3rd umpires should document and record the time it takes individual bowlers who
seconds from 60 to zero. are known to bowl their overs slowly. This information should be constructively
passed on to the captain by the match referee.
The clock is not required or, if already started, can be cancelled if:
If the above actions required by the players are not adhered to, umpires should
- A new batter comes to the wicket between overs exercise their authority under the Laws and playing conditions in a firm but non
- An official drinks interval has been called officious manner.
- The umpires have approved the onfield treatment of an injury to a batter If after a friendly warning to the captain of the fielding team or the batters at the
or fielder (see Appendix I) wicket, as the case may be, the time-wasting actions are continued or repeated,
- The time lost is for any circumstances beyond the control of the fielding the captain or batters at the wicket should be given a first and final caution, which
side caution shall apply to the team for the remainder of the innings. The next step is to
award penalty runs and lay a COC charge on the grounds of time wasting.
The third umpire is responsible for determining when to start the clock. 1. Stop Clock Protocol
This should be the later of:
 The Stop Clock must be activated on the DRS Tablet by the 3rd umpire
- The ball becoming dead at the end of the previous over  The Stop Clock will be displayed as a 60 second timer at the ground.
- Any umpire or player review from the final ball of the previous over being
completed.  The Stop Clock is not required or, if already started, can be cancelled if:
o A new batter comes to the wicket between overs
When the clock reaches zero, if the fielding side is not ready to start the
next over: o An official drinks interval has been called
o The umpires have approved the on-field treatment of an injury to a batter
- On the first such occasion in an innings, the bowler’s end umpire shall
issue a warning to the captain of the fielding side and inform the batters or fielder (see Appendix I)

T20
163
 and the other umpire of what has occurred. o The time lost is for any circumstances beyond the control of the fielding
- On the second occasion in an innings, the above sequence is repeated,
side
but with the reminder that this is a final warning.
- On the third and any subsequent occasion in an innings, the bowler’s end  The third umpire is responsible for determining when to start the clock. This
umpire shall award 5 Penalty runs to the batting side, informing the should be the later of:
captain of the fielding side, the batters and the other umpire.
o The ball becoming dead at the end of the previous over
The process, warnings and penalties in 41.9.4 operate independently of o Any umpire or player review from the final ball of the previous over being
those of 41.9.2 and 41.9.3.
completed.
If a fielding side is ready to resume play within the required time, but the  When the 60 second timer has run its course, if the fielding side is not ready
batting side are not ready to do so, then the umpires shall determine, at
their discretion, whether to apply the provisions of 41.10 (Batter wasting to start the next over:
time). o On the first such occasion in an innings, the bowler’s end umpire shall
issue a warning to the captain of the fielding side and inform the batters
and the other umpire of what has occurred.
o On the second occasion in an innings, the above sequence is repeated,
but with the reminder that this is a final warning.
o On the third and any subsequent occasion in an innings, the bowler’s end
umpire shall award 5 Penalty runs to the batting side, informing the
captain of the fielding side, the batters and the other umpire.
 The process, warnings and penalties in 41.9.4 operate independently of
those of 41.9.2 and 41.9.3.
 If a fielding side is ready to resume play within the required time, but the
batting side are not ready to do so, then the umpires shall determine, at their
discretion, whether to apply the provisions of 41.10 (Batter wasting time).
Where there are incidents which could affect the Stop Clock, for example –
batters taking drinks, injury treatment, equipment changes, etc.,
communication between the 3rd umpire and the on-field umpire/s
(predominantly the bowler’s end umpire) as to whether the fielding team is
ready to commence the new over is critical
 According to the Hawkeye training video the DRS tablet will display the 60
second timer and this should be replicated on the replay screen. When the
Stop Clock has run past the 60 second time limit the 3rd umpire will be given

T20
164
 the option on the tablet of cancelling the 60 second timer with or without a
warning. Effective communication between the PCT is critical in reaching the
verdict of warning or no warning.

T20
165
 PC Clause 41.10: The umpires should be especially vigilant in the monitoring of
41.10 Batter wasting time batters who waste time by taking time to settle into their guard or generally.
41.10.1 It is unfair for a batter to waste time. In normal circumstances, the striker Switch Hit
should always be ready to take strike when the bowler is ready to start
his/her run-up.  The batter’s grip and stance should be the same from the start of the bowler’s
run up until the beginning of the bowler’s delivery stride. The batter can utilize
In addition, an incoming batter should be in position to take guard or any grip, as long as he/she does not change it while the bowler is running in
his/her partner ready to receive the next ball within 2 minutes of the fall of to bowl.
the previous wicket.
 From the beginning of the delivery stride (defined as the moment that the
41.10.2 Should either batter waste time by failing to meet this requirement, or in bowler’s back foot lands in the delivery stride), the batter, if he/she chooses,
any other way, the following procedure shall be adopted. At the first may start to play the switch-hit stroke.
instance, either before the bowler starts his/her run-up or when the ball
becomes dead, as appropriate, the umpire shall,  If the bowler sees the batter alter his/her grip or stance before he/she enters
his/her delivery stride, he/she is not compelled to deliver the ball.
- warn both batters and indicate that this is a first and final warning. This
warning shall apply throughout the innings. The umpire shall so inform  If the bowler does not deliver the ball, in this instance, the umpire shall give
each incoming batter. the striker an informal warning.
- inform the other umpire of what has occurred.  The second time this happens, the striker should be formally warned that
he/she is wasting time under Law 41.10 (Batter wasting time). This shall
- inform the captain of the fielding side and, as soon as practicable, the
constitute a first and final warning, and be applicable to any batter in that
captain of the batting side of what has occurred.
innings. Any subsequent instances shall result in 5 penalty runs being
41.10.3 If there is any further time wasting by any batter in that innings, the awarded to the fielding side.
umpire shall, at the appropriate time while the ball is dead
The bowler, having seen the batter change his/her grip and/or stance, may decide
- award 5 Penalty runs to the fielding side. to bowl at the batter, and is entitled to do so. The umpires should allow that option
- inform the other umpire of the reason for this action. In short, the batter is still entitled to play the switch-hit stroke but he/she is only
allowed to alter from one stance or grip to another once the bowler has entered
- inform the other batter, the captain of the fielding side and, as soon as his/her delivery stride
practicable, the captain of the batting side of what has occurred.
PC Clause 41.10.3: May Report to Match Referee – ICC Code 2.2.10.6
If the umpires believe that the act of time wasting was deemed to be
deliberate or repetitive, they may lodge a report under the ICC Code of
Conduct. In such circumstances the batter concerned will be charged.
41.11 The protected area
The protected area is defined as that area of the pitch contained within a rectangle
bounded at each end by imaginary lines parallel to the popping creases and 5
ft/1.52 m in front of each, and on the sides by imaginary lines, one each side of the
imaginary line joining the centres of the two middle stumps, each parallel to it and
1 ft/30.48 cm from it.

41.12 Fielder damaging the pitch

41.12.1 It is unfair to cause deliberate or avoidable damage to the pitch. A fielder PC Clause 41.12: ICC Directive:
will be deemed to be causing avoidable damage if either umpire

T20
166
 considers that his/her presence on the pitch is without reasonable cause. Umpires are to remain vigilant and ensure they are consistent on all occasions.
The 3rd umpire has a significant support role to play and should not be reluctant to
41.12.2 If a fielder causes deliberate or avoidable damage to the pitch, other than advise their on-field colleagues. Any occasion that an umpire speaks to a player
as in clause 41.13.1, at the first instance the umpire seeing the about running on the wicket, formally or otherwise, they should let the match
contravention shall, when the ball is dead, inform the other umpire. The referee know, and the match referee should log this interaction.
bowler’s end umpire shall then
- caution the captain of the fielding side and indicate that this is a first and The umpires on the day will determine the course of action, ensuring consistency
final warning. This warning shall apply throughout the innings. and doing what the game expects.

- inform the batters of what has occurred.

41.12.3 If, in that innings, there is any further instance of deliberate or avoidable
damage to the pitch, by any fielder, the umpire seeing the contravention
shall, when the ball is dead, inform the other umpire. The bowler’s end
umpire shall then,
- award 5 Penalty runs to the batting side.
Additionally the umpire shall
- inform the fielding captain of the reason for this action.
- inform the batters and, as soon as practicable, the captain of the batting
side of what has occurred.
The umpires together shall report the occurrence to the ICC Match PC Clause 41.12.3: Must Report to Match Referee – ICC Code 2.2.10.7
Referee who shall take such action as is considered appropriate against
the fielder concerned.

T20
167
 41.13 Bowler running on protected area
41.13.1 It is unfair for a bowler to enter the protected area in his/her follow- PC Clause 41.13: ICC Directive:
through without reasonable cause, whether or not the ball is delivered.
Umpires are to remain vigilant and ensure they are consistent on all occasions.
41.13.2 If a bowler contravenes this clause, at the first instance and when the ball The 3rd umpire has a significant support role to play and should not be reluctant to
is dead, the umpire shall advise their on-field colleagues. Any occasion that an umpire speaks to a player
- caution the bowler and inform the other umpire of what has occurred. about running on the wicket, formally or otherwise, they should let the match
This caution shall apply to that bowler throughout the innings. referee know, and the match referee should log this interaction.

- inform the captain of the fielding side and the batters of what has The umpires on the day will determine the course of action, ensuring consistency
occurred. and doing what the game expects.
41.13.3 If, in that innings, the same bowler again contravenes this clause, the
umpire shall repeat the above procedure indicating that this is a final
warning. This warning shall also apply throughout the innings.
41.13.4 If, in that innings, the same bowler contravenes this clause a third time,
when the ball is dead, the umpire shall,
PC Clause 41.13.4: May Report to Match Referee – ICC Code 2.2.10.8
- direct the captain of the fielding side to suspend the bowler immediately
from bowling. If applicable, the over shall be completed by another
bowler, who shall neither have bowled any part of the previous over, nor
be allowed to bowl any part of the next over. The bowler taken off shall
not be allowed to bowl again in that innings.
- inform the other umpire of the reason for this action.
- inform the batters and, as soon as practicable, the captain of the batting
side of what has occurred.
The umpires may then report the matter to the ICC Match Referee who
shall take such action as is considered appropriate against the bowler
concerned.

41.14 Batter damaging the pitch

41.14.1 It is unfair to cause deliberate or avoidable damage to the pitch. If the PC Clause 41.14: ICC Directive:
striker enters the protected area in playing or playing at the ball, he/she
must move from it immediately thereafter. A batter will be deemed to be Umpires are to remain vigilant and ensure they are consistent on all occasions.
causing avoidable damage if either umpire considers that his/her The 3rd umpire has a significant support role to play and should not be reluctant to
presence on the pitch is without reasonable cause. advise their on-field colleagues. Any occasion that an umpire speaks to a player
about running on the wicket, formally or otherwise, they should let the match
41.14.2 If either batter causes deliberate or avoidable damage to the pitch, other referee know, and the match referee should log this interaction.
than as in clause 41.15, at the first instance the umpire seeing the
contravention shall, when the ball is dead, inform the other umpire of the The umpires on the day will determine the course of action, ensuring consistency
occurrence. The bowler’s end umpire shall then and doing what the game expects.

T20
168
 - warn both batters that the practice is unfair and indicate that this is a
first and final warning. This warning shall apply throughout the innings.
The umpire shall so inform each incoming batter.
- inform the captain of the fielding side and, as soon as practicable, the
captain of the batting side of what has occurred.
41.14.3 If there is any further instance of deliberate or avoidable damage to the PC Clause 41.14.3: Must Report to Match Referee – ICC Code 2.2.10.7
pitch by any batter in that innings, the umpire seeing the contravention
shall, when the ball is dead, inform the other umpire of the occurrence.
The bowler’s end umpire shall
- disallow all runs to the batting side
- return any not out batter to his/her original end
- signal No ball or Wide to the scorers if applicable.
- award 5 Penalty runs to the fielding side.
- award any other 5-run Penalty that is applicable except for Penalty runs
under clause 28.3 (Protective helmets belonging to the fielding side).
- Inform the captain of the fielding side and, as soon as practicable, the
captain of the batting side of the reason for this action.
The umpires together shall report the occurrence to the ICC Match
Referee who shall take such action as is considered appropriate against
the batter concerned.

T20
169
 41.15 Striker in protected area
PC Clause 41.15: Law interpretation
41.15.1 The striker shall not adopt a batting position in the protected area or so
close to it that frequent encroachment is inevitable. Striker not permitted to take guard /adopt stance inside the “protected area” or so
The striker may make a mark on the pitch for the purpose of indicating close to it that encroachment becomes inevitable.
his/her batting position provided that no mark is unreasonably close to
the protected area.  Bowler is not allowed in the protected area and neither is the batter
 The striker is not allowed to stand / take guard in the protected area
41.15.2 If either umpire considers that the striker is in breach of any of the
conditions in clause 41.15.1, if the bowler has not entered the delivery Umpires will be strict on this and give first and final warning any repeat offence,
stride, he/she shall immediately call Dead ball, otherwise, wait until the penalty runs.
ball is dead; he/she shall then inform the other umpire of the occurrence. Note: The striker is not allowed to stand either in the protected area or close to it -
The bowler’s end umpire shall then The striker may mark a guard on the pitch provided that no mark is unreasonably
close to the protected area.
- warn the striker that the practice is unfair and indicate that this is a first
and final warning. This warning shall apply throughout the innings. The VIDEO EXAMPLE: STANCE CLOSE TO THE PROTECTED AREA
umpire shall so inform the non-striker and each incoming batter.
VIDEO EXAMPLE: MARKING GUARD CLOSE TO PROTECTED AREA
- inform the captain of the fielding side and, as soon as practicable, the
captain of the batting side of what has occurred.
41.15.3 If there is any further breach of any of the conditions in clause 41.15.1 by
any batter in that innings, the umpire seeing the contravention shall, if the
bowler has not entered his/her delivery stride, immediately call and signal
Dead ball, otherwise, he/she shall wait until the ball is dead and then
inform the other umpire of the occurrence.
The bowler’s end umpire shall
- disallow all runs to the batting side
- return any not out batter to his/her original end

- signal No ball or Wide to the scorers if applicable.

- award 5 Penalty runs to the fielding side.

- award any other 5-run Penalty that is applicable except for Penalty runs
under clause 28.3 (Protective helmets belonging to the fielding side).

- inform the captain of the fielding side and, as soon as practicable, the
captain of the batting side of the reason for this action.
PC Clause 41.15.3: Must Report to Match Referee – ICC Code 2.2.10.10
The umpires together shall report the occurrence to the ICC Match
Referee who shall take such action as is considered appropriate against
the batter concerned.

T20
170
 41.16 Batters stealing a run
PC Clause 41.16.1: Should the batters attempt a run, once the bowler has started
41.16.1 It is unfair for the batters to attempt to steal a run during the bowler’s run- his/her run up and in the event the bowler throws the ball towards the non-striker’s
up. end in an attempt to run out the non-striker, in which case Penalty runs will not
Unless the bowler attempts to run out the non-striker – see clause 38.3 apply. Should the attempt fail, the bowler’s end umpire will call dead ball and
(Non-striker leaving his/her ground early) – the umpire shall return the batters to their original ends.
- call and signal Dead ball as soon as the batters cross in such an
attempt. However, if the bowler does not take any action, then once the batters have
- inform the other umpire of the reason for this action. crossed, immediately call Dead ball, followed by the award of Penalty runs, return
The bowler’s end umpire shall then of batters to their original ends and other relevant protocols.
- return the batters to their original ends and disallow the attempted run.
- award 5 Penalty runs to the fielding side.
- award any other 5 run Penalty that is applicable
- inform the batters, the captain of the fielding side and, as soon as
practicable, the captain of the batting side, of the reason for this action.
The umpires may then report the matter to the ICC Match Referee who PC Clause 41.16: May Report to Match Referee – ICC Code 2.2.10.11
shall take such action as is considered appropriate against the batter
concerned.

41.17 Penalty runs

41.17.1 When Penalty runs are awarded to either side, when the ball is dead the
umpire shall signal the Penalty runs to the scorers. See clause 2.13
(Signals).
41.17.2 Penalty runs shall be awarded in each case where these Playing
Conditions require the award, even if a result has already been achieved.
See clause 16.6 (Winning hit or extras).
Note, however, that the restrictions on awarding Penalty runs, in clauses
23.3 (Leg byes not to be awarded), 34.4 (Runs scored from ball lawfully
struck more than once) and 28.3 (Protective helmets belonging to the
fielding side), will apply.
41.17.3 When 5 Penalty runs are awarded to the batting side under any of
clauses 24.4 (Player returning without permission), 28.2 (Fielding the
ball), 28.3 (Protective helmets belonging to the fielding side) or under
41.3, 41.4, 41.5, 41.9 or 41.12, then
- they shall be scored as Penalty extras and shall be in addition to any
other penalties.
- they are awarded when the ball is dead and shall not be regarded as
runs scored from either the immediately preceding delivery or the
immediately following delivery, and shall be in addition to any runs from
those deliveries.

T20
171
 - the batters shall not change ends solely by reason of the 5 run penalty.
41.17.4 When 5 Penalty runs are awarded to the fielding side, under clause
18.5.2 (Deliberate short runs), or under 41.10, 41.14, 41.15 or 41.16, they
shall be added as Penalty extras to that side’s total of runs in its most
recently completed innings. If the fielding side has not completed an
innings, the 5 Penalty runs shall be added to the score in its next innings.

T20
172
 PC Clause 42.1
42 PLAYERS’ CONDUCT Law 42: consists of 4 levels of offences, however ICC PC’s only adopt the PC
42.1 Serious misconduct Clause 42.1, which deals with Serious misconduct. These are all Level 4 offences
in the ICC Code of Conduct.
42.1.1 The umpires shall act upon any serious misconduct. The relevant
offences and the corresponding actions by the umpires are identified in Level 1 to Level 3 offences are dealt with separately by the Match Referee under
clause 41.2.1. These offences correspond with Level 4 offences in the the ICC Code of Conduct.
ICC Code of Conduct. Level 1 to Level 3 offences continue to be dealt
with separately under the ICC Code of Conduct.
42.1.2 If either umpire considers that a player has committed one of these
offences at any time during the match, the umpire concerned shall call
and signal Dead ball. This call may be delayed until the umpire is
satisfied that it will not disadvantage the non-offending side.
42.1.3 The umpire concerned shall report the matter to the other umpire and
together they shall decide whether an offence has been committed. The
umpires may also consult with the third umpire and the match referee,
who may review any audio or video replays to confirm whether an offence
has been committed. If so, the umpires shall then apply the related
sanctions.
42.1.4 Any call of No ball or Wide before the offence shall stand.
42.1.5 If the offence is committed by a batter, the umpires shall summon the
offending player’s captain to the field. Solely for the purpose of this
clause, the batters at the wicket may not deputise for their captain.

42.2 Level 4 offences and action by umpires

42.2.1 Any of the following actions by a player shall constitute a Level 4 offence:
- threatening to assault an umpire
- making inappropriate and deliberate physical contact with an umpire
- physically assaulting a player or any other person
- committing any other act of violence.
42.2.2 If such an offence is committed, 42.2.2.1 to 41.2.2.5 shall be
implemented.
42.2.2.1 The umpire shall call Time.
42.2.2.2 Together the umpires shall summon and inform the offending
player’s captain that an offence at this Level has occurred.
42.2.2.3 The umpires shall instruct the captain to remove the offending
player immediately from the field of play for the remainder of

T20
173
 the match and shall apply the following:
42.2.2.3.1 If the offending player is a fielder, no substitute shall
be allowed for him/her. He/she is to be recorded as
Retired – out at the commencement of any
subsequent innings in which his/her team is the
batting side.
42.2.2.3.2 If a bowler is suspended mid-over, then that over must
be completed by a different bowler, who shall not have
bowled the previous over nor shall be permitted to
bowl the next over.
42.2.2.3.3 If the offending player is a batter he/she is to be
recorded as Retired – out in the current innings,
unless he/she has been dismissed under any of
clauses 32 to 39, and at the commencement of any
subsequent innings in which his/her team is the
batting side. If no further batter is available to bat, the
innings is completed.
42.2.2.4 As soon as practicable, the umpire shall:
- award 5 Penalty runs to the opposing team
- signal the Level 4 penalty to the scorers
- call Play.
PC Clause 42.2.2.5: Must Report to Match Referee
42.2.2.5 The umpires shall then report the matter to the ICC Match
Referee under the ICC Code of Conduct.

T20
174
 42.3 Captain refusing to remove a player from the field
42.3.1 If a captain refuses to carry out an instruction under 42.2.2.3, the umpires
shall invoke clause 16.2 (ICC Match Referee awarding a match).
42.3.2 If both captains refuse to carry out instructions under 42.2.2.3 in respect
of the same incident, the umpires shall instruct the players to leave the
field. The match is not concluded as in clause 12.6 and there shall be no
result under clause 16.
PC Clause: 42.4
42.4 Additional points relating to Level 4 offences
Note: Under the Level 4 offence if a wicketkeeper is suspended, a substitute shall
42.4.1 If a player, while acting as wicket-keeper, commits a Level 4 offence, not be permitted to keep wickets. One of the nominated members of the team
clause 24.1.2 shall not apply, meaning that only a nominated player may must act as wicketkeeper. This applies even though the substitute could be
keep wicket, even if another fielder becomes injured or ill and is replaced brought in for another player who is ill or injured during the match.
by a substitute.
42.4.2 A nominated player who has a substitute will also suffer the penalty for
any Level 4 offence committed by the substitute. However, only the
substitute will be reported under clause 42.2.2.5.

T20
175
 ICC INTERPRETATIONS, PROTOCOLS AND
Appendix D GUIDELINES FOR MATCH OFFICIALS
Decision Review System (DRS) Protocol

1 General
1.1 Minimum requirements for use of DRS and appointment of third umpire
1.1.1 Save with the express written consent of the ICC General Manager - Cricket,
the Home Board shall ensure the live television broadcast of all ODI matches
played in its country.
1.1.2 Where matches are broadcast, the camera specification set out below shall be
mandatory as a minimum requirement.

1.1.3

Where the camera specification set out above is provided, a third umpire shall be
appointed to the match.
1.1.4 The provisions of paragraphs 1.1.1, 1.1.2, and 1.1.3 above shall not apply for
matches between a Full Member country and Associate Member countries
(whose matches have been granted ODI status) and for matches between
such Associate Member countries.
1.1.5 If the minimum requirements for DRS to be used are satisfied, both
participating Boards may agree to employ the DRS for an ODI. Otherwise, the
third umpire shall be appointed and empowered to use broadcast replays to

T20
176
 make decisions that are referred to him/her in accordance with paragraph 2
(Umpire Reviews).
1.1.6 The table below summarises the minimum requirements for DRS to be used,
and the regulations around the appointment of the third umpire:

Third Umpire (non- DRS

DRS)

Minimum Cameras Cameras

Requirement Specification detailed
in paragraph 1.1.2. - Specification
detailed in paragraph
1.1.2.
Technology
- Approved
ball-tracking
technology.
- Approved
sound-based edge
detection technology.

Third Umpire Appointed by Home Appointed by the ICC.

Appointment Board. From the Not from the same
home country. From country as either of
ICC Elite Panel or the participating
International Panel of teams. From ICC
umpires. Elite Panel or
International Panel of
umpires.
Third Umpire Umpire Reviews only Umpire Reviews and
Jurisdiction Player Reviews
Replays that can be The third umpire shall Any replay, stump
used only have access to microphone audio or
replays of any technology detailed in
camera images. paragraph 3.8.1
Other technology below.
which may be in use
by the broadcaster for
broadcast purposes
(for example, ball-
tracking technology,
sound-based edge
detection technology,
and heat-based edge

T20
177
 detection technology)
shall not be used
during Umpire
Reviews.
ICC Technical Not required. The ICC shall appoint
Officer an independent
technology expert
(ICC Technical
Officer) to be present
at every series in
which the DRS is
used to assist the
third umpire and to
protect the integrity of
the DRS process.

1.1.7 The Home Board shall ensure that a separate room is provided for the third
umpire and that he/she has access to the television equipment and technology
(where DRS is used) so as to be in the best position to facilitate the referral
and/or consultation processes referred to in paragraphs 2 (Umpire Review)
and 3 (Player Review) below.

T20
178
2 Umpire Review
In the circumstances detailed in paragraphs Error: Reference source not
found, Error: Reference source not found, Error: Reference source not found
and Error: Reference source not found below, the on-field umpire shall have APPENDIX J: DRS TOOLS USED IN UMPIRE REVIEWS
the discretion to refer the decision to the third umpire or, in the case of
paragraphs Error: Reference source not found, and Error: Reference source
not found, to consult with the third umpire before making the decision. In line
with clause 21.5, the third umpire shall already have reviewed television APPENDIX K: 3RD UMPIRE COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL
replays of the bowler’s feet landing and, where satisfied that not all the
requirements have been met, shall immediately have advised the bowler’s end
umpire (who shall in turn have immediately called and signalled No ball).
Accordingly, paragraphs 2 (Umpire Review) and 3 (Player Review) of this
Appendix D shall operate on the basis that this element of the referral and/or
consultation process has already been undertaken.

Save for requesting the umpire to review his/her decision under paragraph
Error: Reference source not found (Player Review) below, players may not
appeal to the on-field umpires to use the Umpire Review. Breach of this
provision may constitute dissent and the player may be subject to disciplinary
action under the ICC Code of Conduct for Players and Player Support
Personnel.

2.1 Run Out, Stumped, Bowled and Hit Wicket Decisions Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 2.1: Once a run out decision is referred to the
3rd Umpire, he/she is to make sure that all elements of PC Clause 38 are
2.1.1 The relevant on-field umpire shall be entitled to refer an appeal for run-out, satisfied in order to give the batter out run out – for the sake of clarity, to
stumped, bowled or hit wicket to the third umpire. confirm that he/she was not avoiding injury while in his/her ground.
2.1.2 An on-field umpire wishing to refer a decision to the third umpire shall signal to There have been occasions where run outs have not been referred to the 3 rd
the third umpire by making the shape of a TV screen with his/her hands. umpire due to:
2.1.3 In the case of a referral of a bowled, hit wicket or stumped decision, the third  A belief that there has not been an appeal and/or
umpire shall first check the fairness of the delivery (any mode of No ball on
request except for (i) in respect of the feet, which shall already have been  The on-field umpire makes the decision on field, even though the run
checked in accordance with clause 21.5; and (ii) the bowler using an Illegal out is a very close call.
Bowling Action, subject to the proviso that the third umpire may review whether
the bowler has used a prohibited Specific Variation under Article 6.2 of the After an appeal has been made, if there is any doubt as to whether the
Illegal Bowling Regulations). If the delivery was not a fair delivery the third batter had made his/her ground, on field umpires should refer the run out
umpire shall indicate that the batter is Not out and advise the on-field umpire to decision to the 3rd umpire.
signal No ball. See also paragraph 2.6 below. In noisy stadiums, the on-field umpires should be especially alert to the
2.1.4 Additionally, if on review of a run out, bowled or hit wicket, the third umpire possibility of an appeal. It is not necessary to ask the fielding side whether
finds the batter is Out by another mode of dismissal (excluding LBW), or Not they have appealed or not.
out by any mode of dismissal (excluding LBW), he/she shall notify the on-field In circumstances where the on-field umpire is uncertain as to whether an
umpire so that the correct decision is made. appeal has been made he/she should refer the run-out decision to the 3 rd

T20
179
2.1.5 If the third umpire decides that the batter is Out, a red light shall be displayed;
if the third umpire decides that the batter is Not out, a green light shall be umpire.
displayed. If, however, the on-field umpire does not consult with the 3rd umpire, who
realizes that there was an appeal, the 3rd umpire should use the following
Should the third umpire be temporarily unable to respond, a white light (where phrase, or similar, and say, “I think there was an appeal – shall I look at it?”
available) shall remain illuminated throughout the period of interruption to This 3rd umpire comment should be sufficient warning to the on-field umpire
signify to the on-field umpires that Umpire Reviews are temporarily to request a review.
unavailable, in which case the decision shall be taken by the on-field umpire.
VIDEO EXAMPLE: STUMPING REVIEW INCLUDING USE OF DRS
As an alternative to the red/green light system, the replay screen (where TOOLS
available) may be used for the purpose of conveying the third umpire’s 1. Stumping Protocol
decision, in line with the ICC Big Screen Policy.
 Following an appeal by the fielding side the 3rd umpire will start the
DRS timer when the ball is dead.
 The striker’s end umpire may wish to send a review to the 3rd umpire.
 Where the umpire review is for a stumping only, the 3rd umpire will
acknowledge the stumping review.
 The 3rd umpire will now wait for the DRS timer to run down to zero.
This is done in order to accommodate any possible Player Review that
may be forthcoming from the fielding captain. Should a Player Review
be forthcoming, the Combined Review process would now be followed.
 Once the timer is depleted, and there has not been a Player Review
request, the 3rd umpire shall commence the review communications
with the director, requesting the side on view first. No other mode of
dismissal shall be interrogated by the third umpire.
o No DRS Technology (tools) may be used during the stumping
review, unless the keeper’s gloves need to be checked in order to
satisfy the no ball requirements
o It must be stressed again that no other mode of dismissal may be
investigated whilst a stumping review is being undertaken. For
example, if the 3rd umpire sees a clear and obvious contact between
bat and ball, and the catch is clearly taken by the keeper, no action will
be forthcoming from the 3rd umpire. Players need to be educated that
if they believe that another mode of dismissal may have occurred, they

T20
180
 must institute a Player Review (if Player Reviews are available)
o The final decision relating to the stumping only will now be
displayed on the replay screen

T20
181
2.2 Caught Decisions, Obstructing the Field Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 2.2.2: The initial discussion between the on-
field umpires should be a brief one. This PC covers all forms of fair catches.
2.2.1 Where the bowler’s end umpire is unable to decide upon a Fair Catch or a The process of consultation and checking of fairness of delivery is the same.
Bump Ball, or if, on appeal from the fielding side, the batter obstructed the
field, he/she shall first consult with the striker’s end umpire. Following the normal on-field consultation between umpires, the expectation
is that the bowler’s end umpire must involve the 3rd umpire by making the
2.2.2 Should both on-field umpires require assistance from the third umpire to make TV signal. The radio communication from on-field to 3rd Umpire must happen
a decision, the bowler’s end umpire shall consult by two-way radio with the before the TV signal.
third umpire followed by making the shape of a TV screen with his/her hands Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 2.2.2: The standing umpire may look over to
the striker’s end umpire, without moving across, for assistance on whether a
2.2.3 The third umpire shall determine whether the batter has been caught, whether ball has been hit or not, or whether the ball carried or not.
the delivery was a Bump Ball, or if the batter obstructed the field. However, in
reviewing the television replay(s), the third umpire shall first check the fairness Once the umpires come together, the 3rd umpire shall be involved .
of the delivery for all decisions involving a catch ( any mode of No ball, on
request, except for (i) in respect of the feet, which shall already have been The 3rd umpire shall respond to the on-field umpire by saying “Copy that.
checked in accordance with clause 21.5; and (ii) the bowler using an Illegal Review for (State the mode of dismissal being reviewed).
Bowling Action, subject to the proviso that the third umpire may review whether
the bowler has used a prohibited Specific Variation under Article 6.2 of the The 3rd umpire is to start the process of evaluating the evidence based on
Illegal Bowling Regulations) and whether the batter has hit the ball. If the what he/she has requested from the TV director and what is being shown.
delivery was not a fair delivery he/she shall advise the bowler’s end umpire to Where applicable the 3rd Umpire will make use of any of the DRS tools (with
signal No ball. See also paragraph 2.6 below. Additionally, if it is clear to the the exception of ball-tracking) to ascertain whether the ball has touched the
third umpire that the batter is Out by another mode of dismissal (excluding bat or glove of the batter. The 3rd umpire will exhaust all camera angles in
LBW), or Not out by any mode of dismissal (excluding LBW), he/she shall his/her endeavors to make a decision. Only if there is no footage of the
notify the bowler’s end umpire of his/her decision, which will then be displayed catch being taken, or the footage is of such a poor quality as to make it
on the big screen. impossible to make a decision the 3rd umpire should ONLY THEN revert to
the Laws of Cricket and give the batter the benefit of the doubt
2.2.4 The third umpire shall communicate his/her decision as set out in paragraph The preferred verbalization would be: With the available footage it will not be
2.1.5. possible to say with confidence that the ball has clearly carried into the
hands of the fielder, hence my decision is not out
If, while reviewing the available technologies and the footage, it becomes
clear that the ball has not hit the batter’s glove/bat, the 3 rd umpire shall make
his/her decision accordingly on the giant screen/lights
Bump ball and Fair Catch off the same delivery
 A bump ball is defined as a ball hit by the “bat” which contacts the
ground as it leaves the striker on the rise before travelling into the field.
 The protocol here will be as follows
 On-field umpires will consult first.
 The bowler’s end umpire will request the 3 rd umpire to check the bump
ball and the fair catch as part of the consultation via the radio.
 Since the 3rd umpire has already checked the front foot, he/she will
check the bump ball. If it is not a bump ball, the 3 rd umpire will go on to

T20
182
 check the fair catch.
 In the case where the replays and sound-based technology (or heat-
source technology) are of such poor quality, or there is no footage
available for the bump ball, the Laws of Cricket shall apply with the
benefit of doubt going to the batter (not out). If the 3 rd umpire is satisfied
it is NOT a bump ball, he/she will move to the fair catch, using the
footage available to make a decision. Where there is no footage of the
catch being taken, or the footage is of such a poor quality as to make it
impossible to make a decision, ONLY THEN the Laws of Cricket shall
apply with the benefit of doubt going to the batter (not out).
The preferred verbalization would be: With the available footage it will
not be possible to say with confidence that the ball has clearly carried
into the hands of the fielder, hence my decision is not out
Should the bump ball check see the batter not out, then the decision will
be put through the giant screen in the normal way. If the decision
progresses to the fair catch, the 3rd umpire will give his/her final
decision on the giant screen.
Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 2.2.3 Once the umpires come together, the 3 rd
umpire shall be involved.
With regard to Obstructing the field - Reference to batters changing direction
as the only example has been removed. All the same elements for an
umpire to determine a willful act are still to be considered. This is more in
line with the PC to cover all acts that include “willful obstruction”

Outcome of Fair Catch/Bump Ball Review – Runs counted or not?

Example 1: A fielder very close to the boundary line holds on to a ball hit on
the full by the batter. The fielder regains his/her balance and is in control.
He/she claims the catch. The batters have crossed on the first run, before
the fielder was in complete control of the ball and complete a further run
before the ball is thrown back.

The umpires consult but are not sure whether the fielder stayed within the
field of play at all times when in contact with the ball. The bowler’s end
umpire goes up for a Fair Catch to the 3rd Umpire, provided he/she is
advised it was a fair delivery (ANB).

The 3rd umpire finds the fielder has stayed within the field of play throughout.
He/she projects Out on the giant screen. No runs scored.

T20
183
 If the 3rd umpire finds the bowler has over-stepped, and advises the on-field
umpires accordingly, when the ball is dead, and then checks the boundary
fielding. The 3rd umpire finds the fielder has stayed within the field of play
throughout. The on-field umpire now makes the no ball signal, followed by
the free hit signal. The batting side benefits from the reversal of the decision
and only the one run for the no ball. Free Hit signal will follow. This is
applicable for all no balls that could be checked by the 3rd umpire upon a
dismissal.

Example 2: The fielder in the outfield brings off what seems to be a diving
catch in the deep. He/she throws the ball up in celebration. The batters have
crossed on the first run before the ball was gathered and complete a further
run before the fielder throws the ball back to the wicketkeeper. The fielding
side is appealing. 3rd umpire advises Fair Delivery.
The umpires consult and since they are unable to be sure of the catch, they
seek the 3rd umpire assistance with a Review for Fair Catch. The 3rd umpire
is satisfied that the ball bounced. The batting side will be credited with two
runs and the striker will now be facing the next ball in that over, if applicable.

Example 3: Same example as 2 above only this time the 3rd umpire finds
that the ball has been fairly caught. No runs will be scored since the ball is
dead from that point onwards. The new batter will go to the striker’s end
unless it is the end of the over.

T20
184
2.3 Boundary Decisions
2.3.1 The bowler’s end umpire shall be entitled to refer to the third umpire for a
decision on:
2.3.1.1 whether a four or six has been scored; Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 2.3.1.2: In the event a catch is held close to
2.3.1.2 whether a fielder had any part of his/her person in contact with the the boundary and there is no doubt as to the gathering of the ball. However,
ball when he/she touched the boundary; or what is in doubt is whether the fielder in contact with the ball had any contact
with the rope. The protocol to be followed is:
2.3.1.3 whether the fielder had any part of his/her person in contact with the
ball when he/she had any part of his person grounded beyond the  On field umpires will consult and either come to a decision or decide to
boundary. seek the assistance of the 3rd umpire under the “Fair Catch” process.
In these situations, the soft signal will always be ‘Out’.
2.3.1.4 the number of runs scored when a boundary results from an
 3rd umpire will then go through his/her routine of checking fairness of
overthrow or the wilful act of a fielder (see clause 19.8)
delivery, followed by all aspects of whether fielder making the catch
was within the field of play during first contact and final control of ball,
2.3.2 A decision shall be made immediately and cannot be changed thereafter. within the field of play.
2.3.3 If the television evidence is inconclusive as to whether or not a boundary has
 In the event the replays are unavailable, or of such poor quality, then
been scored, the default presumption shall be in favour of no boundary being
awarded. the benefit of doubt should stay with the batter.
2.3.4 Where the bowler’s end umpire wishes to use the assistance of the third
umpire in this circumstance, he/she shall communicate with the third umpire by
use of a two-way radio and the third umpire shall convey his/her decision to
the bowler’s end umpire by the same method.
2.3.5 The third umpire may initiate contact with the on-field umpire by two-way radio
if TV coverage shows a boundary line infringement or incident that appears not
to have been acted upon by the on-field umpires.

2.4 Batters Running to the Same End

2.4.1 Where both batters have run to the same end and the on-field umpires are
uncertain over which batter made his/her ground first, the on-field umpires may
consult with the third umpire.
2.4.2 The procedure set out in paragraph 2.3.4 shall apply.

T20
185
2.5 Short run Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 18.4.1: Question: Striker hits the ball and runs.
2.5.1 The third umpire shall automatically review any call of Short run by an on-field However, when touching down for his/her first run he/she unintentionally fails
umpire under clauses 18.3 and 18.4, communicating with the relevant on-field to ground his/her bat behind the popping crease at that end. He/she starts
umpire by two-way radio and conveying his/her decision by the same method. off on his/her second run and is sent back but fails to beat the fielder’s throw
which hits the wicket at bowler’s end. He/she is given out! Run out. Should
the bowler’s end umpire also signal one short to the scorer?
Answer: Yes, he/she should for the benefit of the scorers since in this instant
no runs are scored.

PC Clause 18.4.1: To have a short run more than one run must be
attempted. When it becomes clear to the on-field umpire that one of the
batters has clearly touched down short of the popping crease (back edge of
crease marking), and as he/she continues to run, the on-field umpire should
only advise his/her colleague in the TV box through his/her communication
device that a short run has been taken.
This information will assist the 3rd umpire to give the TV director a ‘heads
up’ that a” Short Run” check will be initiated once the ball becomes dead.
As soon as the runs are completed and the ball becomes dead, the umpire
at the respective end where the short run took place shall make a signal of
short run for the benefit of the players and his/her colleague.
The 3rd umpire will then initiate a discussion with the director – describing
the end where the alleged incident happened. Striker’s end or non-striker’s
end. You could say “3rd umpire to director, we have a check for Short run at
the non-striker’s end. Can I have your best angle”?
Once you have established that the run is short you will advise the on-field
Umpires and the Bowler’s end Umpire will make the final signal to the
scorers. (Law 2.13.1.4).
Should you discover that the run is fair, then you will advise the on-field
umpires accordingly and the umpire at the end where the short run occurred,
and who made the original signal, will then make the ‘revoke last signal’ sign
on the field of play.

T20
186
2.6 No Balls Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 2.5: Fair Delivery
2.6.1 If the bowler’s end umpire is uncertain as to the fairness of the delivery The PC Clause 21.5 relating to “Fair Delivery: the feet” is different to the
following a dismissal (other than in respect of the feet, which shall have MCC Law. The Playing Condition says, “If the bowler’s end/TV umpire is
already been checked by the third umpire), either affecting the validity of the satisfied that any of these conditions have not been met, he/she shall call
dismissal or which batter is dismissed, other than in respect of clause 21.5 and signal No ball.”
(Fair delivery – the feet) for which the third umpire will already have checked,
he/she shall be entitled to request the batter to delay leaving the field and to This means that if the bowler’s end umpire or 3rd Umpire cannot be satisfied
check the fairness of the delivery with the third umpire. Communication with that the placement of feet has breached the Law, then the umpire gives the
the third umpire shall be by two-way radio. benefit of doubt to the bowler. There must be clear and conclusive evidence
2.6.2 The third umpire shall check any mode of No ball on request (other than in that:
respect of the feet, which shall have already been checked) not already  No part of the front foot is grounded or raised behind the popping
checked except for the bowler using an Illegal Bowling Action (subject to the crease on landing (first contact)
proviso that the third umpire may review whether the bowler has used a
prohibited Specific Variation under Article 6.2 of the Illegal Bowling  The back foot did not land within and not touching the return crease
Regulations).  The front foot did not land with some part on the same side as the
2.6.3 If the delivery was not a fair delivery, the bowler’s end umpire shall indicate imaginary line joining the two middle stumps
that the batter is Not out and signal No ball (except in the case of a dismissal
for obstructing the field, which may still be effected despite a No ball being in order to rule and signal a No ball.
called, in which case the bowler’s end umpire shall indicate that the relevant
New: The 3rd umpire can check the fairness of a delivery for any applicable
batter is Out and additionally call a No ball).
dismissal where the fairness of a delivery affects the validity of the dismissal
2.6.4 If a No ball under clause 21.5, after being reviewed by the third umpire, is only or which batter is dismissed, except for the bowlers front foot not behind the
called by the bowler’s end umpire after the ball is dead, the batting side shall popping crease, since already checked, and only after being requested by
benefit from the reversal of the dismissal and the one run for the No ball but the on-field umpire.
shall not benefit from any runs that may subsequently have accrued from the
Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.3.5: Note: The 3rd umpire will check all other
delivery had the on-field umpire originally called a No ball prior to the ball
modes of No balls, other than front foot not behind the popping crease, since
becoming dead.
already checked, provided it is initiated by the on-field umpires. Understand
every time there is a Player review the 3rd umpire cannot go around
Where the batters crossed while the ball was in the air before being caught,
checking all forms of No ball unless it is obvious, or a specific request is
the batters shall return to their original ends as if the striker had been
made
dismissed, but no runs shall be credited to the striker even if one (or more)
runs were completed prior to the catch being taken. He/she cannot check for an illegal action (greater than 15 degrees) but
he/she can check on a pre-determined illegal delivery a particular bowler is
not allowed to bowl.
If following a dismissal that is not permitted off a no ball, the on-field umpire
requests that the 3rd umpire check the fairness of the delivery , other than a
front foot not behind the popping crease, since already checked, and the 3 rd
umpire confirms a no ball, then the ball is still deemed to have become dead
when the dismissal was affected. The batting side, while benefiting from the
reversal of the dismissal, will not benefit from any runs that may
subsequently have accrued from the delivery, other than the No Ball penalty
of one run.
Example of No ball affecting the validity of dismissal or which batter is

T20
187
 dismissed:
(a) Striker hits the ball into the air and non-striker willfully obstructs
fielder from taking the catch. On appeal striker would be out under
the Law since it is a catch. However, when checked by TV and
found to be a no ball then non-striker would be out since catch is
not valid.
(b) Striker plays at a ball, which hits his/her glove and lobs towards the
stumps. Striker legally hits the ball away in defense of his/her
wicket. However, wicketkeeper is standing up and deprived of
taking catch. On appeal – out obstruction. However, when checked
by 3rd umpire and found to be a no ball, then striker is not out.

Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 2.5.4:

All No ball checks following a dismissal should begin with the other forms of
No ball, except for the front foot not behind the popping crease (since
already checked) if requested by the on-field umpires
Outcome of a No Ball check following a dismissal – runs counted or not,
which batter, which end?

Example 1: Batter is bowled. Ball travels beyond the boundary. 3rd umpire
calls a front foot No ball. Batter resumes his/her innings. One penalty run for
No ball. No other runs.

Example 2: Full toss is hit high into the outfield. Fielder runs around and
takes a diving catch. Batter have crossed before the catch is completed.
Batter stands his/her ground. Umpire gives him out and then request the 3rd
umpire to check for No ball. (All forms of No ball except, for front foot not
behind popping crease and an illegal delivery). 3rd umpire finds that ball is
well above waist height. No Ball is signaled. No runs counted except for the
one run for bowling the no ball.

Example 3: Striker gets a top edge and ball goes high into the air above the
pitch. Batter complete the first run. Non-striker completes the first run and
starts off for the second. He/she now deliberately runs into the fielder about
to the hold the catch. Ball drops to the ground. 3rd umpire advises that it is a
front foot no ball
No ball is signaled. Non-striker is now given out for obstruction (since it is
not a catch as it was a no ball). One run for the no ball and one runs
completed before the obstruction. 2 runs in total scored. New batter to
wicket-keeper’s end

T20
188
 Example 4: Same scenario as above only this time it is found to be a fair
delivery. Striker is given out, no runs scored. New batter to wicketkeeper’s
end.

Point to remember: When umpire goes upstairs for a no ball check, except
for the front foot not behind the popping crease, since already checked, it
means there is a dismissal, and the ball is deemed dead at that point. Later,
if found to be a no ball, the batter would not benefit from any runs other than
the penalty for bowling the no ball

T20
189
2.7 Cameras On or Over the Field of Play
Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 2.6: PC Clause 20.1.3: This Playing condition
2.7.1 The on-field umpires shall be entitled to refer to the third umpire for a decision is broken up into 2 separate parts. The first one deals with the batter hitting
as to whether the ball has at any time during the normal course of play come the ball into the camera/cable, and the other part deals with the fielder
into contact with any part of the camera, its apparatus or its cables above the throwing the ball into the camera/cable.
playing area, as contemplated in clause 20.1.3.
 Batter hitting the ball, everything counts with the ball in play, up until
2.7.2 Where an on-field umpire wishes to use the assistance of the third umpire in the moment the ball hits the camera/cable. Either umpire could either
this circumstance, he/she shall communicate with the third umpire by use of a call and signal Dead ball. The ball shall not count, and no runs shall be
two-way radio and the third umpire shall convey his/her decision to the scored. Except in the case of a No ball where the one Penalty run will
bowler’s end umpire by the same method. stand, and the free hit will be incurred
2.7.3 A decision shall be made immediately and cannot be changed thereafter. If the  The batter could be Out “hit wicket” before the ball hits the camera. In
television evidence is inconclusive as to whether or not the ball has come into this case, the batter is dismissed, as the ball is still in play when the
contact with any part of the camera, its apparatus or its cables above the wicket was put down and the ball has become dead upon dismissal.
playing area, the default presumption shall be in favour of no contact having The ball hitting the camera / cable is irrelevant.
been made.  Fielder throwing the ball, the ball becomes Dead at the point of
contact. Everything is counted up to that moment. The ball DOES
2.7.4 The third umpire may initiate contact with the on-field umpire by two-way radio count as one in the over unless a no ball has been called. No other
if TV coverage shows the ball to have been in contact with any part of the runs including Penalty runs shall be scored. The free hit will be
camera or its cables above the playing area as envisaged under this incurred.
paragraph.
Should the ball be deflected off an umpire, batter or fielder before hitting a
camera/cable, then the act of either the batter hitting the ball or fielder
throwing the ball, if applicable in the first instance, is what has to be applied.
The on-field umpires are now permitted to consult with the 3 rd umpire on
whether or not the ball did touch an elevated camera, cable or apparatus.
VIDEO EXAMPLE: BALL STRIKING CAMERA OVER THE PLAYING
AREA – DEAD BALL - REBOWLED

T20
190
3 Player Review Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.1.1: It is mandatory that the on-field Umpires
The following paragraphs shall operate in addition to and in conjunction with wait until they are informed by the 3rd umpire of the legality of the delivery
paragraph 2 (Umpire Review). (some part of front foot behind the popping crease - ANB), before they
accept a request for a Player Review, since the advice of No ball would
3.1 Circumstances in which a Player Review may be requested annul the Player Review.
3.1.1 A player may request a review of any decision taken by the on-field umpires
concerning whether or not a batter is dismissed, with the exception of ‘Timed Where no appeal has been forthcoming and the fielding captain then asks
Out’ (Player Review). for a review, this should be viewed as an appeal being made.

3.1.2 No other decisions made by the umpires are eligible for a Player Review. Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.1.4: The only exception to Appendix D: DRS
PC Clause 3.1.1 above would be if following a possible dismissal that may
3.1.3 Only the batter involved in a dismissal may request a Player Review of an Out
have been the subject of an Umpire Review but was not reviewed, which
decision and only the captain (or acting captain) of the fielding team may
could then be eligible for a Player review even though a no ball has been
request a Player Review of a Not out decision.
advised i.e., Run out, Obstruction.
3.1.4 A decision concerning whether or not a batter is dismissed that could have
been the subject of a Umpire Review under paragraph 2 is eligible for a Player All player reviews should be entertained, however frivolous they may appear
Review as soon as it is clear that the on-field umpire has chosen not to initiate to be.
the Umpire Review.

T20
191
 Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.2.2: Time frame: If no Player review request
3.2 The manner of requesting the Player Review is made within or immediately after 15 second has lapsed from the time the
3.2.1 The request shall be made by the player making a ‘T’ sign with both forearms ball becomes dead the review will not be entertained by the on-field umpires.
at head height. For example, if immediately following the on-field umpire calling out ’zero
3.2.2 The total time elapsed between the ball becoming dead and the review request seconds’ the relevant member of either side asks for the review, it will be
being made shall be no more than 15 seconds. The bowler’s end umpire shall accepted. Any further delay following this call will nullify the acceptance of
provide the relevant player with a prompt after 10 seconds if the request has the review.
not been made at that time and the player shall request the review immediately
thereafter. If the on-field umpires believe that a request has not been made The 3rd umpire must ensure he/she starts his/her countdown of the 15
within the 15 second time limit, they shall decline the request for a Player seconds only after the ball becomes dead. Any actions by the batter of
Review. running or the fielding side of gathering the ball etc. must be construed as
3.2.3 The captain may consult with the bowler and other fielders, and the two batters meaning the ball is still in play.
may consult with each other prior to deciding whether to request a Player
Review. Either the captain or the two batters may, in respect of a decision The 3rd umpire must ensure he/she uses the time displayed on the DRS
relating to an appeal for LBW, question the bowler’s end umpire as to whether timer to call out the seconds as this will ensure consistency in the actual
his/her decision has been made on the basis that the striker made no genuine timeframe of the 15 seconds permitted.
attempt to play the ball with the bat. Under no other circumstances is any The tablet timer countdown should also be reflected on the replay screen,
player permitted to query an umpire about any aspect of a decision before where available, for the players and umpires to see
deciding on whether or not to request a Player Review. If the on-field umpires
believe that the captain or either batter has received direct or indirect input
emanating other than from the players on the field, then they may at their Pre-match discussion by the PCT will ensure such routines and protocols for
discretion decline the request for a Player Review. In particular, signals from counting.
the dressing room must not be given. It has also been decided that should the striker be incapacitated and at the
3.2.4 No replays, either at normal speed or slow motion, shall be shown on a big same time been given out – the 15 second time limit could be utilized on
screen to spectators until the 15 second time limit allowed for requesting a his/her behalf by his/her colleague.
Player Review has elapsed.
3.2.5 Where either on-field umpire initiates an Umpire Review, this does not Example: Fast bowler runs in and delivers a short ball. The batter gets
preclude a player seeking a Player Review of a separate incident from the his/her bat up near the line of the delivery, the ball hits the helmet and is
same delivery. The request for a Player Review may be made after the Umpire taken by the keeper who goes up with a big appeal. The batter is given out.
Review, provided the request is still within the 15 second time limit described
in paragraph 3.2.2 above. (See paragraphs 3.9.2Error: Reference source not The countdown clock commences. The batter staggers/stumbles and falls to
found and 3.9.3 below for the process for addressing both an Umpire and the ground. The non-striker is convinced that he/she did not hit the ball and
Player Review). says same to the umpire – the non-striker would be allowed to review on
3.2.6 A request for a Player Review cannot be withdrawn once it has been made. behalf of his/her colleague, as long as it is within the 15 seconds time frame

T20
192
3.3 The process of consultation
3.3.1 On receipt of an eligible and timely request for a Player Review, the relevant
on-field umpire shall make the sign of a shape of a TV screen with his/her
hands in the normal way.
3.3.2 The relevant on-field umpire shall initiate communication with the third umpire
by confirming;
3.3.2.1 That a Player Review has been requested,
3.3.2.2 The mode of dismissal for which the relevant on-field umpire
adjudicated the appeal,
3.3.2.3 The decision that has been made (Out or Not out), and;
Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.3.2.4: On request of a timely request for a
3.3.2.4 For LBW appeals, where relevant, if the bowler’s end umpire Players Review the on-field umpire shall communicate with 3rd umpire by
believed that the striker made no genuine attempt to play the ball confirming that:
with the bat (the default presumption of the third umpire in the
 A review has been requested
absence of any information on this point from the bowler’s end
 The mode of dismissal for which the umpire made his/her decision.
umpire shall be that a genuine attempt to play the ball with the bat
 The decision that has been made (Out or Not out)
was made).
 For LBW where relevant – if the striker made a genuine attempt to play
3.3.3 A two-way consultation process shall begin to investigate whether there is at the ball with the bat. In the absence of this information, it will be
anything that the third umpire can see or hear which would indicate that the taken for granted that the striker had made an attempt to play the ball.
on-field umpire should change his/her original decision.
However, if doubt exist – the 3rd umpire could make an inquiry from the
3.3.4 The third umpire shall not withhold any factual information which may help in relevant on-field umpire as to whether he/she was satisfied a shot was
the decision making process. In particular, in reviewing a dismissal, if the third played.
umpire believes that the batter may instead be Out by any other mode of It is important that this information is ascertained in the event there is not
dismissal, he/she shall advise the on-field umpire accordingly. The process of shot played, as this information will form part of the graphic on the ‘ball
consultation described in this paragraph in respect of such other mode of tracker’ screen, on the top left hand corner to the effect ‘no shot offered’.
dismissal shall then be conducted as if the batter has been given Not out.
3.3.5 The third umpire shall initially check all modes of No ball except for the bowler Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.3.5: Note: The 3rd umpire will check all other
using an Illegal Bowling Action (subject to the proviso that the third umpire may modes of No balls, other than front foot not behind the popping crease, since
review whether the bowler has used a prohibited Specific Variation under already checked, provided it is initiated by the on-field umpires. Understand
Article 6.2 of the Illegal Bowling Regulations), where appropriate advising the every time there is a Player review the 3rd umpire cannot go around
on-field umpire accordingly. checking all forms of No ball unless it is obvious, or a specific request is
3.3.6 If despite the available technology, the third umpire is unable to decide with a made.
high degree of confidence whether the original on-field decision should be
changed, then he/she shall report that the replays are ‘inconclusive’, and that
the on-field decision shall stand. The third umpire shall not give answers
conveying likelihoods or probabilities.
Even if one or more of the DRS technologies is down, Player and
3.3.7 In circumstances where the television technology (all or parts thereof) is not Umpire Reviews will still be conducted utilizing any available
available to the third umpire or fails for whatever reason, the third umpire shall technology and footage.
advise the on-field umpire of this fact but still provide any relevant factual

T20
193
 information that may be ascertained from the available television replays and
other technology.
3.3.8 The on-field umpire shall then make his/her decision based on the information
provided by the third umpire, any other factual information offered by the third
umpire and his/her recollection and opinion of the original incident.
3.3.9 The on-field umpire shall reverse his/her decision if the nature of the
supplementary information received from the third umpire leads him/her to
conclude that his/her original decision was incorrect.

T20
194
3.4 Review of LBW Decisions
3.4.1 In assessing whether a batter is Out LBW in accordance with clause 36, the
third umpire shall first judge whether the delivery is fair (as set out in clause
36.1.1), and second, whether or not the ball has touched the bat before being
intercepted by any part of the striker’s person (as set out in clause 36.1.3).
3.4.2 If the batter is still eligible to be Out, the ball-tracking technology shall then
present three pieces of information to the third umpire relating to the path of
the ball:
3.4.2.1 The point of pitching (where applicable) (PITCHING) Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.4.2.2: IMPACT: Note: The new Law 36.1.3
relating to simultaneous contact with bat and pad to be defined as bat first
3.4.2.2 The position of the ball at the point of first interception (IMPACT) has not been incorporated in the ICC playing conditions. The playing
conditions are:
3.4.2.3 Whether the ball would have hit the wicket (WICKET)
On-field umpire must be satisfied that the ball has been intercepted by the
3.4.3 This Decision Review System (DRS) and Third Umpire Protocol includes a
pad/person first, otherwise Not out. (Benefit of doubt to the batter)
category of Umpire’s Call, which shall be the conclusion reported where the
technology indicates a marginal decision in respect of either the point of first
DRS review – 3rd umpire needs conclusive evidence the on-field decision
interception or whether the ball would have hit the stumps.
was incorrect (out decision – needs to confirm bat first to reverse, not out
decision – needs to confirm pad first to proceed to ball-tracking)
3.4.4 PITCHING
3.4.4.1 The interpretation of “pitches in line between wicket and wicket” in
clause 36.1.2 shall refer to the position of the centre of the ball at
the point of pitching, in relation to the Pitching Zone.
3.4.4.2 The Pitching Zone is defined as a two dimensional area on the pitch
between both sets of stumps with its boundaries consisting of the
base of both sets of stumps and a line between the outside of the
outer stumps at each end.
3.4.4.3 Where applicable, the ball-tracking technology shall report that the
ball pitched in one of the following three areas in relation to the
Pitching Zone:
In Line The centre of the ball was inside the
Pitching Zone

Outside Off The centre of the ball was outside, and to

the off side of, the Pitching Zone

Outside Leg The centre of the ball was outside, and to

the leg side of, the Pitching Zone

3.4.4.4 Subject to the satisfaction of the other elements of clause 36, the
batter can be Out if the ball-tracking technology reports that the ball

T20
195
 pitched Outside Off or In Line, but the batter shall be Not out if the
ball pitched Outside Leg.
3.4.5 IMPACT
3.4.5.1 The interpretation of “the (first) point of impact, even if in above the
level of the bails, is between wicket and wicket” in clause 36.1.4
shall refer to the position of the ball at the point of first interception,
in relation to the Impact Zone.
3.4.5.2 The Impact Zone is defined as a three dimensional space extending
between both wickets to an indefinite height and with its boundaries
consisting of a line between the outside of the outer stumps at each
end.
3.4.5.3 The ball-tracking technology shall report that the point of first
interception was in one of the following categories in relation to the
Impact Zone:
In Line The centre of the ball was inside the
Impact Zone

Umpire’s Call Some part of the ball was inside the

Impact Zone, but the centre of the ball
was outside the Impact Zone, with the
further sub-category of ‘Umpire’s Call
(off side)’ where the centre of the ball
was to the off side of the Impact Zone
and the bowler’s end umpire
communicates to the third umpire that
no genuine attempt to play the ball was
made by the batter.

Outside No part of the ball was inside the Impact

Zone, with the further sub-categories of
‘Outside (off)’ and ‘Outside (leg)’ to
indicate the location of the point of first
interception in relation to the Impact
Zone when the bowler’s end umpire
communicates to the third umpire that
no genuine attempt to play the ball was
made by the batter.

3.4.5.4 Where a Not out decision is being reviewed, and it is judged that the
batter has made a genuine attempt to play the ball, the ball-tracking
technology must report that the point of first interception was In Line

T20
196
 for the batter to be eligible to be given Out, otherwise the batter
shall remain Not out.
3.4.5.5 Where a Not out decision is being reviewed, and it is judged that the
batter has made no genuine attempt to play the ball, the ball-
tracking technology must report that the point of impact was In Line,
or Umpire’s Call (off side), or Outside (off) for the batter to be
eligible to be given Out, otherwise the batter shall remain Not out.
3.4.5.6 Where an Out decision is being reviewed, and it is judged that the
batter has made a genuine attempt to play the ball, the ball-tracking
technology must report that the point of first interception was
Outside for the decision to be reversed to Not out, otherwise the
batter shall remain eligible to be given Out.
3.4.5.7 Where an Out decision is being reviewed, and it is judged that the
batter has made no genuine attempt to play the ball, the ball-
tracking technology must report that the point of first interception
was Outside (leg) for the decision to be reversed to Not out,
otherwise the batter shall remain eligible to be given Out.
3.4.6 WICKET
3.4.6.1 The interpretation of whether “the ball would have hit the wicket” in
clause 36.1.5 shall refer to position of the ball as it either hits or
passes the wicket, in relation to the Wicket Zone.
3.4.6.2 The Wicket Zone is defined as a two dimensional area whose
boundaries are the outside of the outer stumps, the base of the
stumps and the top of the stumps.
3.4.6.3 The ball-tracking technology shall report whether the ball would
have hit the wicket with reference to the following three categories:
Hitting The ball was hitting the wicket, and the
centre of the ball was inside the Wicket
Zone

Umpire’s Call The ball was hitting the wicket, but the
centre of the ball was not inside the
Wicket Zone

Missing The ball was missing the wicket

3.4.6.4 Where a Not out decision is being reviewed, the ball-tracking

technology must report that the ball was Hitting for the batter to be
eligible to be given Out, otherwise the batter shall remain Not out.
Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.4.6.4: Note: When a Not out decision for

T20
197
 However, where the evidence shows that the ball was Hitting, the LBW is being reviewed, and technology shows the point of first interception
point of first interception was In Line, and the ball pitched In Line was 300cm or more from the stumps or the point of first interception was
or Outside Off, but that: more than 250cm but less than 300cm and the travelling distance from
• The point of first interception was 300cm or more from the pitching to first impact is less than 40cm in the same ball – then a Not out
stumps; or decision will always remain Not out.
However, should this decision have been given Out – then in order to
• The point of first interception was more than 250cm but less change it the ball would have to be shown completely missing the stumps.
than 300cm from the stumps and the distance between the point In the event a 300cm or more or a 250cm but less than 300cm and travelling
of pitching and the point of first interception was less than 40cm,
distance of 40cm in the same ball is projected on the screen – this will
the on-field decision shall stand (that is, Not out).
always be tagged as an umpires call for a Not out decision. An "out"
3.4.6.5 Where an Out decision is being reviewed, the ball-tracking decision where the 300cm graphic is displayed, will not be tagged as
technology must report that the ball was Missing for the on-field umpire's call. Only a not out decision will be tagged as "umpire's call" for
decision to be reversed to Not out, otherwise the batter shall remain distance
eligible to be given Out.
3.4.7 When the ball strikes the batter on the full, and the evidence provided by the It also becomes important for the TV director to keep running the frames till
ball-tracking technology indicates that the ball would have pitched before the final conclusion of ball hitting the stumps or not, and not freeze it like
striking or passing the wicket, there will be no information available from that they do for ball pitching outside leg stump.
delivery that will allow the ball-tracking technology to accurately predict the
height of the ball after pitching. Example:
3.4.8 With regard to determining whether the ball would have hit the wicket under
these circumstances, the ball-tracking technology shall project the line of the LBW given not out and reviewed.
ball in accordance with clause 36.2.3 (it is to be assumed that the path of the Point of interception – 300cm or more/or 250cm but less than 300cm and 40
ball before interception would have continued after interception, irrespective of cm – tagged Umpires Call
whether the ball might have pitched subsequently or not), and display the Pitching – Outside off
simulated path of the ball from directly above the wicket. Impact – in line
3.4.9 The third umpire shall advise the bowler’s end umpire only on the point of first Stumps – hitting
interception and whether the ball would have hit the stumps (in line with the Decision will remain unchanged i.e. Not out but fielding side will retain
process set out in paragraph 3.4 above), but shall make no comment on the review because of Umpires call on interception as above.
predicted height of the ball after pitching, which shall remain a judgment of the
bowler’s end umpire. In the event a 300cm or more or a 250cm but less than 300cm and travelling
distance of less than 40cm in the same ball is projected on the screen – this
will always be tagged as an umpires call for a Not out decision.

It also becomes important for the TV director to keep running the frames till
the final conclusion of ball hitting the stumps or not, and not freeze it like
they do for ball pitching outside leg stump.

Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.4.7: Where the ball strikes the batter on the
full and evidence provided by ball tracking technology indicates that the ball
would have pitched before striking or passing the wicket – note: there will be
no information available to allow ball tracking technology to accurately

T20
198
 predict height of the ball after pitching.

Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.4.8: All that the technology will provide is the
line of the ball after interception, which is assumed to be the path it took
before interception. This simulated path of the ball will be displayed from
directly above the wicket.

Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.4.9: The 3rd umpire advises the point of first
interception and whether the ball would have hit the stumps. All judgement
with regard to the height of the ball after pitching shall remain with the
bowler’s end umpire.

This only applies to reviews where the ball impacts the striker on the full and
is predicted to pitch or land between the striker and the stumps.

Height prediction should not be shown, although the broadcaster still might,
the 3rd Umpire is not to use or advise on any height replay if they do. The
path prediction will be shown from the “top” view. The 3rd umpire will not
have a role to play in advising on height.

T20
199
3.5 The process for communicating the final decision The 3rd umpire after having processed a Player review and once arriving at
3.5.1 For Player Reviews concerning potential dismissals, the relevant on-field his/her final decision should for the sake of consistency request the TV
umpire shall indicate Out by raising his/her finger above his/her head in a director to get the on-field umpire on screen, advise him of the outcome of
normal yet prominent manner or indicate Not out by the call of ‘not out’ and by the review and asks him to confirm or revoke his/her decision and follow up
crossing his/her hands in a horizontal position side to side in front and above with the correct one.
his/her waist three times. 3rd umpire has an obligation to rectify if he sees a ball called a leg bye
coming off the bat, or if the evidence shows that a ball called wide has made
Where the decision is a reversal of the on-field umpire’s previous decision, contact with the person or equipment of the striker.
he/she shall make the ‘revoke last signal’ indication immediately prior to the
above.
3.5.2 If the mode of dismissal is not obvious or not the same as that on which the
original decision was based, then the umpire shall advise the scorers via the
third umpire.

T20
200
3.6 Number of Player Review requests permitted
3.6.1 In each innings, each team shall be allowed to make a maximum of two Player Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.6.1 – Two unsuccessful player reviews per
Review request that is categorised as ‘Unsuccessful’ (as set out in paragraph team per innings is permitted. See 3.6.4 below – wherein review is retained
3.6.3 below). even though unsuccessful.
In the event of the match ending in a tie, all reviews in the main match will
3.6.2 Where a request for a Player Review results in the original on-field decision fall away, and each team will receive one unsuccessful review per innings of
being reversed, then the Player Review shall be categorised as ‘Successful’ the Super Over.
and shall not count towards the innings limit.
3.6.3 Where a request for a Player Review results in the original on-field decision As part of the decision review, if it becomes obvious that the 3 rd Umpire
remaining unchanged (other than in the circumstances set out in paragraphs needs to advise of a change of on field decision, this may also involve the
3.6.4, 3.6.6 or 3.6.8), the Player Review shall be categorised as reversal of a wide or non-wide call. This is only in DRS matches where the
’Unsuccessful’. DRS tools are used.

3.6.4 Where a request for a Player Review of an LBW decision results in the on-field 1. Umpire gives batter out caught (doesn’t call wide), player review
decision remaining unchanged solely on the basis of an Umpire’s Call, the requested (batter)
Player Review shall be categorised as ‘Unchanged – Umpire’s Call’. A Player  Batter did not hit ball (no hot spot, no audio, no deviation) – decision
Review categorised as ‘Unchanged – Umpire’s Call’ shall not count towards to be reversed
the innings limit set out in paragraph 3.6.1.
 If clearly down the leg side or clearly over the head, then wide
3.6.5 Where, following a request for a Player Review, the original on-field decision of should be called and signaled following the reversal
Out is unchanged, but for a different mode of dismissal from the original on- o Neither side is disadvantaged by the late call (ball was dead
field decision, then the Player Review shall still be categorised as after the “wide”)
’Unsuccessful’. o Consistent with the fairness of delivery check of No ball in the
3.6.6 Where, following a request for a Player Review, the original on-field decision of technology playing conditions
Not out is unchanged on account of the delivery being a No ball (for any
reason), thereby not requiring any further evaluation, the Player Review shall 2. Umpire gives the batter not out caught (calls wide), player review
not be counted as ‘Unsuccessful’ and accordingly shall not count towards the requested (fielding team)
innings limit set out in paragraph 3.6.1.  Batter hits the ball (hot spot, or good clean audio or deviation found)
– decision to be reversed
3.6.7 Where a Player Review and an Umpire Review are requested from the same  As part of the reversal, the wide call also HAS to be reversed and
delivery and the decision of the third umpire from the Umpire Review renders not scored as he/she cannot be out off a wide. If he/she is out, it’s
the Player Review unnecessary (see paragraphs 3.9.2 and 3.9.3), the Player not a “wide”.
Review request shall be disregarded and accordingly shall not count towards  Consistent with Law
the innings limit set out in paragraph 3.6.1.  Batter not out caught as ball has missed bat but turns out the ball
has hit pads/person and not the bat, the decision remains as not out.
3.6.8 A Player Review categorised as ‘Unsuccessful’ may be reinstated by the ICC
Decision remains as not out, signaled by waving the hands in front
Match Referee at his/her sole discretion (if appropriate after consultation with
below the waist, then revoking signal for the wide. This sequence is
the ICC Technical Official and/or the television broadcast director) if the Player
vital. It would have to be conclusive that the ball hit the
Review could not properly be concluded due to a failure of the technology. Any
body/pad for the wide to be rescinded.
such decision shall be final and shall be taken as soon as possible, being
communicated to both teams once all the relevant facts have been ascertained
by the ICC Match Referee. A Player Review categorised as ‘Unsuccessful’
shall not be reinstated if, despite any technical failures, the correct decision
Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.6.4: Where a Players review for a LBW
could still have been made using the other available technology. Similarly, a
results in the on-field umpires decision remaining unchanged solely as a

T20
201
 Player Review categorised as ‘Unsuccessful’ shall not be reinstated where the result of an Umpires call, the original decision shall stand but the challenging
technology worked as intended, but the evidence gleaned from its use was team will not lose a Review.
inconclusive.
In the event a 300cm or more or a 250cm but less than 300cm and travelling
3.6.9 The third umpire shall be responsible for counting the number Player Reviews distance of less than 40cm in the same ball is projected on the screen, this
categorised as ‘Unsuccessful’ and shall advise the on-field umpires once either will always be tagged as an umpires call for a Not out decision.
team has exhausted their allowance for the innings.
3.6.10 The scoreboard shall display, for the innings in progress, the number of Player It also becomes important for the TV director to keep running the frames till
Reviews remaining available to each team. the final conclusion of ball hitting the stumps or not, and not freeze it like
they do for ball pitching outside leg stump.

Category of Player Outcome of Consequence of Player Example:

Review Player Review
Review LBW given not out and reviewed.
Point of interception – 300cm or more/or 250cm but less than 300cm and 40
Successful On-field Does not count towards innings cm – tagged Umpires Call
(paragraph 3.6.2) decision limit set out in paragraph 3.6.1 Pitching – Outside off
reversed Impact – in line
Stumps – hitting
Unsuccessful On-field Counts towards innings limit set Decision will remain unchanged i.e. Not out but fielding side will retain
(paragraphs 3.6.3 decision out in paragraph 3.6.1 review because of Umpires call on interception as above.
and 3.5.5) unchanged

Unchanged – On-field Does not count towards innings

Umpire’s Call decision limit set out in paragraph 3.6.1
(paragraph 3.6.4) unchanged

No ball – no On-field Does not count towards innings

evaluation required decision limit set out in paragraph 3.6.1
(paragraph 3.6.6) unchanged

Failure of On-field Does not count towards innings

technology decision limit set out in paragraph 3.6.1
(paragraph 3.6.8) unchanged

T20
202
3.7 Dead ball
3.7.1 If following a Player Review request, an original decision of Out is changed to
Not out, then the ball is still deemed to have become dead when the original
decision was made (as per clause 20.1.1.3).

The batting side, while benefiting from the reversal of the dismissal, shall not
benefit from any runs that may subsequently have accrued from the delivery
had the on-field umpire originally made a Not out decision, other than any No
ball penalty that could arise under paragraph 3.3.5 above.
3.7.2 If an original decision of Not out is changed to Out, the ball shall
retrospectively be deemed to have become dead from the moment of the
dismissal event. All subsequent events, including any runs scored, shall be
ignored.

3.8 Use of technology

3.8.1 The following technology may be used by the third umpire during a Player
Review:
3.8.1.1 Replays, at any speed, from any available broadcast camera The introduction of Auto No Ball (ANB) in DRS matches necessitates the
use of a tri-split screen incorporated into the 3rd umpire’s screen for the
3.8.1.2 Sound from the stump microphones with the replays at normal judging of front foot no balls strictly by the 3rd umpire.
speed and slow motion
Should there be a breakdown in the technology available, the 3rd umpire
3.8.1.3 Approved ball-tracking technology:
must immediately inform the on-field umpires of the breakdown and that the
• HawkEye (HawkEye Innovations), or; on-field umpires will be responsible for calling front foot no balls until the
• VirtualEye (ARL) technology is restored.
3.8.1.4 Approved sound-based edge detection technology:
• Real-Time Snickometer (BBG Sports), or;
• UltraEdge (HawkEye Innovations)
3.8.1.5 Approved heat-based edge detection technology:
• Hot Spot cameras (BBG Sports)
3.8.1.6 LED Wickets (using the lights to indicate if the wicket is broken, as
set out in paragraph 4.2):
• Zing Bails and Stumps
3.8.2 In addition, other forms of technology may be used subject to the ICC being
satisfied that the required standards of accuracy and time efficiency can be
met.
3.8.3 Where practical usage or further testing indicates that any of the above forms
of technology cannot reliably provide accurate and timely information, then it

T20
203
 may be removed prior to or during a match. The final decision regarding the
technology to be used in a given match shall be taken by the ICC Match
Referee in consultation with the ICC Technical Official, ICC management and
the competing teams’ governing bodies.

3.9 Combining Umpire Review with Player Review

3.9.1 If an Umpire Review (under paragraph 2) and a request for a Player Review
(under paragraph 3) are made following the same delivery but relating to
separate modes of dismissal, the following process shall apply.
Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.9.2: The following four questions all
3.9.2 The Umpire Review shall be carried out prior to the Player Review if all of the answered with a yes means the Umpire review will be taken first:
following conditions apply:
3.9.2.1 The Player Review has been requested by the fielding side 1. Fielding side making the appeal.
2. Both reviews pertain to same batter
3.9.2.2 The Umpire Review and the Player Review both relate to the 3. If either review is taken – the number of runs scored should the
dismissal of the same batter batter be out would be the same.
4. If either review is taken – and the batter is out – the next delivery
3.9.2.3 If the batter is out, the number of runs scored from the delivery
will be faced by the same batter.
would be the same for both modes of dismissal
3.9.2.4 If the batter is out, the batter on strike for the next delivery would be If not: take chronological order i.e. what came first.
the same for both modes of dismissal.
Example 1: The striker is hit on the pads and there is an appeal which is
3.9.3 If the Umpire Review leads the third umpire to make a decision of Out, then given not out. The striker starts to run and is sent back. The wicket is put
this shall be displayed in the usual manner and the Player Review shall not be down at the wicketkeeper’s end with the striker trying to get back. There is
undertaken. If the Umpire Review results in a Not out decision, then the third an appeal for Run out. The Fielding Captain requests a review for the LBW
umpire shall make no public decision but shall proceed to address the request within the 15 second window. The striker’s end umpire goes up to the 3rd
for a Player Review. umpire for Run out. The Bowler’s end umpire goes up to the 3rd umpire to
3.9.4 For illustration, following an LBW appeal which is given Not out by the bowler’s convey the player review for LBW.
end umpire, the striker sets off for a run, is sent back and there is an appeal for
his/her run out. The players request that the LBW decision is reviewed and the Conduct the Umpire Review for Run out first since all four questions
umpires request that the run out be reviewed. The four criteria above are answered with a YES.
satisfied, so the run out referral is determined first. Should the appeal for run
out be Out, then there is no requirement for the LBW review to take place. Example 2: the striker is hit on the pads and there is an appeal which is
given not out. The batters start to run, and the wicket is broken at the
3.9.5 In all other circumstances, the incidents shall be addressed in chronological bowler’s end with the striker diving to make his/her ground at that end. There
order. If the conclusion from the first incident is that a batter is dismissed, then is an appeal for Run out which the bowler’s end umpire refers to the 3rd
the ball would be deemed to have become dead at that point, rendering umpire and the Fielding Captain reviews the LBW, which the bowler’s end
investigation of the second incident unnecessary. umpire also sends to the 3rd umpire.

Conduct the reviews in chronological order, starting with the Player Review
for LBW, as the 4th question would have to be answered with a NO.

T20
204
4 Interpretation of Playing Conditions Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.9.24.1 & Appendix D: DRS PC Clause
3.9.24.2: When using LED wickets, it is only when the bail/s light up that it
4.1 When using a replay to determine the moment at which the wicket has been indicates the wicket has been broken, i.e. a bail has lost complete contact
put down (as per clause 29.1), the third umpire shall deem this to be the first with the groove/s on which it sits at both of its ends.
frame in which one of the bails is shown (or can be deduced) to have lost all
contact with the top of the stumps and subsequent frames show the bail Just a reminder that the LED bails will light up independently, but both
permanently removed from the top of the stumps. stumps will illuminate when one bail is removed. Zing bails once illuminated,
will remain illuminated for at least 4 – 5 seconds. This means that if a zing
4.2 Where LED Wickets are used (as provided for in paragraph 3.8.1.6) the bail that has broken contact with both grooves of the stumps, lights up but
moment at which the wicket has been put down (as per clause 29.1) shall be then falls back on to a stationary position on top of the stumps, it will stay lit
deemed to be the first frame in which the LED lights are illuminated and up, and if then only the wicket is put down, the 3rd umpire must ensure
subsequent frames show the bail permanently removed from the top of the he/she has visuals of the bail completely free of the stumps before he/she
stumps. makes up his/her mind that the wicket is fairly down.

VIDEO EXAMPLE: LED WICKETS – FIRST FRAME LED BAILS LIGHT

UP

VIDEO EXAMPLE: LED WICKETS – FIRST FRAME LED BAILS LIGHT

UP 2

VIDEO EXAMPLE: LED WICKETS – ONE SPIGOT OF BAIL STILL IN

GROOVE – NO LED LIGHT-UP

T20
205
 Appendices to ICC T20I Match Playing Conditions

(incorporating the 2017 Code of the MCC Laws of Cricket)

A. Definitions

B. Equipment

1. The bat

2. The wickets

3. Wicket-keeping gloves

C. The venue

1. The pitch and the creases

2. Advertising on grounds, perimeter boards and sight-screens

3. Markings on outfield

D. Decision Review System (DRS) and Third Umpire Protocol

E. Calculations

T20
206
 Appendix A

Definitions

1 The match
1.1 The game is used in these Playing Conditions as a general term meaning the Game of Cricket.
1.2 A match is a single Twenty20 International match between two teams, played under these Playing Conditions.
1.3 T20I is an abbreviation for Twenty20 International.
1.4 A Super Over is a procedure that may be adopted for determining the result of a tied match, as set out in Appendix F.
1.5 The toss is the toss for choice of innings.
1.6 Before the toss is at any time before the toss on the day of the match.
1.7 Before the match is at any time before the toss, not restricted to the day of the match.
1.8 DLS is the Duckworth/Lewis/Stern method for determining the target score for the team batting second in an interrupted match, details of which are set out
on the ICC website.
1.9 During the match is at any time after the toss until the conclusion of the match, whether play is in progress or not.
1.10 Playing time is any time between the call of Play and the call of Time. See clauses 12.1 (Call of Play) and 12.2 (Call of Time).
1.11 Conduct of the match includes any action relevant to the match at any time.
1.12 Ground Authority is the entity responsible for the selection and preparation of the pitch and other functions relating to the hosting and management of the
match, including any agents acting on their behalf (including but not limited to the curator or other ground staff).
1.13 Home Board is the ICC member responsible for the home team and the hosting of the match.
1.14 Visiting Board is the ICC member responsible for the visiting team.
1.15 The Spirit of Cricket refers to the values of respect and fair play that underpin the game of cricket, as set out in the Preamble to these Playing Conditions.
1.16 The ICC Code of Conduct is the ICC Code of Conduct for Players and Player Support Personnel, as amended from time to time.

2 Implements and equipment

2.1 Implements used in the match are the bat, the ball, the stumps and bails.
2.2 External protective equipment is any visible item of apparel worn for protection against external blows.
For a batter, items permitted are a protective helmet, external leg guards (batting pads), batting gloves and, if visible, forearm guards.

For a fielder, only a protective helmet is permitted, except in the case of a wicket-keeper, for whom wicket-keeping pads and gloves are also permitted.

T20
207
2.3 A protective helmet is headwear made of hard material and designed to protect the head or the face or both, which shall (in line with the Clothing and
Equipment Regulations) be certified to BS7928:2013. For the purposes of interpreting these Playing Conditions, such a description will include faceguards,
head, neck and/or face grilles and neck guards.
2.4 Equipment – a batter’s equipment is his/her bat as defined above, together with any external protective equipment he/she is wearing.
A fielder’s equipment is any external protective equipment that he/she is wearing.

2.5 The bat – the following are to be considered as part of the bat:
- the whole of the bat itself.

- the whole of a glove (or gloves) worn on the hand (or hands) holding the bat.

- the hand (or hands) holding the bat, if the batter is not wearing a glove on that hand or on those hands.

2.6 Held in batter’s hand. Contact between a batter’s hand, or glove worn on his/her hand, and any part of the bat shall constitute the bat being held in that
hand.

3 The playing area

3.1 The field of play is the area contained within the boundary.
3.2 The square is a specially prepared area of the field of play within which the match pitch is situated.
3.3 The outfield is that part of the field of play between the square and the boundary.

4 Positioning
4.1 Behind the popping crease at one end of the pitch is that area of the field of play, including any other marking, objects and persons therein, that is on that
side of the popping crease that does not include the creases at the opposite end of the pitch. Behind, in relation to any other marking, object or person,
follows the same principle. See the diagram in paragraph 13.
4.2 In front of the popping crease at one end of the pitch is that area of the field of play, including any other marking, objects and persons therein, that is on
that side of the popping crease that includes the creases at the opposite end of the pitch. In front of, in relation to any other marking, object or person,
follows the same principle. See the diagram in paragraph 13.
4.3 The striker’s end is the place where the striker stands to receive a delivery from the bowler only insofar as it identifies, independently of where the striker
may subsequently move, one end of the pitch.
4.4 The bowler’s end is the end from which the bowler delivers the ball. It is the other end of the pitch from the striker’s end and identifies that end of the pitch
that is not the striker’s end as described in paragraph 4.3.
4.5 The wicket-keeper’s end is the same as the striker’s end as described in paragraph 4.3.
4.6 In front of the line of the striker’s wicket is in the area of the field of play in front of the imaginary line joining the fronts of the stumps at the striker’s end;
this line to be considered extended in both directions to the boundary. See paragraph 4.2.

T20
208
4.7 Behind the wicket is in the area of the field of play behind the imaginary line joining the backs of the stumps at the appropriate end; this line to be
considered extended in both directions to the boundary. See paragraph 4.1.
4.8 Behind the wicket-keeper is behind the wicket at the striker’s end, as defined above, but in line with both sets of stumps and further from the stumps than
the wicket-keeper.
4.9 Off side/on (leg) side – see diagram in paragraph 13.
4.10 Inside edge is the edge on the same side as the nearer wicket.

5 Umpires and decision-making

5.1 Umpire – where the description the umpire is used on its own, it always means ‘the bowler’s end umpire’ though this full description is sometimes used for
emphasis or clarity. Similarly the umpires always means both umpires and the third umpire. An umpire and umpires are generalised terms. Otherwise,
a fuller description indicates which one of the umpires is specifically intended. Each umpire will be bowler’s end umpire and striker’s end umpire in
alternate overs.
5.2 Bowler’s end umpire is the umpire who is standing at the bowler’s end (see paragraph 4.4) for the current delivery.
5.3 Striker’s end umpire is the umpire who is standing at the striker’s end (see paragraph 4.3), to one side of the pitch or the other, depending on his/her
choice, for the current delivery.
5.4 On-field umpires shall mean, collectively, the bowler’s end umpire and the striker’s end umpire.
5.5 Third umpire is the umpire who may use television evidence and other available technology in order review a decision of the on-field umpires, either by
way of an Umpire Review or a Player Review under the protocol set out in Appendix D.
5.6 Umpires together agree applies to decisions which the umpires are to make jointly, independently of the players.
5.7 Decision Review System or DRS is the process covered by the Decision Review System and Third Umpire Protocol set out in Appendix D, under which
the third umpire may be consulted in relation to a decision of the on-field umpires, either by way of an Umpire Review or a Player Review.
5.8 Player Review is the process set out in Appendix D by which a player may request a review of any decision taken by the on-field umpires concerning
whether or not a batter is dismissed (with the exception of ‘Timed out’).
5.9 Umpire Review is the process set out in Appendix D by which an on-field umpire has the discretion to refer a decision to the third umpire or, under certain
circumstances, to consult with the third umpire before making a decision.
5.10 Umpire’s Call is the concept within the DRS under which the on-field decision of the bowler’s end umpire shall stand, which shall apply under the specific
circumstances set out in paragraphs 3.4.5 and 3.4.6 of Appendix D, where the ball-tracking technology indicates a marginal decision in respect of either the
Impact Zone or the Wicket Zone.
5.11 The Pitching Zone as used in the DRS is a two dimensional area on the pitch between both sets of stumps with its boundaries consisting of the base of
both sets of stumps and a line between the outside of the outer stumps at each end.
5.12 The Impact Zone as used in the DRS is a three dimensional space extending between both sets of stumps to an indefinite height vertically and with its
boundaries consisting of the base of the stumps and the outside of the outer stumps at each end.

T20
209
5.13 The Wicket Zone as used in the DRS is a two dimensional area with its boundaries consisting of the outside of the outer stumps, the base of the stumps,
and the top of the stumps.
5.14 A Fair Catch is a catch that has been taken cleanly by the fielder in accordance with clause 33.
5.15 A Bump Ball is where the ball has made contact with the ground shortly after making contact with the striker’s bat.
5.16 The Elite Panel is the group of umpires contracted to the ICC to officiate in international cricket.
5.17 The International Panel is the group of umpires nominated by the ICC’s full members

6 Batters
6.1 Batting side is the side currently batting, whether or not play is in progress.
6.2 Member of the batting side is one of the players nominated by the captain of the batting side, or any authorised replacement for such nominated player.
6.3 The Striker is the batter who receives the ball delivered by the bowler.
6.4 The non-striker is the batter who ground is at the bowler’s end when the ball is delivered.
6.5 A batter’s ground – at each end of the pitch, the whole area of the field of play behind the popping crease is the ground at that end for a batter.
6.6 Original end is the end where a batter was when the ball came into play for that delivery.
6.7 Wicket he/she has left is the wicket at the end where a batter was at the start of the run in progress.
6.8 A batting position is the position and posture adopted by the striker to receive a ball delivered by the bowler
6.9 For the purposes of these Playing Conditions, waist height is defined as the point at which the top of the batter’s trousers would conventionally be when
he/she is standing upright at the popping crease.

7 Fielders
7.1 Fielding side is the side currently fielding, whether or not play is in progress.
7.2 Member of the fielding side is one of the players nominated by the captain of the fielding side, or any authorised replacement or substitute for such
nominated player.
7.3 Fielder is one of the 11 or fewer players who together represent the fielding side on the field of play. This definition includes not only both the bowler and
the wicket-keeper but also nominated players who are legitimately on the field of play, together with players legitimately acting as substitutes for absent
nominated players. It excludes any nominated player who is absent from the field of play, or who has been absent from the field of play and who has not
yet obtained the umpire’s permission to return.
A player going briefly outside the boundary in the course of discharging his/her duties as a fielder is not absent from the field of play nor, for the purposes
of clause 24.2 (Fielder absent or leaving the field of play), is he/she to be regarded as having left the field of play.

T20
210
8 Substitutes and Concussion Replacements
8.1 A Substitute is a player who takes the place of a fielder on the field of play, but does not replace the player for whom he/she substitutes on that side’s list
of nominated players. A substitute’s activities are limited to fielding.
8.2 A Concussion Replacement is a player who takes the place of a player who has been replaced in accordance with the process set out in clause 1.2.7, and
who for the remainder of the match replaces that player on that side’s list of nominated players, being able to take a full part in the match (subject to such
restrictions as may be imposed by the ICC Match Referee in accordance with clause 1.2.7.4
8.3 A Concussion Replacement Request is the notification made to the ICC Match Referee in accordance with the process set out in clause 1.2.7.3
8.4 The Team Medical Representative is the individual designated as having responsibility for the assessment of any head or neck injury sustained by a player
as set out in clause 1.2.7.2

9 Bowlers
9.1 Over the wicket / round the wicket – If, as the bowler runs up between the wicket and the return crease, the wicket is on the same side as his/her bowling
arm, he/she is bowling over the wicket. If the return crease is on the same side as his/her bowling arm, he/she is bowling round the wicket.
9.2 Delivery swing is the motion of the bowler’s arm during which he/she normally releases the ball for a delivery.
9.3 Delivery stride is the stride during which the delivery swing is made, whether the ball is released or not. It starts when the bowler’s back foot lands for that
stride and ends when the front foot lands in the same stride. The stride after the delivery stride is completed when the next foot lands, i.e. when the back
foot of the delivery stride lands again.
9.4 The Illegal Bowling Regulations are the ICC’s regulations governing Illegal Bowling Actions.
9.5 An Illegal Bowling Action is a bowling action where a bowler’s Elbow Extension exceeds 15 degrees, measured from the point at which the bowling arm
reaches the horizontal until the point at which the ball is released (any Elbow Hyperextension shall be discounted for the purposes of determining an Illegal
Bowling Action).
9.6 Elbow Extension means the motion that occurs when a bowler's arm moves from a flexed (bent) position at the elbow, to a more extended (straight)
position (full Elbow Extension occurs when the arm is straight).
9.7 Elbow Hyperextension is the motion that occurs when a bowler's elbow extends beyond the straight position.
9.8 The ICC Bowling Action Report Form is the form provided for by Article 3 of the Illegal Bowling Regulations, by which an umpire and/or the ICC Match
Referee may submit a report relating to a suspected Illegal Bowling Action.

10 The ball
10.1 The ball is struck/strikes the ball unless specifically defined otherwise, mean ‘the ball is struck by the bat’/‘strikes the ball with the bat’.
10.2 Full-pitch describes a ball delivered by the bowler that reaches or passes the striker without having touched the ground. Sometimes described as non-
pitching.

T20
211
11 Runs
11.1 A run to be disallowed is one that in these Playing Conditions should not have been taken. It is not only to be cancelled but the batters are to be returned
to their original ends.
11.2 A run not to be scored is one that is not illegal, but is not recognised as a properly executed run. It is not a run that has been made, so the question of
cancellation does not arise. The loss of the run so attempted is not a disallowance and the batters will not be returned to their original ends on that
account.

12 The person
12.1 Person; A player’s person is his/her physical person (flesh and blood) together with any clothing or legitimate external protective equipment that he/she is
wearing except, in the case of a batter, his/her bat.
A hand, whether gloved or not, that is not holding the bat is part of the batter’s person.

No item of clothing or equipment is part of the player’s person unless it is attached to him/her.

For a batter, a glove being held but not worn is part of his/her person.

For a fielder, an item of clothing or equipment he/she is holding in his/her hand or hands is not part of his/her person.

12.2 Clothing – anything that a player is wearing, including such items as spectacles or jewellery, that is not classed as external protective equipment is classed
as clothing, even though he/she may be wearing some items of apparel, which are not visible, for protection. A bat being carried by a batter does not come
within this definition of clothing.
12.3 Hand for batter or wicket-keeper shall include both the hand itself and the whole of a glove worn on the hand.

T20
212
13 Off side / on side; in front of / behind the popping crease.

T20
213
 Appendix B

Equipment

1 The Bat
1.1 General guidance
1.1.1 Measurements - All provisions in paragraphs 1.2 to 1.6 below are subject to the measurements and restrictions stated in the Playing Conditions and this
Appendix.

1.1.2 Adhesives – Throughout, adhesives are permitted only where essential and only in minimal quantity.

1.2 Specifications for the Handle

1.2.1 One end of the handle is inserted into a recess in the blade as a means of joining the handle and the blade.

This lower portion is used purely for joining the blade and the handle together. It is not part of the blade but, solely in interpreting paragraphs 1.3 and 1.4
below, references to the blade shall be considered to extend also to this lower portion of the handle where relevant.

1.2.2 The handle may be glued where necessary and bound with twine along the upper portion.

Providing clause 5.4.3 is not contravened, the upper portion may be covered with materials solely to provide a surface suitable for gripping. Such
covering is an addition and is not part of the bat, except in relation to clause 5.6. The bottom of this grip should not extend below the point defined in
paragraph 1.2.4 below.

Twine binding and the covering grip may extend beyond the junction of the upper and lower portions of the handle, to cover part of the shoulders of the
bat as defined in paragraph 1.3.11.3.1.

No material may be placed on or inserted into the lower portion of the handle other than as permitted above together with the minimal adhesives or
adhesive tape used solely for fixing these items, or for fixing the handle to the blade.

1.2.3 Materials in handle – As a proportion of the total volume of the handle, materials other than cane, wood or twine are restricted to one-tenth. Such
materials must not project more than 3.25 in/8.26 cm into the lower portion of the handle

1.2.4 Binding and covering of handle – The permitted continuation beyond the junction of the upper and lower portions of the handle is restricted to a
maximum, measured along the length of the handle, of

2.5 in/6.35 cm in for the twine binding

2.75 in/6.99 cm for the covering grip.

1.3 Specifications for the Blade

1.3.1 The blade has a face, a back, a toe, sides and shoulders

T20
214
 1.3.1.1 The face of the blade is its main striking surface and shall be flat or have a slight convex curve resulting from traditional pressing techniques.
The back is the opposite surface.
1.3.1.2 The shoulders, sides and toe are the remaining surfaces, separating the face and the back.
1.3.1.3 The shoulders, one on each side of the handle, are along that portion of the blade between the first entry point of the handle and the point at
which the blade first reaches its full width.
1.3.1.4 The toe is the surface opposite to the shoulders taken as a pair.
1.3.1.5 The sides, one each side of the blade, are along the rest of the blade, between the toe and the shoulders.
1.3.2 No material may be placed on or inserted into the blade other than as permitted in paragraph 1.2.4, paragraph 1.3.3, and clause 5.4 together with the
minimal adhesives or adhesive tape used solely for fixing these items, or for fixing the handle to the blade.

1.3.3 Covering the blade. Bats shall have no covering on the blade except as permitted in clause 5.4.

Any materials referred to above, in clause 5.4 and paragraph 1.4 below, are to be considered as part of the bat, which must still pass through the gauge
as defined in paragraph 1.6.

1.4 Protection and repair

1.4.1 The surface of the blade may be treated with non-solid materials to improve resistance to moisture penetration and/or mask natural blemishes in the
appearance of the wood. Save for the purpose of giving a homogeneous appearance by masking natural blemishes, such treatment shall not materially
alter the colour of the blade.

1.4.2 Materials can be used for protection and repair as stated in clause 5.4 and are additional to the blade. Note however clause 5.6.

Any such material shall not extend over any part of the back of the blade except in the case of clause 5.4.1 and then only when it is applied as a
continuous wrapping covering the damaged area.

The repair material shall not extend along the length of the blade more than 0.79 in/2.0 cm in each direction beyond the limits of the damaged area.
Where used as a continuous binding, any overlapping shall not breach the maximum of 0.04 in/0.1 cm in total thickness.

The use of non-solid material which when dry forms a hard layer more than 0.004 in/0.01 cm in thickness is not permitted.

1.4.3 Permitted coverings, repair material and toe guards, not exceeding their specified thicknesses, may be additional to the dimensions above, but the bat
must still pass through the gauge as described in paragraph 1.6.

1.5 Commercial identifications

Such identifications shall comply with the restrictions set out in the Clothing and Equipment Regulations in relation to the size and position of marks and
logos.

1.6 Bat Gauge

All bats must meet the specifications defined in clause 5.7. They must also, with or without protective coverings permitted in clause 5.4, be able to pass
through a bat gauge, the dimensions and shape of which are shown in the following diagram:

T20
215
2 The wickets

T20
216
 2.1 Bails
Overall 4.31 in / 10.95 cm

a = 1.38 in / 3.50 cm

b = 2.13 in / 5.40 cm

c = 0.81 in / 2.06 cm

2.2 Stumps
Height (d) = 28 in / 71.1 cm

Diameter (e) - maximum = 1.5 in / 3.81 cm; minimum = 1.38 in / 3.50 cm

2.3 Overall
Width (f) of wicket 9 in / 22.86 cm

3 Wicket-keeping gloves
3.1 The images below illustrate the requirements of clause 27.2 in relation to:
• no webbing between the fingers;

• a single piece of non-stretch material between finger and thumb as a means of support; and

• when a hand wearing the glove has the thumb fully extended, the top edge being taut and not protruding beyond the straight line joining the top
of the index finger to the top of the thumb.

T20
217
3.2 Note also the requirement for wicket-keeping gloves to comply with the Clothing and Equipment Regulations in relation to the size and position of marks
and logos.

4 Helmets and Neck Protectors

4.1 Players must wear a helmet in the following circumstances where:

- batters are facing pace bowlers,

- wicket keepers are standing up to the stumps, and

- fielding close to the batter in front of the wicket

4.2 All helmets must be certified (BS7928:2013) helmets.

4.3 At other times helmets are optional. However, if a helmet is worn, it also must be a certified

(BS7928:2013) helmet.

4.4 The use of a neck protector when batting in International Cricket is optional.

T20
218
 Appendix C

The Venue

5 The pitch and the creases

T20
219
6 Restriction on the placement of fielders

7 Advertising on grounds, perimeter boards and sight-screens

7.1 Advertising on grounds
7.1.1 The logos on outfields are to be positioned as follows:

(a) Behind the stumps – a minimum of 25.15 yards (23 meters) from the stumps.

(b) Midwicket/cover area – no advertising to be positioned within 30 yards (27.50 meters) of the centre of the pitch being used for the match.

7.1.2 Note: Advertising closer to the stumps as set out above which is required to meet 3D requirements for broadcasters may be permitted, subject to prior
ICC approval having been obtained.

7.2 Perimeter boards

7.2.1 Advertising on perimeter boards placed in front of the sight-screens is permitted save that the predominant colour of such advertising shall be of a
contrasting colour to that of the ball.

T20
220
7.2.2 Advertising on perimeter boards behind the stumps at both ends shall not contain moving, flashing or flickering images and operators should ensure that
the images are only changed or moved at a time that will not be distracting to the players or the umpires.

7.2.3 The brightness of any electronic images shall be set at a level so that it is not a distraction to the players or umpires.

7.3 Sight-screens
7.3.1 Sight-screens shall be provided at both ends of all grounds.

7.3.2 Advertising shall be permitted on the sight-screen behind the striker, providing it is removed for the subsequent over from that end.

7.3.3 Such advertising shall not contain flashing or flickering images and particular care should be taken by the operators that the advertising is not changed at
a time which is distracting to the umpire.

8 Markings on outfield
With the permission of the Ground Authority, a bowler may use paint to make a small marking on the outfield for the purposes of identifying their run-up.
Paint used for this purpose shall be any colour other than white.

T20
221
 Appendix E

Calculations

Table 1: Calculation sheet for use when a delay or interruptions occur in the First Innings

Time

Net playing time available at start of the match 170 minutes (A)

Time innings in progress ___________ (B)

Playing time lost ___________ (C)

Extra time available ___________ (D)

Time made up from reduced interval ___________ (E)

Effective playing time lost [C – (D + E)] ___________ (F)

Remaining playing time available (A - F) ___________ (G)

G divided by 4.25 (to 2 decimal places) ___________ (H)

Max overs per team [H/2] (round up fractions) ___________ (I)

Maximum overs per bowler [I / 5] ___________

Duration of Powerplay Overs (initial, batting side) ____ + ____

Rescheduled Playing Hours

First session to commence or recommence ___________ (J)

Length of innings [I x 4.25] (round up fractions) ___________ (K)

Rescheduled first innings cessation time [J + (K – B)] ___________ (L)

Length of interval ___________ (M)

T20
222
Second innings commencement time [L + M] ___________ (N)

Rescheduled second innings cessation time [N + K] ___________ *(O)

* Ensure that the match is not finishing earlier than the original or rescheduled cessation time by applying clause 13.7.2. If so, add at least one over to each team
and recalculate (I) to (O) above to prevent this from happening.

Table 2: Calculation sheet to check whether an interruption during the First Innings should terminate the innings

Proposed re-start time ___________ (P)

Rescheduled cut-off time allowing for full use of any extra time provision ___________ (Q)

Minutes between P and Q ___________ (R)

Potential overs to be bowled [R / 4.25] (round up fractions) ___________ (S)

Number of complete overs faced to date in first innings ___________ (T)

If S is greater than T then revert to Table 1

If S is less than or equal to T then the first innings is terminated - go to Table 3

Table 3: Calculation sheet for the start of the Second Innings

Maximum overs to be bowled:

(If first innings was terminated, S from Table 2) ___________ (A)

Scheduled length of innings: [A x 4.25] (round up fractions) ___________ (B)

Start time ___________ (C)

T20
223
Scheduled cessation time [C + B] ___________ (D)

Overs per bowler and fielding restrictions

Maximum overs per bowler 10 – 20 overs [A / 5]

5 – 9 overs (both inclusive) – maximum 2 overs per bowler. ___________ overs

Duration of Powerplay overs (initial, batting side) _____ + ____ overs

Table 4: Calculation sheet for use when interruption occurs after the start of the Second Innings

Time

Time at start of innings ___________ (A)

Time at start of interruption ___________ (B)

Time innings in progress ___________ (C)

Restart time ___________ (D)

Length of interruption [D – B] ___________ (E)

Additional time available: ___________ (F)

(Any unused provision for ‘Extra Time’ or for earlier than scheduled start of second innings)

Total playing time lost [E – F] ___________ (G)

Overs

Maximum overs at start of innings ___________ (H)

Overs lost [G / 4.2] (rounded down) ___________ (I)

Adjusted maximum length of innings [H – I] ___________ (J)

Rescheduled length of innings [J x 4.2 rounded up] ___________ (K)

Amended cessation time of innings [D + (K – C)] ___________ (L)

T20
224
Overs per bowler and Fielding Restrictions

Maximum overs per bowler – 10 to 20 overs [J / 5]

5 – 9 overs (both inclusive) – maximum 2 overs per bowler ___________ overs

Duration of Powerplay overs (initial, batting side) _____ + ____ overs

T20
225
T20
226
 Appendix F
Super Over Procedure

The following procedure shall apply where the Playing Conditions provide for a Super Over to determine the winner of a tied match. Other than where expressly
stated in this Appendix (or by necessary implication), all relevant Playing Conditions for the match shall apply to the Super Over.

1. A Super Over involves each team facing an over of six balls (unless ended earlier as provided for in paragraph 2), and the winner shall be the team
scoring the greater number of runs, irrespective of the number of wickets lost.

2. The loss of two wickets shall end the batting team’s one over innings.

3. If the Super Over is a tie, subsequent Super Overs shall be played until a winner is determined. Other than in exceptional circumstances (as set out in
paragraph 25 below), an unlimited number of Super Overs may be played where necessary to determine a result.

4. Subject to weather conditions, the Super Over shall take place on the scheduled day of the match at a time to be determined by the ICC Match Referee.
In normal circumstances it shall commence 5 minutes after the conclusion of the match.

5. The Super Over shall be played until completion, but if there are any delays or interruptions during the Super Over, extra time (taken from the start of the
first Super Over) is allocated to complete the Super Over or any subsequent Super Overs. The amount of extra time allocated to the Super Over is the
greater of;
a) the gap between the time at which the match ended and the time the original match would have been scheduled to finish had the entire extra time
provision been utilized, or
b) 20 minutes.

6. Should play be delayed prior to or during the Super Over(s) once the playing time lost exceeds the extra time allocated, the Super Over(s) shall be
abandoned (see paragraph 24 below).

7. The Super Over shall take place on the pitch allocated for the match, unless otherwise determined by the umpires in consultation with the Ground
Authority and the ICC Match Referee.

8. Only nominated players in the match (including Concussion Replacements) may participate in the Super Over.

9. Any penalty time being served in the match shall be carried forward to the Super Over. Interpretation: This includes any bowling warnings which will
also be carried i.e. beamer, excessive bouncers per over, running in the protected area etc.

10. The umpires shall stand at the same end at which they finished the match.

11. The team batting second in the match shall bat first in the Super Over.

12. Each team shall be allowed to have one player review during the Super Over. Interpretation: Each team shall be allowed to make one unsuccessful
Player Review in each innings of the Super Over. This entitlement shall apply irrespective of the number of unsuccessful Player Review

T20
227
 requests made during the match itself. Note: Should more than one Super Over be required to determine the winner (unless restricted under
exceptional circumstances as per clause 1) then one unsuccessful Player review per innings shall be allowed in every additional Super over.

13. The captain of the fielding team (or his/her nominee) shall select the ball with which the fielding team shall bowl its over in the Super Over from the box of
spare balls provided by the umpires (which shall include the balls used in the match, but no new balls). The team fielding second may then choose to use
the same ball as chosen by the team bowling first or choose another ball from the same box. If the ball needs to be changed, the relevant Playing
Conditions as they apply in the match shall also apply in the Super Over.

14. The fielding side shall choose the end from which it is to bowl its one over.

15. The Super Over shall be played with the same fielding restrictions as would be applicable for the last over in an uninterrupted match. The In-Match Over
Rate Penalty will NOT be carried into the Super Over.

16. The interval between the two overs in the Super Over shall be 5 minutes.

TIED SUPER OVER – REPEATING THE SUPER OVER

17. If the Super Over is tied, then subsequent Super Overs shall be played until there is a winner (subject to paragraph 26).

18. In normal circumstances any subsequent Super Over shall start 5 minutes after the previous Super Over ends.

19. The team batting second in the previous Super Over shall bat first in the subsequent Super Over.

20. The balls selected for use by each team in the previous Super Over shall be used again by the same team in any subsequent Super Over(s).

21. The fielding side shall bowl its over in a subsequent Super Over from the opposite end from which it bowled in the previous Super Over.

22. Any batter dismissed in any previous Super Over shall be ineligible to bat in any subsequent Super Over. Interpretation: Once a batter is dismissed in
a Super over he/she shall not be entitled to bat again in any further Super overs to determine the winner in that match until all other batter
themselves have been dismissed.
23. Any bowler who bowled in the previous Super Over shall be ineligible to bowl in the subsequent Super Over. Interpretation: a bowler who bowled the
previous Super over shall not be entitled to bowl the next only. (No bowler may bowl two consecutive overs in a match)

24. In all other ways the procedure for a subsequent Super Over shall be the same as for the initial Super Over.

SUPER OVER UNABLE TO BE COMPLETED

25. Where the Super Over or subsequent Super Overs are abandoned for any reason prior to completion then the match shall be declared a tie and points
allocated as in Clause 16.11.1.

T20
228
26. In circumstances where there are unavoidable time constraints (for example, a requirement to switch off floodlights at a certain time) which do not allow
the completion of multiple Super Overs, the ICC Match Referee may limit the number of possible Super Overs and shall advise both captains accordingly
prior to the start of the first Super Over.

EXAMPLES - EXTRA TIME AVAILABLE FOR THE SUPER OVER

Example 1: The match is scheduled to finish at 10.20pm, with 60 minutes of extra time available to be used. The scheduled cut-off time if all the available extra
time is used would be 11.20pm. The match runs over time and finishes in a tie at 10.35pm. The Super Over is scheduled to start 5 minutes later at 10.40pm. The
extra time available to complete the Super Over would be 45 minutes (as per paragraph 5(a) above).

• The Super Over starts on time but is interrupted at 10.50pm for 10 minutes (leaving 35 minutes of extra time still available).

• Play resumes at 11.00pm with a tied Super Over occurring.

• The second super over is being played but is interrupted at 11.15pm.

• Play does not resume within 35 minutes (being the amount of extra time still available), therefore the Super Over procedure is abandoned, and the match is a tie.

Example 2: The same match is scheduled to finish at 10.20pm, but with 30 minutes of extra time available to be used. The scheduled cut-off time if all the
available extra time is used would be 10.50pm. The match runs over time and finishes in a tie at 10.35pm. The Super Over is scheduled to start 5 minutes later at
10.40pm. The extra time available to complete the Super Over would be 20 minutes (as per paragraph 5(b) above).

More Examples of application of extra time/bonus 20 minutes in Super Over.

Hours of play: 6.00pm to 7.25pm (First session), Interval 20 minutes, 7.45pm to 9.10pm (Second session) – 60 minutes Extra time or 20 minutes (bonus time)
whichever greater.

1. Game commences at 6.00pm. Scheduled cut off time once all extra time used -9.10pm + 60 min. = 10.10pm. Interruption of 30 minutes in first session.
Game concludes in a tie at 9.55pm. Super over re-starts at 10.00pm. The amount of extra time available in case of further interruptions = 20 minutes
(bonus time).
2. Game commences 60 minutes late due to rain. Game concludes at 10.15pm in a tie. Super Over starts in 5 minutes – amount of time available in case of
further interruptions = 20 minutes. (bonus)
3. Game commences on time and concludes in a tie at 9.05pm. The amount of extra time available in case of further interruptions = 65 minutes.
4. Game commences 45 minutes late due to rain. Game concludes at 9.45pm in a tie. The amount of extra time available in case of any further interruptions
= 25 minutes. Super over is interrupted at 9.55pm. By which time should play re-start if it is to continue? Answer – 10.20pm

T20
229
 Appendix G

Application of the Reserve Day

The hours of play on the Reserve Day shall be the same as on the scheduled day for the match (including the extra time provision).

If play is interrupted on the scheduled day, the umpires shall use the available extra time and, if necessary, reduce the number of overs to try to achieve a result
on that day.

Each team must have had the opportunity to bat for a minimum of 5 overs for a result to be achieved. If play has not resumed by the cut-off time required to allow
the minimum number of overs to be bowled to achieve a result on the scheduled day, play shall be abandoned for the day and the Reserve Day shall be used to
complete the match.

On the Reserve Day, play shall recommence under the same assumption that the last ball was bowled on the scheduled day.

The match starts when the coin toss takes place and teams are exchanged. If the toss occurs on the scheduled day and there is no play thereafter, the result of
the toss and the named teams shall be carried through to the Reserve Day.

In making their decisions in relation to ground, weather and light, the umpires shall aim to maximize play on the scheduled day of the match in order to achieve a
result on that day, as if there was no Reserve Day available.

The treatment of the pitch on the Reserve Day by the Ground Authority shall be as follows:

• Covering and removal of covers – as for the scheduled day of the match under clause 10 of the Playing Conditions; and

• Mowing and rolling – as for Day 2 of a Test Match, under clause 9 of the ICC Test Match Playing Conditions.

Example 1: Match starts at 20 overs per side and there is an interruption at 9 overs. Overs are reduced to 16 overs per side and play is about to resume. Before
another ball is bowled it rains and play is abandoned for the day. As the match did not resume under the revised overs, the match should continue on the Reserve
Day at the original 20 overs per side with the overs reduced if necessary, during the Reserve Day.

Example 2: The same start as in example 1 i.e., match starts at 20 overs per side and there is an interruption at 9 overs. Overs are reduced to 16 overs per side
and play is about to resume. This time, play starts and after an over has been bowled it rains and play is abandoned for the day. As the match has resumed, it is
continued on the Reserve Day at 16 overs per side with the overs further reduced if necessary, during the Reserve Day.

Example 3: It is a 20 over per side game. Play is not possible due to early morning rain. Finally play is scheduled to start as a 10 over per side game. Nominations
are made and the toss takes place. However, after that play does not become possible due to further rain. Players come back the next day. Play starts on time. It
now becomes a 20 over per side game

T20
230
 Appendix H

Use of Electronic Communications Equipment

The use of electronic communication devices and equipment of any kind to communicate with players on the field of play shall not be permitted, except that
broadcaster to player communication shall, with the prior consent of the participating countries, be allowed.

Appendix I

On Field Injury Assessments and Treatment

The umpires will allow an initial 4 minutes for medical staff to treat the injured player. Umpires may inform the medical team when there is 90 seconds remaining,
after which, the player should be removed from the field of play if further assessment/treatment is required. The on-field umpires will consider each incident when
applying the 4-minute guideline and be guided by the appointed Match Day Doctor or his/her nominated replacement.

T20
231
 ALMANAC APPENDIX 1

3rd UMPIRE COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS

CONTENTS

AIM 1

KEY TERMINOLOGIES

PLAYER REVIEW 1

COMBINED REVIEW 4

FAIR CATCH 6

BUMP BALL 8

FAIR CATCH AND BUMP BALL OFF SAME DELIVERY 11

RUN OUT 14

RUN OUT AT BOWLER’S END 16

STUMPING 18

OBSTRUCTION 20

HIT WICKET 22

BOWLED 25

BOUNDARY CHECKS 27

PREFERRED COMMON PHRASES 29

PERSONALISATION 29

HELPFUL TIPS 29

T20
232
AIM

To set a standardised process and clear guidelines around key terminology to be used during a review. This will assist with a consistent and clear
approach by using accurate and efficient communication. Allowing for a degree of personal variance, the use of the below terminology will assist
in the assessment and continual professionalism of TV Umpiring.

This document is a supplement to the TV Umpire Conclusive Evidence Protocol.

NOTE: Where Auto No Ball (ANB) is utilized, the TV Umpire will inform the on-field umpires of the fairness of the delivery relating to the
feet prior to any Player Review or Umpire Review (where applicable) being instituted.

KEY TERMINOLOGY – PLAYER REVIEW

The below process must be used in every player review.

1. Prior to commencing the review

 Acknowledge the review from the on-field umpire by verbalizing as follows:
 “Copy that”.
 “A Player Review for ____”.
 “Original decision is _______”.
 Communicate with the ICC DRS Engineer to ensure that the communication channels are latched on.
2. Initial contact
Non-negotiable
 Begin the Review with an introduction to the Director, using your name or “TV Umpire” and using their name or “Director”.
 State what the Review is for.
 State what the original decision was.
 State “I have checked the front foot, and it is a fair delivery”, unless ANB is not in use.

Example: ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have a Player Review for (dismissal type), the original decision was
(out/not out), I have checked the feet and it is a fair delivery”.

Example: non-ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have a Player Review for (dismissal type), the original decision was
(out/not out), can I check front foot first please”.

T20
233
3. Front foot check (In non-ANB matches)
Non-negotiable
 If declaring the delivery fair, you must say “fair delivery” and then request the next technology.
 If declaring the delivery illegal, you must say “no-ball” and revert to the on-field umpire to signal the no-ball, when on screen.
Example: “Fair delivery, move to front-on/spin vision please”.

4. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is, based on what you are seeing.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.
Avoid
 Words that state conclusivity – i.e., “definitely”, “conclusive” etc.

Preferred
 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.
Example: “It appears there is no bat involved, but can I confirm with Ultra-Edge or HotSpot/RTS please”.

 If you are convinced that the vision check does not require the use of Sound-based Technology/Heat-sourced Technology, then say
“satisfied” when describing your level of comfort on what you are seeing.
Example: “I’m satisfied there was no bat involved, please move on to ball tracking when ready”
Or,
Example: “I’m satisfied there is bat involved, please move on to the catch, (or) please go back to the on-field umpire” (whichever is
applicable).

5. Sound-based/Heat-sourced Technology (Ultra-Edge/Real Time Snicko (RTS)/HotSpot)

 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.
 Remember, you have 3 key areas that need to be analyzed at this point in the Player Review (The two split screens and the audio
graph in the middle).
 Ensure you give due attention to the split screens.
 Remember, it is virtually impossible to fully analyze the UltraEdge 3-way split whilst rocking and rolling the footage. The use of
freeze-frame is imperative in order to achieve the correct outcome.
 While giving commentary on the footage you are analysing, use phrases like: “There is a clear spike when the ball is next to the bat,
and there is no gap between bat and ball”, or “There is a flat line when the ball is next to the bat, and there is a gap between bat and
ball.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

T20
234
 Avoid
 Emotive words – e.g., ‘happy” etc.

Preferred
 Rather use the term “satisfied”.
Example: “I’m satisfied there was no bat involved, please move on to ball tracking when ready”.

6. Ball tracking
Non-negotiable
 State the outcome of each aspect of the tracking.

Example: “Pitching outside off”, “Impact umpires call”, “Wickets hitting”.

Preferred
 As Ball Tracking is about to commence, you might want to remind yourself of the original decision.
Example: “Ball tracking coming up, original decision (out/not out)”.

7. Decision: “Umpire name”, “stay with your original decision of (out/not out)” or “change your original decision to (out/not out)”.

8. Non-negotiable
 Tell the on-field umpire to stay with or change their original decision.
 State the decision.
 Tell the umpire when they are on screen
 Tell the umpire to signal.

Preferred
 Say – “Standby, you are on screen, signal now”.

Example: “Stay with your decision of out,…Standby, you are on screen, make your signal now”.

NOTE: The on-field umpire should not make the signal until he has been prompted by the TV umpire.

KEY TERMINOLOGY – PLAYER AND UMPIRE REVIEW (COMBINED REVIEW)

T20
235
NOTE: In the course of conducting an Umpire Review, the TV Umpire may make use of the DRS Technology at his/her disposal, with the
exception of ball-tracking. However, whilst reviewing a stumping the DRS Technology may only be used in order to confirm ball
contacting batter’s person or equipment, or not, prior to keeper’s gloves coming in front of the line of the stumps

The below process must be used in every Combined Review.

1. Prior to commencing the Review

 Acknowledge the Reviews from the on-field umpires by verbalizing as follows:
 Copy that, eg. “review for Run Out” (At this point the TV umpire should be keeping the director informed that there could be a
possibility of a combined review, by stating “TV Umpire to Director, we have a review for a run out, but there could be a
combined review. Please stand by”. TV Umpire continues the countdown until 15 seconds are completed, unless it is very
obvious that there is no Player Review being contemplated).
 Should a Player Review be forthcoming, then we will acknowledge receipt of the Review.
 Copy that, “a review for LBW”.
 There is a combined review.
 An Umpire Review for a run out and a Player Review for LBW.
 The 4 questions are all in the affirmative, so we will commence with the Umpire Review first, or;
 The 4 questions are not all answered in the affirmative, therefore we will commence with the Player Review first.
 Communicate with the ICC DRS Engineer to ensure that the communication channels are latched on.
2. Initial contact
Non-negotiable
 Begin the Combined Review with an introduction to the Director, using your name or “TV Umpire” and using their name or “Director”.
 State that it is a Combined Review.
 State what the Reviews are for.
 State which review will be done first.
 State “I have checked the feet, and it is a fair delivery”, unless ANB is not in use.

Example: ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have a Combined Review for (State the mode of dismissal) and for
(State the mode of dismissal). We will start with the (State which review) followed by the (State which review). I have
checked the feet and it is a fair delivery”.

Example: non-ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have a Combined Review for (State the mode of dismissal) and for
(State the mode of dismissal). We will start with the (State which review) followed by the (State which review). Can I check
front foot first please”?

T20
236
 NOTE: Each individual review must be conducted in accordance with the protocols contained in this protocol document.

3. Front foot check (In non-ANB matches)

Non-negotiable
 If declaring the delivery fair, you must say “fair delivery” and then request the next technology.
 If declaring the delivery illegal, you must say “no-ball” and revert to the on-field umpire to signal the no-ball, when on screen.
Example: “Fair delivery, move to (Whichever angle is applicable) please”.

4. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 Work through each review using the protocols applicable to that review.
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is based on what you are seeing.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

5. Sound-based/Heat-sourced Technology (Ultra-Edge/Real Time Snicko (RTS)/HotSpot)

 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.
 Remember, you have 3 key areas that need to be analyzed at this point in the Player Review (The two split screens and the audio
graph in the middle).
 Ensure you give due attention to the split screens.
 Remember, it is virtually impossible to fully analyze the UltraEdge 3-way split whilst rocking and rolling the footage. The use of
freeze-frame is imperative in order to achieve the correct outcome.
 While giving commentary on the footage you are analysing, use phrases like: “There is a clear spike when the ball is next to the bat,
and there is no gap between bat and ball”, or “There is a flat line when the ball is next to the bat, and there is a gap between bat and
ball.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

6. Decision
Non-negotiable
 Let everyone know you have concluded the first Review.
 State and repeat the decision.
 If the decision is OUT on the first review, the decision must be conveyed in the appropriate manner as set out in these protocols and
the second review is null and void.
 If the decision is NOT OUT, you will need to proceed to the second review.
 There will be no visible conveying of the first decision. Make this point clear to the Director.
 Once a decision has been made regarding the second review, state what the decision is, repeating it for clarity.

T20
237
  State how the decision must be displayed after the second review, whether by the on-field umpire (Player Review) or on the big
screen (Umpire Review).
 When sending the notification to the big screen, do not use the term “Load out” as this can be, and has been, misheard as not out.

Example “I am ready to make my decision for the big screen. My decision is (out/not out), repeat (out/not out)”.

 When the decision must be conveyed by the on-field umpire, tell the on-field umpire to stay with or change their original decision.
 State the decision.
 Tell the umpire when they are on screen.
 Tell the umpire to signal.
Preferred
 Say – “Standby, you are on screen, signal now”.

Example: “Stay with your decision of out,…Standby, you are on screen, make your signal now.

NOTE: The on-field umpire should not make the signal until he has been prompted by the TV umpire.

NOTE: If the screen is down the TV umpire needs to be specific with communication as to which end umpire needs to signal the
decision.

KEY TERMINOLOGY – UMPIRE REVIEW (FAIR CATCH)

NOTE: In the course of conducting an Umpire Review, the TV Umpire may make use of the DRS Technology at his disposal, with the
exception of ball-tracking.

1. Prior to commencing the Review

 Convey fair delivery or otherwise.
 If it is a No Ball, certain exceptions will be considered as depicted at the end of this section.
 Acknowledge the Review from the on-field umpires by verbalizing as follows:
 “Copy that, review for Fair Catch (At this point the TV umpire should be keeping the director informed that the countdown
continues until 15 seconds are completed, unless it is very obvious that there is no Player Review being contemplated).
 Communicate with the ICC DRS Engineer to ensure that the communication channels are latched on.
2. Initial contact
Non-negotiable
 Begin the Review with an introduction to the Director, using your name or “TV Umpire” and using their name or “Director”.

T20
238
  State that it is a Fair Catch Review.
 State “I have checked the feet, and it is a fair delivery”, unless ANB is not in use.

Example: ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have a Review for Fair Catch. I have checked the feet and it is a fair
delivery”.

Example: non-ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have a Review for Fair Catch. Can I check front foot first please”?

3. Front foot check (In non-ANB matches)

Non-negotiable
 If declaring the delivery fair, you must say “fair delivery” and then request the next technology.
 If declaring the delivery illegal, you must say “no-ball” and revert to the on-field umpire to signal the no-ball, when on screen.
Example: “Fair delivery, move to (Whichever angle is applicable) please”.

4. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 Work through each review using the protocols applicable to that review.
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is based on what you are seeing.
 When there is no footage of the ball being caught, or of any potential contact with the boundary, or the footage is of a very poor
quality, making it impossible to make a decision, the TV umpire will be guided by the principles of the Laws of Cricket, giving the
benefit of the doubt to the batter.
 The preferred verbalization would be: With the available footage it will not be possible to say with confidence that the ball has clearly
carried into the hands of the fielder, hence my decision is not out
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

5. Sound-based/Heat-sourced Technology (Ultra-Edge/Real Time Snicko (RTS)/HotSpot)

 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.
 Remember, you have 3 key areas that need to be analyzed at this point in the Player Review (The two split screens and the audio
graph in the middle).
 Ensure you give due attention to the split screens.
 Remember, it is virtually impossible to fully analyze the UltraEdge 3-way split whilst rocking and rolling the footage. The use of
freeze-frame is imperative in order to achieve the correct outcome.

T20
239
  While giving commentary on the footage you are analysing, use phrases like: “There is a clear spike when the ball is next to the bat,
and there is no gap between bat and ball”, or “There is a flat line when the ball is next to the bat, and there is a gap between bat and
ball.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

6. Decision
Non-negotiable
 Let everyone know you have concluded the Review.
 State and repeat the decision.
 State that the decision must be displayed on the big screen.
 When sending the notification to the big screen, do not use the term “Load out” as this can be, and has been, misheard as not out.

Example “I am ready to make my decision for the big screen. My decision is (out/not out), repeat (out/not out)”.

NOTE: If the screen is down the TV umpire needs to be specific with communication as to which end umpire needs to signal the
decision.

KEY TERMINOLOGY – UMPIRE REVIEW (BUMP BALL)

NOTE: In the course of conducting an Umpire Review, the TV Umpire may make use of the DRS Technology at his disposal, with the
exception of ball-tracking

The below process must be used in every umpire Review.

1. Prior to commencing the Review

 Acknowledge the Review from the on-field umpire by verbalizing as follows:
 “Copy that”.
 “An Umpire Review for a Bump Ball”.
 Communicate with the ICC DRS Engineer to ensure that the communication channels are latched on.
2. Initial contact
Non-negotiable
 Begin the Review with an introduction to the Director, using your name or “TV Umpire” and using their name or “Director”.
 State what the Review is for.
 State “I have checked the feet, and it is a fair delivery”, unless ANB is not in use.

T20
240
 Example: ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have an Umpire Review for Bump Ball, I have checked the feet and it is a
fair delivery”.

Example: non-ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have an Umpire Review for Bump Ball, can I check front foot first
please”.

3. Front foot check (In non-ANB matches)

Non-negotiable
 If declaring the delivery fair, you must say “fair delivery” and then request the next technology.
 If declaring the delivery illegal, you must say “no-ball” and revert to the on-field umpire to signal the no-ball, when on screen.
Example: “Fair delivery, move to front-on/spin vision please”.

4. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 First check to see whether there is contact between bat and ball. If the contact is not clearly evident from front on spin vision, you
may use the DRS tools available to you (Ultra-Edge/Hot Spot and Real Time Snicko (RTS).
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is based on what you are seeing.
 When there is no footage of the ball hitting the bat, or touching the ground after contacting the bat, or being caught, or the footage is
of a very poor quality, making it impossible to make a decision, the TV umpire will be guided by the principles of Laws of Cricket,
giving the benefit of the doubt to the batter.
 The preferred verbalization would be: With the available footage it will not be possible to say with confidence that the ball has clearly
carried into the hands of the fielder, hence my decision is not out
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

Avoid
 Words that state conclusivity – i.e., “definitely”, “conclusive” etc.

Preferred
 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.
Example “It appears that the ball is close to the bat, can I confirm that with Ultra-Edge please”. **While in Australia you can use Hot
Spot and Real Time Snicko (RTS)
OR

Example: “The ball has clearly missed the bat, I am ready to make my decision for the big screen. My decision is Not Out, I repeat
Not Out.

T20
241
5. Sound-based/Heat-sourced Technology (Ultra-Edge/Real Time Snicko (RTS)/HotSpot)
 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.
 Remember, you have 3 key areas that need to be analyzed at this point in the Player Review (The two split screens and the audio
graph in the middle).
 Ensure you give due attention to the split screens.
 Remember, it is virtually impossible to fully analyze the UltraEdge 3-way split whilst rocking and rolling the footage. The use of
freeze-frame is imperative in order to achieve the correct outcome.
 While giving commentary on the footage you are analysing, use phrases like: “There is a clear spike when the ball is next to the bat,
and there is no gap between bat and ball”, or “There is a flat line when the ball is next to the bat, and there is a gap between bat and
ball.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

Avoid
 Emotive words – e.g., ‘happy” etc.

Preferred
 Rather use the term “satisfied”.

Example “I’m satisfied there was no bat involved. I am ready to make my decision for the big screen. My decision is Not Out, I
repeat Not Out.

Example “I’m satisfied there is a spike when the ball is next to the bat, so there is bat involved. The ball bounces before it reaches
the bat.

6. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 Having established that there is bat involved, you must now determine whether the ball bounced before hitting the bat, or
afterwards.
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is based on what you are seeing.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.
Avoid
 Words that state conclusivity – i.e., “definitely”, “conclusive” etc.

Preferred
 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.

T20
242
 Example “It appears that the ball touches the ground before hitting the bat, and then carries to the fielder, who completes the
catch”.

Avoid
 Emotive words – e.g., ‘happy” etc.

Preferred
 Rather use the term “satisfied”.
Example: “I’m satisfied that the ball has clearly made contact with the bat after it bounces and then carries to the fielder, who
completes the catch”.

7. Decision
Non-negotiable
 Let everyone know you have concluded the Review.
 State and repeat the decision.
 State that the decision must be displayed on the big screen.
 Do not use the term “Load out” as this can be misheard as not out.

Example “I am ready to make my decision for the big screen. My decision is (out/not out), repeat (out/not out)”.

NOTE: If the screen is down the TV umpire needs to be specific with communication that the bowler’s end umpire needs to signal
the decision.

KEY TERMINOLOGY – UMPIRE REVIEW (FAIR CATCH AND BUMP BALL REVIEW OFF THE SAME DELIVERY)

NOTE: In the course of conducting an Umpire Review, the TV Umpire may make use of the DRS Technology at his disposal, with the
exception of ball-tracking.

The below process must be used in every Fair Catch/Bump Ball Combined Review.

1. Prior to commencing the Review

 Acknowledge the Reviews from the on-field umpires by verbalizing as follows:
 “Copy that.

T20
243
  “A Review for a Bump Ball and a Fair Catch”
 Communicate with the ICC DRS Engineer to ensure that the communication channels are latched on
2. Initial contact
Non-negotiable
 Begin the Review with an introduction to the Director, using your name or “TV Umpire” and using their name or “Director”.
 State that it is a Bump Ball and a Fair Catch Review.
 State which review will be done first – Bump Ball
 State “I have checked the feet, and it is a fair delivery”, unless ANB is not in use.

Example: ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have a Review for a Bump Ball and a Fair Catch. We will start with the
Bump Ball Review first, followed by the Fair Catch. I have checked the feet and it is a fair delivery. Can I go to front on
please?”

Example: non-ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have a Review for a Bump Ball and a Fair Catch. We will start with
the Bump Ball Review first, followed by the Fair Catch. Can I check front foot first, followed by front on please?”

NOTE: Each review must be conducted in accordance with the protocols contained in this protocol document.

3. Front foot check (In non-ANB matches)

Non-negotiable
 If declaring the delivery fair, you must say “fair delivery” and then request the next technology.
 If declaring the delivery illegal, you must say “no-ball” and revert to the on-field umpire to signal the no-ball, when on screen.
Example: “Fair delivery, move to (Whichever angle is applicable) please”.

4. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 Work through each review using the protocols applicable to that review.
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is based on what you are seeing.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

5. Sound-based/Heat-sourced Technology (Ultra-Edge/Real Time Snicko (RTS)/HotSpot)

 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.
 Remember, you have 3 key areas that need to be analyzed at this point in the Player Review (The two split screens and the audio
graph in the middle).
 Ensure you give due attention to the split screens.

T20
244
  Remember, it is virtually impossible to fully analyze the UltraEdge 3-way split whilst rocking and rolling the footage. The use of
freeze-frame is imperative in order to achieve the correct outcome.
 While giving commentary on the footage you are analysing, use phrases like: “There is a clear spike when the ball is next to the bat,
and there is no gap between bat and ball”, or “There is a flat line when the ball is next to the bat, and there is a gap between bat and
ball.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

6. Decision
Non-negotiable
 There are a number of different possible outcomes with this review
 Outcome 1 - Let everyone know that in reviewing the footage of the bat making contact with the ball, the ball makes contact
with the ground after the bat, and that you are ready to make your decision. The review will stop there, with the decision being
displayed on the big screen – NOT OUT.
 Outcome 2 – Let everyone know that in reviewing the footage of the bat making contact with the ball, because of the poor
quality of the footage, or the absence thereof, you cannot determine whether the ball made contact with the ground before or
after striking the bat and that you are ready to make your decision. You must abide by the Laws of Cricket and give the
batsman the benefit of the doubt. The review will stop there, with the decision being displayed on the big screen – NOT OUT.
 Outcome 3 – Let everyone know that you have evidence that the bat struck the ball, and that the ball then travelled off the bat
to the fielder. You will now proceed to analysing the Fair Catch Review. No decision is displayed as yet in the review process.
 Outcome 4 – Let everyone know that you have evidence that the ball was clearly caught by the fielder without the ball touching
the ground and that you are ready to make your decision. The review will stop there, with the decision being displayed on the
big screen – OUT.
Please take note of the Conclusive Evidence Protocol (Appendix L) when deliberating on your decision.
 Outcome 5 – Let everyone know that you have evidence that the ball clearly bounced before the hands of the fielder and that
you are ready to make your decision. The review will stop there, with the decision being displayed on the big screen – NOT
OUT.
 Outcome 6 – Let everyone know that you cannot determine whether the ball was fairly caught by the fielder as a result of there
being no footage available, or that the available footage is of a very poor quality, and that you are ready to make your decision.
The review will stop there, with the decision being displayed on the big screen.
 The preferred verbalization would be: With the available footage it will not be possible to say with confidence that the ball has
clearly carried into the hands of the fielder, hence my decision is not out
 When sending the notification to the big screen, do not use the term “Load out” as this can be, and has been, misheard as not
out.

Example “I am ready to make my decision for the big screen. My decision is (out/not out), repeat (out/not out)”.

T20
245
 NOTE: If the screen is down the TV umpire needs to be specific with communication that the bowler’s end umpire needs to signal
the decision.

KEY TERMINOLOGY – UMPIRE REVIEW (RUN OUT)

NOTE: In the course of conducting an Umpire Review, the TV Umpire may make use of the DRS Technology at his disposal, with the
exception of ball-tracking.

The below process must be used in every Umpire Review for run out.

1. Prior to commencing the Review

 Acknowledge the Review from the on-field umpire by verbalizing as follows:
 “Copy that”.
 “An Umpire Review for Run Out”.
 Communicate with the ICC DRS Engineer to ensure that the communication channels are latched on.

2. Initial contact
Non-negotiable
 Begin the Review with an introduction to the Director, using your name or “TV Umpire” and using their name or “Director”.
 State what the Review is for and at which end the run out occurred.
Avoid
 Do not ask for the “best” angle.

Preferred
 In the case of a run out Review, request the angle you want to see first.
Example “Please show me the side on angle”.

3. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is, based on what you are seeing.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

Avoid
 Words that state conclusivity – i.e., “definitely”, “conclusive” etc.

T20
246
 Preferred
 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.

Example “It appears that the bat might be on the line”.

Avoid

 Emotive words – i.e., ‘happy” etc.

Preferred
 Say “satisfied” when describing your level of comfort on what you are seeing.

Example “I’m satisfied the bat was grounded behind the popping crease when the bails were dislodged”.

4. Decision
Non-negotiable
 Let everyone know you have concluded the Review.
 State that the decision must be displayed on the big screen.
 State and repeat the decision.
 Do not use the term “Load out” as this can be, and has been, misheard as not out.

Example “I am ready to make my decision for the big screen. My decision is (out/not out), repeat
(out/not out)”.

NOTE: If the screen is down the TV umpire needs to be specific with communication as to which end umpire needs to signal the decision.

KEY TERMINOLOGY – UMPIRE REVIEW (RUN OUT AT BOWLER’S END FROM A STRAIGHT DRIVE)

NOTE: In the course of conducting an Umpire Review, the TV Umpire may make use of the DRS Technology at his disposal, with the
exception of ball-tracking

The below process must be used in every umpire Review.

1. Prior to commencing the Review

T20
247
  Acknowledge the Review from the on-field umpire by verbalizing as follows:
 “Copy that”.
 “An Umpire Review for Run Out”.
 Communicate with the ICC DRS Engineer to ensure that the communication channels are latched on.
1. Initial contact
Non-negotiable
 Begin the Review with an introduction to the Director, using your name or “TV Umpire” and using their name or “Director”.
 State what the Review is for, emphasizing “at the bowler’s end”.

Example “(Umpire name) to (Director name) we have an Umpire Review for Run Out at the bowler’s end. Please can I check front
on first to see if the bowler has made contact with the ball before the wicket is put down. If so, I would need to go to side
on to check the run out please.

2. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is based on what you are seeing.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.
 If unsure of contact with the bowler, investigate further.
Avoid
 Words that state conclusivity – i.e., “definitely”, “conclusive” etc.

Preferred
 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.

Example: It appears the ball is close to the bowler’s hand, please can I have a reverse angle shot.

Avoid

 Words that state conclusivity – i.e., “definitely”, “conclusive” etc.

Preferred

 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.

T20
248
 Example: It appears the ball is close to the bowler’s hand, please can I move to UltraEdge/HotSpot/RTS to confirm contact with the
bowler’s hand.

3. Sound-based/Heat-sourced Technology (Ultra-Edge/Real Time Snicko (RTS)/HotSpot)

 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.
 Remember, you have 3 key areas that need to be analyzed at this point in the Player Review (The two split screens and the audio
graph in the middle).
 Ensure you give due attention to the split screens.
 Remember, it is virtually impossible to fully analyze the UltraEdge 3-way split whilst rocking and rolling the footage. The use of
freeze-frame is imperative in order to achieve the correct outcome.
 While giving commentary on the footage you are analysing, use phrases like: “There is a clear spike when the ball is next to the bat,
and there is no gap between bat and ball”, or “There is a flat line when the ball is next to the bat, and there is a gap between bat and
ball.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

Avoid

 Emotive words – e.g., ‘happy” etc.

Preferred

 Rather use the term “satisfied”.

Example: “I’m satisfied the bowler has touched the ball, can we go to side on for the run out please.

4. Decision
Non-negotiable
 Let everyone know you have concluded the Review.
 State and repeat the decision.
 State that the decision must be displayed on the big screen.
 Do not use the term “Load out” as this can be misheard as not out.

Example “I am ready to make my decision for the big screen. My decision is (out/not out), repeat (out/not out)”.

T20
249
 NOTE: If the screen is down the TV umpire needs to be specific with communication as to which end umpire needs to signal the
decision.

KEY TERMINOLOGY – UMPIRE REVIEW (STUMPING)

NOTE: In the course of conducting an Umpire Review, the TV Umpire may make use of the DRS Technology at his disposal, with the
exception of ball-tracking.

The below process must be used in every Umpire Review for stumping.

1. Prior to commencing the Review

 Acknowledge the Review from the on-field umpire by verbalizing as follows:
 “Copy that”.
 “An Umpire Review for Stumping”.
 Communicate with the ICC DRS Engineer to ensure that the communication channels are latched on.
2. Initial contact
Non-negotiable
 Begin the Review with an introduction to the Director, using your name or “TV Umpire” and using their name or “Director”.
 State what the Review is for.
 State “I have checked the feet, and it is a fair delivery”, unless ANB is not in use.

Example: ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have an Umpire Review for Stumping, I have checked the feet and it is a
fair delivery”.

Example: non-ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have an Umpire Review for Stumping, can I check front foot first
please”.

3. Front foot check (In non-ANB matches)

Non-negotiable
 If declaring the delivery fair, you must say “fair delivery” and then request the next technology.
 If declaring the delivery illegal, you must say “no-ball” and revert to the on-field umpire to signal the no-ball, when on screen.
Example: “Fair delivery, move to side-on please”.

4. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is, based on what you are seeing.

T20
250
  Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision
Avoid

 Words that state conclusivity – i.e., “definitely”, “conclusive” etc.

Preferred
 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.

Example It appears that the foot is grounded when the wicket is broken. I need to check whether some part of the foot is behind the
line

5. Sound-based/Heat-sourced Technology (Ultra-Edge/Real Time Snicko (RTS)/HotSpot)

 This technology may only be used to ascertain whether the ball touched the batter’s person or equipment prior to the wicketkeeper’s
gloves coming in front of the line of the stumps, or not. Otherwise, DRS technology may NOT be utilised in a stumping review.
 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.
 Remember, you have 3 key areas that need to be analyzed at this point in the Player Review (The two split screens and the audio
graph in the middle).
 Ensure you give due attention to the split screens.
 Remember, it is virtually impossible to fully analyze the UltraEdge 3-way split whilst rocking and rolling the footage. The use of
freeze-frame is imperative in order to achieve the correct outcome.
 While giving commentary on the footage you are analysing, use phrases like: “There is a clear spike when the ball is next to the bat,
and there is no gap between bat and ball”, or “There is a flat line when the ball is next to the bat, and there is a gap between bat and
ball.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

Avoid

 Emotive words – e.g., ‘happy” etc.

Preferred.

 Rather use the term “satisfied”.

T20
251
 Example “I’m satisfied the ball made contact with the batter’s person or equipment prior to the wicketkeeper’s gloves coming in
front of the line of the stumps, please move to side on angle of the stumping when ready”.

Avoid

 Do not ask for the “best” angle because only you can decide what is the best angle.

Preferred

 Request the angle you want to see first.

Example “Please show me the side on angle of the stumping when ready”.

6. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is, based on what you are seeing.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.
 Whilst conducting the stumping review you shall NOT consider any other mode of dismissal

Avoid

 Emotive words – i.e., ‘happy” etc.

Preferred

 Say “satisfied” when describing your level of comfort on what you are seeing.

Example “I’m satisfied the foot was grounded behind the popping crease when the bails were dislodged”.

7. Decision
Non-negotiable
 Let everyone know you have concluded the Review.
 State and repeat the decision.
 State that the decision must be displayed on the big screen.
 Do not use the term “Load out” as this can be, and has been, misheard as not out.

T20
252
 Example “I am ready to make my decision for the big screen. My decision is (out/not out), repeat (out/not out)”.

NOTE: If the screen is down the TV umpire needs to be specific with communication as to which end umpire needs to signal the
decision.

KEY TERMINOLOGY – UMPIRE REVIEW (OBSTRUCTION)

NOTE: In the course of conducting an Umpire Review, the TV Umpire may make use of the DRS Technology at his disposal, with the
exception of ball-tracking.

The below process must be used in every Obstruction Review.

1. Prior to commencing the Review

 Acknowledge the Reviews from the on-field umpires by verbalizing as follows:
 “Copy that, an Umpire Review for Obstruction”.
 State and clarify whether there is a catch involved, as this will determine whether the no ball should be checked or not.
 Communicate with the ICC DRS Engineer to ensure that the communication channels are latched on.

2. Initial contact
Non-negotiable
 Begin the Review with an introduction to the Director, using your name or “TV Umpire” and using their name or “Director”.
 State that it is a Review for Obstruction.
 State “there is no need to check the front foot”, or,
 State, where the Obstruction might have prevented a catch from being taken, “I have checked the feet, and it is a fair delivery”,
unless ANB is not in use.

Example: ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have a Review for Obstruction. There is no need to check for the fair
delivery”, or,

Example: ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have a Review for Obstruction. I have checked the feet and it is a fair
delivery”, or,

Example: non-ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have a Review for Obstruction. There is no need to check for the fair
delivery”, or,

T20
253
 Example: non-ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have a Review for Obstruction. Because there is a possible catch
involved, I need to check the front foot please”.

3. Front foot check (In non-ANB matches)

Non-negotiable
 If declaring the delivery fair, you must say “fair delivery” and then request the next technology.
 If declaring the delivery illegal, you must say “no-ball” and revert to the on-field umpire to signal the no-ball, when on screen.

Example: “Fair delivery, move to (Whichever angle is applicable) please”

4. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 Work through the review using the protocols applicable to that review.
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is based on what you are seeing.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

5. Sound-based/Heat-sourced Technology (Ultra-Edge/Real Time Snicko (RTS)/HotSpot)

 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.
 Remember, you have 3 key areas that need to be analyzed at this point in the Player Review (The two split screens and the audio
graph in the middle).
 Ensure you give due attention to the split screens.
 Remember, it is virtually impossible to fully analyze the UltraEdge 3-way split whilst rocking and rolling the footage. The use of
freeze-frame is imperative in order to achieve the correct outcome.
 While giving commentary on the footage you are analysing, use phrases like: “There is a clear spike when the ball is next to the bat,
and there is no gap between bat and ball”, or “There is a flat line when the ball is next to the bat, and there is a gap between bat and
ball.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

6. Decision
Non-negotiable
 There are a few possible outcomes to this Review.
 Let everyone know you have concluded the Review.

T20
254
  Outcome 1 - Let everyone know that in reviewing the footage of the Obstruction, there is clear evidence of Obstruction being
committed, and that you are ready to make your decision. The decision will be displayed on the big screen – OUT
 Outcome 2 – Let everyone know that in reviewing the footage of the Obstruction, you are certain that no Obstruction has been
committed, and that you are ready to make your decision. The decision will be displayed on the big screen – NOT OUT.
 Outcome 3 – Let everyone know that you have no footage available, or the footage is of a very poor quality, therefore you will abide
by the Laws of Cricket, giving the batter the benefit of the doubt.
 The preferred verbalization would be: With the available footage it will not be possible to say with confidence that there was any
obstruction committed, hence my decision is not out
 When sending the notification to the big screen, do not use the term “Load out” as this can be, and has been, misheard as not out.

Example “I am ready to make my decision for the big screen. My decision is (out/not out), repeat (out/not out)”.

NOTE: If the screen is down the TV umpire needs to be specific that the bowler’s end umpire needs to be on screen to signal the
decision.

KEY TERMINOLOGY – UMPIRE REVIEW (HIT WICKET)

NOTE: In the course of conducting an Umpire Review, the TV Umpire may make use of the DRS Technology at his disposal, with the
exception of ball-tracking.

The below process must be used in every umpire Review.

1. Prior to commencing the Review

 Acknowledge the Review from the on-field umpire by verbalizing as follows:
 “Copy that.
 “An Umpire Review for Hit Wicket”.
 Communicate with the ICC DRS Engineer to ensure that the communication channels are latched on.
1. Initial contact
Non-negotiable
 Begin the Review with an introduction to the Director, using your name or “TV Umpire” and using their name or “Director”.
 State what the Review is for.
 State “I have checked the feet, and it is a fair delivery”, unless ANB is not in use.

T20
255
 Example: ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have an Umpire Review for Hit Wicket, I have checked the feet and it is a
fair delivery”

Example: non-ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have an Umpire Review for Hit Wicket, can I check front foot first
please”.

2. Front foot check (In non-ANB matches)

Non-negotiable
 If declaring the delivery fair, you must say “fair delivery” and then request the next technology.
 If declaring the delivery illegal, you must say “no-ball” and revert to the on-field umpire to signal the no-ball, when on screen.

Example: “Fair delivery, move to front-on/spin vision please”.

3. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is based on what you are seeing.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.
 If you have cause to believe that the batter might have made contact with the ball on the bat, then you may use UltraEdge to confirm
bat or no bat. **While in Australia you can use Hot Spot and Real Time Snicko (RTS).

Avoid

 Words that state conclusivity – i.e., “definitely”, “conclusive” etc.

Preferred

 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.

Example “It appears that the ball is close to the bat, can I confirm that with Ultra-Edge please”. **While in Australia you can use Hot
Spot and Real Time Snicko (RTS).
OR

Example: “The ball has clearly missed the bat, can I move to a side on shot of the wicket being broken please”.

4. Sound-based/Heat-sourced Technology (Ultra-Edge/Real Time Snicko (RTS)/HotSpot)

T20
256
  Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.
 Remember, you have 3 key areas that need to be analyzed at this point in the Player Review (The two split screens and the audio
graph in the middle).
 Ensure you give due attention to the split screens.
 Remember, it is virtually impossible to fully analyze the UltraEdge 3-way split whilst rocking and rolling the footage. The use of
freeze-frame is imperative in order to achieve the correct outcome.
 While giving commentary on the footage you are analysing, use phrases like: “There is a clear spike when the ball is next to the bat,
and there is no gap between bat and ball”, or “There is a flat line when the ball is next to the bat, and there is a gap between bat and
ball.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

Avoid

 Emotive words – e.g., ‘happy” etc.

Preferred

 Rather use the term “satisfied”.

Example “I’m satisfied there was no bat involved, please move on to the side on angle of the wicket being broken when ready
please”.

5. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 Having established that there is no bat involved, you must now determine whether the criteria for Hit Wicket have been met.
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is based on what you are seeing.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

Avoid

 Words that state conclusivity – i.e., “definitely”, “conclusive” etc.

Preferred

 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.

T20
257
 Example “It appears that the foot has broken the stumps in setting off for his first run immediately after playing the shot.

Avoid

 Emotive words – e.g., ‘happy” etc.

Preferred

 Rather use the term “satisfied”.

Example: “I’m satisfied that the bail has been dislodged by the batsman’s foot whilst setting off for his first run immediately after
playing the shot”.

7. Decision
Non-negotiable
 Let everyone know you have concluded the Review.
 State and repeat the decision.
 State that the decision must be displayed on the big screen.
 Do not use the term “Load out” as this can be misheard as not out.

Example “I am ready to make my decision for the big screen. My decision is (out/not out), repeat (out/not out)”.

NOTE: If the screen is down the TV umpire needs to be specific that the striker’s end umpire must signal the decision.

KEY TERMINOLOGY – UMPIRE REVIEW (BOWLED)

NOTE: In the course of conducting an Umpire Review, the TV Umpire may make use of the DRS Technology at his disposal, with the
exception of ball-tracking

The below process must be used in every umpire Review.

2. Prior to commencing the Review

 Acknowledge the Review from the on-field umpire by verbalizing as follows:
 “Copy that”.

T20
258
  “An Umpire Review for Bowled”.
 Communicate with the ICC DRS Engineer to ensure that the communication channels are latched on.
2. Initial contact
Non-negotiable
 Begin the Review with an introduction to the Director, using your name or “TV Umpire” and using their name or “Director”.
 State what the Review is for.
 State “I have checked the feet, and it is a fair delivery”, unless ANB is not in use.

Example: ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have an Umpire Review for Bowled, I have checked the feet and it is a
fair delivery”.

Example: non-ANB - “(TV Umpire/name) to (Director/name) we have an Umpire Review for Bowled, can I check front foot first
please”.

3. Front foot check (In non-ANB matches)

Non-negotiable
 If declaring the delivery fair, you must say “fair delivery” and then request the next technology.
 If declaring the delivery illegal, you must say “no-ball” and revert to the on-field umpire to signal the no-ball, when on screen.
Example: “Fair delivery, move to front-on/spin vision please”.

4. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is based on what you are seeing.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

Avoid

 Words that state conclusivity – i.e., “definitely”, “conclusive” etc.

Preferred

 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.

Example “It appears that the ball passes close to the wicket”. Can I confirm that with Ultra-Edge please”. **While in Australia you
can use Hot Spot and Real Time Snicko (RTS).

T20
259
 5. Sound-based/Heat-sourced Technology (Ultra-Edge/Real Time Snicko (RTS)/HotSpot)
 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.
 Remember, you have 3 key areas that need to be analyzed at this point in the Player Review (The two split screens and the audio
graph in the middle).
 Ensure you give due attention to the split screens.
 Remember, it is virtually impossible to fully analyze the UltraEdge 3-way split whilst rocking and rolling the footage. The use of
freeze-frame is imperative in order to achieve the correct outcome.
 While giving commentary on the footage you are analysing, use phrases like: “There is a clear spike when the ball is next to the bat,
and there is no gap between bat and ball”, or “There is a flat line when the ball is next to the bat, and there is a gap between bat and
ball.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

Avoid

 Emotive words – e.g., ‘happy” etc.

Preferred

 Rather use the term “satisfied”.

Example “I’m satisfied the ball has struck the wicket without any interference from the keeper. I am ready to make my decision.

6. Decision
Non-negotiable
 Let everyone know you have concluded the Review.
 State and repeat the decision.
 State that the decision must be displayed on the big screen.
 Do not use the term “Load out” as this can be misheard as not out.

Example “I am ready to make my decision for the big screen. My decision is (out/not out), repeat (out/not out)”.

NOTE: If the screen is down the TV umpire needs to be specific that the striker’s end umpire must signal the decision.

KEY TERMINOLOGY – BOUNDARY CHECKS

The below process must be used in every boundary check.

T20
260
1. Initial contact
Non-negotiable
 Begin the Review with an introduction to the Director, using your name or “TV Umpire” and using their name or “Director”.
 State what the check is for.
 Request the angle you want to see first.
Preferred

Example “TV Umpire/name to Director/name, we have a boundary check. Please give me the first angle.”

2. Vision checks
Non-negotiable
 Talk through the Review, enlightening everybody to what your thought process is based on what you are seeing.
 Your audience should never be surprised by your final decision.

Avoid

 Words that state conclusivity – i.e., “definitely”, “conclusive” etc.

Preferred

 Use non-committal language until you are completely satisfied that what you are looking at is conclusive.

Example: “It appears the foot is very close to the boundary, can I see the opposite angle to confirm”.

Avoid

 Emotive words – i.e., ‘happy” etc.

Preferred

 Say “satisfied” when describing your level of comfort on what you are seeing.

Example “I’m satisfied the foot has touched the boundary while the fielder is in contact with the ball”.

T20
261
 Example “I’m satisfied the foot was not touching the rope”.

3. Decision
Non-negotiable
 State the decision.

Preferred

 Address the on-field umpire by name.

 Repeat the outcome.
 Get the umpire on screen.

Example: “(Umpire name) it is a boundary four, repeat boundary four. Standby, you’re on screen now, make your signal”.

Or,

Example: “(Umpire name) it is Runs, Runs, Runs”. On-field umpire should acknowledge this call.

PREFERRED COMMON PHRASES

In various instances, it is preferable to use the below terminology:

 “Can I see a side-on angle please”.

 “Can I see a front-on angle please”.
 “Rock and roll…”.
 “Go frame-by-frame”.
 “Do you have anything else that may assist me?”.
 “Please go back to the previous angle”.

PERSONALISATION
The key terminology noted above must be used in the applicable Review scenario. How you move from step-to-step and ‘talk-out’ a Review is up
to you. Whilst maintaining your usual level of professionalism, it is accepted that you add some of your personality to your dialogue if you are
comfortable doing so.

T20
262
HELPFUL TIPS
An acronym that could assist you in remembering which decisions get sent back on-field, which decisions get displayed on the big screen and
which decisions get communicated by radio only, is as follows:

PUB R

This stands for:

Player Review

Goes to

Umpire/ Umpire Review

Goes to

Board
Radio comms to Radio comms.

T20
263
 Almanac Appendix 2

3rd Umpire Conclusive Evidence Protocol March 2024

AIM

The aim of this document is to set clear parameters on what constitutes sufficient evidence during a review. As a reminder, if the 3rd Umpire
does not see conclusive evidence, as contained in this document, to change the on-field decision the 3rd Umpire will stay with the original
decision.

This document is supplemented by and should be utilized in conjunction with the 3rd Umpire Communication Protocol.

CAUGHT

Front-on Spin Vision

 If there is a clear and obvious gap between the ball and bat/glove as the ball passes, this is conclusive evidence that it has not been
hit.
 Be aware of the limitations that exist when using a one-dimensional view. If the bat crosses the line of the ball, it is strongly advised
to progress to UltraEdge or HotSpot/RTS
 If there is a clear and significant deviation occurring immediately after the ball passes the bat/glove, this constitutes conclusive
evidence that the ball was hit.
 If there is no clear and obvious gap, and no clear and significant deviation, move to the below technology progression.

Hot Spot

 If there is a heat mark on the bat/glove as the ball passes, this is conclusive evidence that it has been hit.

 Use the Hot Spot replay, or other replays as necessary to confirm that the ball did pass next to the bat/glove where the mark was made.
 If there is no heat mark on the bat/glove as the ball passes, this does not constitute conclusive evidence that the batter did not hit the ball.

T20
264
 In this instance, the umpire will check RTS per the Sound-based Technology protocol below.

Sound-based Technology – RTS & UltraEdge

 Sound-based Technology should be used when Hot Spot isn’t available, or no mark was visible on the Hot Spot replay.

 If the ball is next to the bat/glove when an audio spike occurs** this is conclusive evidence that the ball hit the bat/glove.
** Due to different technology providers using cameras capturing images in different frame rates, the below caveat applies when applying the
audio spike to the vision. The decision is out if a spike occurs when the ball is next to the bat/glove in:

 RTS: same frame and/or one frame after

 UltraEdge: Spike will occur in the same frame as the ball passes the bat. (Refer to Ultra Edge guidance presentation).

 If there is no audio spike, this does not constitute conclusive evidence that the ball did not hit bat/glove. In this instance you may look for
a deflection caused by the bat/glove if you feel that it’s likely it was hit. Continue using the ABED replay or ask the director for other front-
on angles.
 If there is no audio spike and no deviation, this is conclusive evidence that the ball was not hit.
 Where the ball passes close to the bat and there is no evidence of a sound on the audiograph, it is advisable to ask the director to roll the
footage until the ball makes contact with an object (Pad or keeper’s gloves, etc) in order to ascertain whether the ABED system is
operational.

Audio Guidance – no Sound-based Technology available

When no Hot Spot or Sound-based Technology is available, you should use replays with stump audio to detect any noise.

 If there is a noise as the ball passes the bat/glove, and you are certain the noise wasn’t caused by anything else, this is conclusive
evidence to say the ball was hit.
 If there is no noise as the ball passes the bat/glove, and there is no deviation, this is conclusive evidence that it was not hit.
NB: The sound may occur marginally after the ball passes the bat/glove as sound travels slower than light.

T20
265
T20
266
T20
267
T20
268
T20
269
T20
270
LBW

Conclusive evidence protocols as per caught decisions apply to LBW decisions. The same progression should occur.

Ball Tracking Technology

Except in the case of obvious technical error, ball tracking information should be applied exactly.

FAIR CATCH

Initial decision is to be made by the bowler’s end umpire regarding whether the ball made contact with the bat or glove. If the bowler’s end
umpire is of the opinion that the batter has made contact with the ball, but the umpire is uncertain as to whether the ball has been fairly caught,
the umpires shall confer and send the review of the fair catch to the TV umpire. The 3rd Umpire will make one of three decisions based on the
available evidence.

Ball Carried
 The ball did not hit the ground before going into the hands.
 No evidence of the ball touching the ground at any time.
For clarity – if the fielders fingers are clearly under the ball, but there is a possibility that the ball may have touched the ground between
the fingers of one hand, this should be considered a catch if all other parameters are met. If the ball touched the ground between the
hands, then this should be ruled not out.

Ball Bounced
 The ball hit the ground before going into the hands.
 Clear evidence that that ball bounced/touched the ground before the fielders fingers got under the ball.

No Footage Available Or Very Poor-Quality Footage

 In this instance, the 3rd Umpire will state that with the available footage it will not be possible to say with confidence that the ball has
clearly carried into the hands of the fielder, hence the decision will be not out

FAIR DELIVERY – BOWLERS FEET

Evidence

To rule a no-ball, there must be conclusive evidence that:

 No part of the front foot is behind the popping crease upon first landing (either grounded or raised)

T20
271
 The back foot did not land within and/or not touching the return crease
 The front foot did not land with some part on the same side as an imaginary line joining the two middle stumps.

For this decision, the benefit of the doubt shall go to the bowler.

FAIR DELIVERY – DELIVERY HEIGHT

Evidence
 Clear evidence that the ball was above or below the batter’s waist (on the full) or shoulders (on the bounce) if the batter was
standing upright at the crease.

Definition: Waist
 The waist is defined as the point at which the top of the batter’s trousers would conventionally be when he/she is standing upright at the
popping crease.

BOUNDARY

Evidence: Catch
 If the 3rd Umpire cannot detect any movement in the boundary rope or ‘Toblerone’ caused by a fielder, or they do not see the fielders foot
actually touch the boundary rope or ‘Toblerone’, this should remain as a catch.
 If the reverse applies, this should be ruled a boundary six.
 If there is no footage, or the footage is of a very poor quality, the 3rd Umpire will guided by the Laws of Cricket, and give the benefit of the
doubt to the batter.

Evidence: Boundary Four

 If the 3rd Umpire cannot detect any movement in the boundary rope or ‘Toblerone’ caused by a fielder, or they do not see the fielder
actually touch the boundary rope or ‘Toblerone’, this should remain as runs scored.
 If the reverse applies, this should be ruled a boundary four.
 If there is no footage, or the footage is of a very poor quality, the 3rd Umpire will guided by the Laws of Cricket, and give the benefit of the
doubt to the fielding team.

OBSTRUCTING THE FIELD

The 3rd Umpire may be utilised for obstructing the field decisions to assist in identifying if the batter “wilfully” attempted to obstruct the field.

T20
272
Wilful is defined as ‘intentional’ or ‘deliberate’.

Evidence: Wilful Obstruction

In a bid to obstruct a fielder, or the ball:

 The batter clearly changes direction.
 The batter turns and watches the throw.
 The batter attempts to block the path of the ball with the bat or any part or their person.
 The batter runs down the protected area of the pitch.

TECHNOLOGY CAVEAT

Where any part of the DRS technology malfunctions it is required that we utilise any available footage and remaining technology in
attempting to reach the correct decision

T20
273
 Almanac Appendix 3

ICC Field Management Guidelines March 2024

BACKGROUND

In the recent past both the Chief Executives’ Committee and the ICC Board expressed serious concern about the pace of play, reflected by
historically low over rates and regular interruptions to play for players to change equipment and take extra drinks.

The umpires have been instructed to minimize the delays to the game, and to take stronger action if the players of either team are not working
with the umpires to maintain an appropriate pace of play.

AIM

This document serves as guidance to ICC Match Officials and competing teams, as to the expectations regarding the pace of play, and the
instructions to umpires if teams are not observing these guidelines.

The below guidelines shall be distributed and discussed at all international pre-series meetings and should be used as guidance in addition to
the ICC Playing Conditions.

GUIDELINES

Both Teams

 Teams to be ready to commence play precisely on schedule at the commencement of a day’s play, after a scheduled interval and for
the beginning of a new innings.
 Each scheduled Drinks Interval shall not last longer than 4 minutes.
 No drinks or towels on the field of play except at a scheduled Drinks break, or at the fall of a wicket, providing it is done without
causing a delay in play.
 Substitutes entering the field of play, for any reason, must do so with the consent of the on-field umpires and without causing a delay

T20
274
 in play. If an umpire tells a substitute to leave the field, he/she must do so immediately.
 Substitutes or support staff are not to enter the field during a DRS or 3rd umpire review. Only if the decision following the review is
OUT shall substitutes or support staff be allowed to enter the field, providing it is done without causing a delay.
 In hot and/or humid conditions, the umpires, at their discretion, may decide to either:
 schedule one additional Drinks Interval per session, or;
 If after an interval there has been no wicket for, as a guide 20 minutes, and upon request from either team, allow a substitute to
quickly bring a drink on to the field between overs. Under these circumstances, this shall only be allowed with the permission of the
umpires, and as long as there is no delay to play. The umpires shall use their best judgment when assessing the conditions of the day
and the needs of players.
The fielding side shall be ready to start each over within 60 seconds of the previous over being completed.

 PC Clause 41.9.4 has been drafted to combat time-wasting in T20 and ODI matches and is included below:
o An electronic clock will be displayed at the ground that counts down seconds from 60 to zero.

o The clock is not required or, if already started, can be cancelled if:

- A new batter comes to the wicket between overs

- An official drinks interval has been called
- The umpires have approved the onfield treatment of an injury to a batter or fielder (see Appendix I)
- The time lost is for any circumstances beyond the control of the fielding side

o The third umpire is responsible for determining when to start the clock. This should be the later of:

- The ball becoming dead at the end of the previous over

- Any umpire or player review from the final ball of the previous over being completed.

o When the clock reaches zero, if the fielding side is not ready to start the next over:

- On the first such occasion in an innings, the bowler’s end umpire shall issue a warning to the captain of the fielding side and
inform the batters and the other umpire of what has occurred.
- On the second occasion in an innings, the above sequence is repeated, but with the reminder that this is a final warning.
- On the third and any subsequent occasion in an innings, the bowler’s end umpire shall award 5 Penalty runs to the batting
side, informing the captain of the fielding side, the batters and the other umpire.

T20
275
 o The process, warnings and penalties in 41.9.4 operate independently of those of 41.9.2 and 41.9.3.

o If a fielding side is ready to resume play within the required time, but the batting side are not ready to do so, then the umpires shall
determine, at their discretion, whether to apply the provisions of 41.10 (Batter wasting time).

Batting Team

 Following a wicket, the incoming batter must pass the dismissed batter on the field of play.
 Following a wicket, the incoming batter must be ready to face their first ball within 90 seconds in T20I matches and within 120
seconds in Test or ODI matches.
 A batter shall be ready to face whenever the bowler is ready at the top of their run-up.
 Any change of batting equipment shall only occur between overs, ensuring such change does not delay play. No drinks or towels shall
be permitted during the equipment change.
 Any delays in play caused by the batting team shall be deducted from the allowances granted to that team in the calculation of its’
overrate whilst fielding.

Bowling Team

 Change over quickly between overs, particularly when a new bowler is commencing a spell.
 Any change in wicket keeping or fielding equipment, unless it is damaged, shall only be completed between overs, ensuring such
change does not delay play. No drinks or towels shall be permitted during such equipment changes.
 All players must be in position ready for the ball to be bowled when a batter takes guard following the fall of wicket.
 Drinks containers may be stationed outside the field of play and fielders may take a drink between balls or between overs as long as
play is not delayed.

ACTIONS AVAILABLE TO UMPIRES

Under the ICC Playing Conditions and ICC Code of Conduct, there are measures that umpires have been instructed to apply when they
believe a team is ignoring their instructions when asked to minimize delays to the game:

 ICC Playing conditions: Clause 41.9 (Time Wasting by the Fielding Side) and 41.10 (Batter Wasting Time) outlines the process that
umpires will follow if they believe either team is wilfully wasting time.
 First occasion in an innings: Warning

T20
276
  Second occasion in an innings: 5-run penalty

 Code of Conduct: Article 2.4 Disobeying and umpire’s instruction during an international match. This could be triggered by the
repeated failure by a player to comply with the instruction or directive of an umpire during an international match. A breach of Article
2.4 will result in a Level 1 charge.

 Code of Conduct: Article 2.10.7 (Unfair play) Time wasting by any player or team. This offence supplements and does not replace ICC
Playing Conditions clauses 41.9 and 41.10. Umpires will only act under these clauses for repeated breaches of 41.9 or 41.10 during a
match, and the charge will be against the player(s) involved and/or the captain, who will be charged with a Level 1 offence.

INSTRUCTIONS TO UMPIRES

The umpires will proactively enforce the above guidelines in all international matches. Umpires will work with players to minimize delays to the
game, particularly between overs. If umpires believe their attempts to speed up play are being ignored by players of either team, and the
guidelines are being ignored, they have been instructed to apply Clauses 41.9 or 41.10 of the ICC Playing Conditions, and in cases of
repeated or deliberate breaches of these guidelines, umpires may, as a last resort, charge a player and/or captain under the ICC Code of
Conduct.

First breach by a team in an innings

On the first occasion in an innings the umpires are not satisfied that players are operating within these guidelines, they will apply Clause 41.9
or 41.10 of the ICC Playing Conditions and provide an official warning to the offending player and to the captain of that side. Such warning will
be considered a warning to the team for that innings, not only the player/s involved in the specific breach.

Second breach by a team in an innings

On the second occasion in an innings the umpires are not satisfied that players are operating within these guidelines, they will apply Clause
41.9 or 41.10 of the ICC Playing Conditions and award a 5-run penalty against the offending team.

T20
277
Repeated breaches by a team during a match

As a last resort, and if the conduct of a player or team is deemed to be repeatedly and deliberately ignoring the requests from umpires to
resume play, they shall further charge the offending and captain under Code of Conduct article 2.10.7, at a Level 1 charge.

It should be noted that the last 3 points above are relevant to an umpire’s instructions not being adhered to when deliberate time-wasting is
occurring.

T20
278
 Almanac Appendix 4
ICC Ball Management Guidelines March 2024

BACKGROUND

At recent meetings of the ICC, both the Chief Executives’ Committee and the ICC Board expressed serious concern about the sharp practices
occurring with players changing, or attempting to change, the condition of the ball unfairly.

The umpires have been instructed to be vigilant when observing the manner in which players handle the ball, and to take stronger action if the
players of either team are observed implementing unfair methods.

AIM

This document serves as guidance to ICC Match Officials and competing teams, as to the expectations regarding the maintenance of match balls,
and the instructions to umpires if teams are not observing these guidelines.

The below guidelines shall be distributed and discussed at all international pre-series meetings and should be used as guidance in addition to the
ICC Playing Conditions.

GUIDELINES

It is the responsibility of the players at all times, to manage the match ball appropriately and to play within the spirit of the game.

Throwing and Scuffing of the Ball

 Throwing the ball on the bounce inside the circle, or in close proximity to the circle is NOT allowed, unless there is a genuine attempt of a
dismissal.
 The deliberate throwing of the ball into the ground on the square or immediate surrounding area when not reasonably required, is NOT
allowed.
 Players returning the ball must NOT bounce the ball on the match pitch or on any area of the square that may be considered to be abrasive
 Players returning the ball on the bounce must endeavour to ensure that the ball bounces a maximum of once.
 It is the Wicketkeeper’s responsibility to intercept a return on the full and NOT on the half-volley.

T20
279
 As a guide, it is for the umpires to decide on the context of the action and the ground conditions.
 The abrasiveness of the square and/or outfield, or conditions relating to sun position, dew, weather or lights, etc., must be considered when
dealing with each scenario

Polishing the Ball

 The act of polishing the ball is in essence changing the condition of ball, however the Law allows for the polishing of the ball providing no
artificial substance is used.
 As a guide, the umpires will be the sole judges of what is acceptable ball maintenance.
 Further clause 28.1 – reiterates that fielders wearing tapes and plasters on their hands or fingers need to have the permission of the umpires
to do so. Umpires however, in the interest of safety are quite liberal in the implementation, as long as they feel it does not give the fielder an
advantage when fielding or catching the ball.

 Note: However, if the regular ball polisher of the team (as is quite commonplace now), has any plasters/tapes on his/her hand/fingers it is
mandatory that the umpires examine such tapes/plaster and satisfy themselves that its only purpose is safety/protection for such
hand/fingers.

 Note: Fielders are only permitted to polish the ball on their person i.e. shirt/trouser etc. without wasting time, and not on any other external
items i.e. tuber-grips, elbow guards, or a towel.

 Note: Fielders are allowed to use a towel/cloth that has been approved by the umpires to dry a wet ball or remove mud from the ball under the
supervision of the umpires.

Unfairly Changing, or Attempting to Change, the Condition of the Ball

 It is an offence for any player to take any action which changes, or attempts to change, the condition of the ball.
 Where strapping is used on the hands of any fielder, such strapping must not be of a material that could accelerate the deterioration of the
ball. Umpires may inspect any such tape at any time during the match.
 Bowlers may be permitted to wear tape/plaster on their bowling hand, whilst bowling, as long as there is a bleeding injury, and that injury was
sustained in that match. This is non-negotiable. If any plaster/tape is worn on the bowling hand it must be flesh colored or thereabouts and
will not distract the batter
 The utilization of any abrasive substance or surface to accelerate the deterioration of the ball shall NOT be allowed (e.g. zips, wicket-keeper
gloves, sandpaper, glue, mud, sand, etc.)

Actions Available To Umpires

T20
280
Code of Conduct – Article 2.4

 Changing the condition of the ball in breach of PC Clause 41.3 of the ICC Standard Test Match, ODI and T20I Playing Conditions
 Any action(s) likely to alter the condition of the ball which are not specifically permitted under PC Clause 41.3.2 may be regarded as ‘unfair’.
 The following actions shall, therefore, not be permitted (this list of actions is not exhaustive but included for illustrative purposes):
o deliberately throwing the ball into the ground for the purpose of roughening it up
o applying any artificial substance to the ball; and applying any non-artificial substance for any purpose other than to polish the ball
o lifting or otherwise interfering with any of the seams of the ball
o scratching the surface of the ball with finger or thumb nails or any implement.
o The Umpires shall use their judgment to apply the principle that actions taken to maintain or enhance the condition of the ball, provided no
artificial substances are used, shall be permitted
o Any actions taken with the purpose of damaging the condition of the ball or accelerating the deterioration of the condition of the ball shall
not be permitted.
o Changing or attempting to change the condition of the ball is a Level 3 offence.

Instructions To Umpires

The umpires will proactively enforce the above guidelines in all international matches. Umpires must always be vigilant and conduct the frequent
and irregular inspections of the ball and tape worn by players. . It is strongly advised that umpires check the ball at irregular intervals at least once
in every 30 minutes.

 If there is concern regarding the condition of the ball

 If both on-field umpires felt a suspicion that the ball was starting to be changed unnaturally but were not convinced, the on-field umpires
should give the fielding captain a quiet “heads up” in the following way:
o the on-field umpire should say to the captain “Captain we are concerned about the condition of the ball, and we are monitoring it closely”
o that is the indication to the captain that the ball is under suspicion.
o The umpires are not to use accusing or emotional words – just factual ones!
o Do not say “This is a warning captain, stop it now”, as if that was said the ball should be changed as per playing conditions.
o Keep it low key and factual.
o Play should continue.
o The ball should only be changed if both umpires were confident that the condition of the ball has been altered and changed unnaturally,
and that the deterioration of the ball was inconsistent with the amount of use.

The Following Actions Will Not Be Permitted

 As a guide, a throw from a distance of 30 metres or more will constitute a “bounce throw”. Throwing the ball on the bounce in any legitimate
attempt for a dismissal is allowed.
 The “loading” of the ball with sweat on one side or to the quarter-seam. Loading is defined as applying sweat to one side of the ball only thus

T20
281
 changing its condition.
 The application of sweat to the ball, followed by immediate polishing is allowed. Such polishing must not waste time.
 The rubbing of the ball against any rough surface (sand, rocks, zips) is to be taken as an intentional attempt to change the condition of the
ball, whether the action is successful in changing the condition of the ball or not.
 Umpires will make frequent and irregular inspections of the ball as provided for in the Law. The provisions of this clause will be applied if the
umpires decide any of the above actions have taken place, i.e. the batters shall choose a replacement ball from a selection of six balls,
including a new one. Five penalty runs will be awarded and the matter will be reported to the ICC Match Referee.

Must Report to Match Referee – ICC Code 2.2.9

T20
282
 Almanac Appendix 5
Over Rate Breach Rep 1 – ODI Example – March 2024

T20
283
 Almanac Appendix 6

3RD UMPIRE - MONITORING FAIRNESS OF FRONT FOOT PROTOCOL MARCH 2024

Introduction

The 3rd Umpire is charged with the responsibility of monitoring the fairness of delivery in respect of the feet for each delivery. This document sets
out a standardized process and clear guidelines related to monitoring the fairness of the feet at every delivery. This will assist with a consistent
and clear approach by using accurate and efficient communication.

The document is a supplement to other TV Umpire Protocols - Almanac Appendix 1 - TV Umpire Communication Protocols and the
Almanac Appendix 2 - TV Umpire Conclusive Evidence Protocol.

This document needs to be read with WTC, ODI and T20I Playing Conditions.

Protocols

The below elements are required in every situation when monitoring the feet.

1. On-Field Umpire

The On-Field Umpire is not to call any No-Balls relating to the feet of the bowler without the advice of the 3rd Umpire unless the side on
cameras are unavailable (the 3rd Umpire is to advise 'bowler's end umpire immediately).

The on-field Umpires will, however, call all other forms of No balls ‘Live’ on the field of play when play is in progress.

If the on-field umpire does accidentally call the feet no ball, it cannot be overturned if it was incorrectly called.

T20
284
The On-Field Umpire can still watch the front foot placement as part of the regular umpiring routine - there is no forced implication to have
to watch something else. (i.e., the umpire can still see where the foot lands to know how close the bowler has delivered the ball to the
stumps).

The On-Field Umpire will make decisions like LBW/Caught/Leg Byes/Boundaries/Wides in the usual way.

On receipt of an eligible and timely request for a Player Review, the On-Field Umpire will make the sign of a television with his/her hands
in the usual way. However, if at the moment of the Player Review, the third Umpire is still assessing the legitimacy of the delivery under
Law 21.5, the sign will be delayed until the 3rd Umpire has advised that he/she is satisfied with the fairness of the front foot.

If a late no ball is communicated, the On-Field Umpire will revoke ''out” decision and call and signal No Ball once advised he/she is on
screen by the TV umpire.

The On-Field Umpire will need to adjust his/her position, e.g., move to stand on the line of bowler's run up, when he/she is advised that the
TV Umpire is checking the fairness of delivery to ensure play does not continue, particularly for slow bowlers.

This is particularly important field technique on the last ball of the over as stated below, thereby avoiding any time-wasting.

On-Field Umpire will need to introduce with clarity any player review - what type of decision (LBW or Caught), what the original decision
was and what needs checking) as the 3rd Umpire may not be in a position to see the live delivery.

On-Field umpires will need to communicate when there is a delay or stoppage in play worthy of an allowance, again in case the 3rd
Umpire may have missed it.

The On-Field Umpire should consider just delaying the call of "over" if the last delivery is tight, as the 3rd Umpire may come through with a
'no-ball 'call' or 'checking front foot, checking front foot' to prevent players being called back into position for another delivery.

If the 3rd umpire advises that he/she is ‘checking front foot’, the On-Field umpire can walk towards the popping crease. (A routine done
prior to ANB). This conveys the front foot is tight and assists with the flow of the game.

If/when the call of “checking front foot” comes through, notify the teams immediately.

T20
285
 With other signals already given - e.g., boundary, byes, leg byes, ‘over’ - add the No-Ball signal and repeat any other signals for clarity and
completeness.

2. 3rd Umpire

The 3rd Umpire will work very closely with the ICC Technician in the feet monitoring aspects of the role.

The ICC Technician will provide the vision of the front foot landing for the 3rd Umpire from both side-on angles.

In addition, a tri-screen split will offer a view of the bowler’s back foot landing, as well as a view of where the bowler’s front foot is in
relation to the middle stump.

The 3rd Umpire will use technology to monitor every delivery bowled concerning fairness of the landing of the feet.

The ICC Technician will be able to zoom up the footage when requested by the 3rd Umpire in a close checking situation.

The 3rd Umpire will activate the countdown clock following an appeal (once ball is dead). As soon as possible, the fairness of delivery or if
checking the front foot should be conveyed to the On-Field Umpire. This will influence the processing of player reviews.

The 3rd Umpire will advise the On-Field Umpire that the front foot is being checked for tight landings after the ball is dead– 'checking front
foot, checking front foot', or “checking back foot, checking back foot. Once confirmed, advise On-Field accordingly.

The 3rd Umpire will always confirm the fairness of delivery (or otherwise) at an obvious dismissal, e.g. Bowled, Caught, On-Field ''out”
stumping decision.

T20
286
 The 3rd Umpire will call 'No 'Ball' through to the On-Field Umpire if there is any infringement, once the ball is dead.

The 3rd Umpire will apply conclusive evidence protocols as they do currently, and any benefit of the doubt is with the bowler.

The 3rd Umpire will advise the On-Field Umpire to call No Ball through the Umpire's communication system and ensure the Umpire is on-
screen before signalling.

Should a technology failure at any time prevent the 3rd Umpire from making a decision, the delivery shall be assumed to be fair, and the
bowler's end Umpire should be advised that, until rectified, he/she should apply Law 21.5.

If the tri-screen goes down mid-run-up, the 3rd Umpire will advise ‘Dead Ball’. Then inform the On-Field Umpire to judge/call front foot as
usual.

The 3rd Umpire needs to be aware of the end of over routine to ensure the right side-on camera view is on screen for the front foot landing
for the next over (co-operation with ICC Technician).

When the 3rd Umpire is processing a Player or Umpire Review, he/she should say following the introduction to the Director …. 'I have
already checked the feet, and it is a fair delivery' or words to that effect. This maintains integrity in the process and reiterates that it is the
3rd Umpire who is still checking the fairness of the feet at every delivery.

3. The process of consultation

It is expected that the 3rd umpire would have conveyed ‘fair delivery or checking front foot/back foot’ prior to receiving an eligible and
timely request for a Player Review. Once done the On-Field Umpire will make the sign of a television with his/her hands in the normal way.
However, if at the moment of the Player Review, the 3rd Umpire is still assessing the fairness of the delivery under Law 21.5 the sign will
be delayed until the 3rd Umpire has advised that he/she is satisfied with the fairness of the front foot.

T20
287
 The 3rd Umpire should initially check whether the delivery is fair (all modes of No-Ball, except for front foot not behind the popping crease
(since already checked) and (the bowler using an illegal action, [for clarity, a specific type of banned delivery can be reviewed and called
No-Ball]) where appropriate advising the On-Field Umpire accordingly.

4. No-Balls

Following any mode of dismissal that is not permitted off a No-Ball and which is not the subject of an Umpire or Player Review, and the
On-Field Umpire is uncertain as to the fairness of the delivery, he/she shall be entitled to request the batter to delay leaving the field and to
check the fairness of the delivery (all modes of No-Ball except for the bowler’s feet (since already checked), and (the bowler using an
illegal action, [for clarity, a specific type of banned delivery can be reviewed and called No-Ball]) with the 3rd Umpire. Consultation with the
3rd Umpire shall be by way of two-way radio. If the delivery was not a fair delivery, the On-Field Umpire shall indicate that the batter is not-
out and signal no-ball.

Points to reiterate:

Following a dismissal – On-Field umpires are entitled to check other forms of No balls – above the waist, field restrictions, encroachments
by fielders or wicket-keeper etc.

When they seek the assistance of the TV umpire to check ‘other forms’ of No ball, the on-field umpire must advise the TV umpire which
possible no-ball they are looking for. The TV umpire too, must be alert, to give assistance here with keen observation.

Once the 3rd Umpire advises a feet no-ball, and should a dismissal have resulted from that delivery, any runs completed before the
dismissal became effective, shall not count together with the run that has been crossed.

The ball is to be considered dead from the first dismissal, which could later be revoked by the discovery of the no-ball. Any actions or runs
attempted after the first dismissal will not be considered should the ball be then judged as a no-ball.

Should the On-Field umpires initiate a request for a no-ball check (other than for the feet), then If a No-ball is called following the check by
the 3rd Umpire, the batting side shall benefit from the reversal of the dismissal and the one run for the No-ball, but shall not benefit from
any runs that may subsequently have accrued from the delivery had the On-Field Umpire originally called a No-ball. Where the batters

T20
288
crossed while the ball was in the air before being caught, the batters shall remain at the same ends as if the striker had been dismissed,
but no runs shall be credited to the striker even if one (or more) runs were completed before the catch being taken.

Should a wide be called On-Field which is later judged to be a No-ball by 3rd Umpire – The No-ball will override the wide, and the batting
side will incur the benefits of the No-ball after the wide is revoked.

A “full latch” is applied when the third umpire is checking the front foot as is done with a DRS review, thus informing the director of the front
foot check.

Preparation for Matches

An approach to consider is for a practice session to be conducted the day before the game once the broadcast cameras and TV umpire
room are setup. On-Field and 3rd Umpire role play to be conducted on the ground and in the 3rd Umpire room to test several pre-
determined scenarios involving, for example:

• Straight forward no-ball call

• Wide and no-ball / free hit off the same delivery

• DRS and no-ball / free hit off the same delivery

• Striker given out and no-ball / free hit ruled - call batter back

• Square leg umpire refers a stumping appeal to the 3rd Umpire while he/she is checking the front foot replay

• Four leg byes called and then a late call of no-ball / free hit

• Tight front foot landing - zoomed image required for the third Umpire to decide - delayed call on the field

• Side on camera goes down mid-run-up – 3rd Umpire to advise "dead ball". Then inform On-Field Umpire to judge / call as usual.

• No-ball called late off the last ball of the over - after the On-Field Umpire has called "over."

T20
289
 Almanac Appendix 7

USE OF DRS TOOL (EXCLUDING BALL TRACKER) WHEN PROCESSING AN UMPIRE REVIEW

ICC Directive – effective 23 May 2021 – amended December 2023

With effect 23 May 2021 it became possible for the 3rd Umpire officiating in a match that is covered by DRS Technology, to use all the DRS tools
(except for Ball tracking) available in that series, i.e., Ultra-edge, Real Time Audio (Snicko), Hot spot, when processing all Umpire Reviews to help
him/her arrive at his/her decision. The 3rd umpire should advise on whether a wide should be called, or revoked, depending on the circumstances.
This does NOT apply to a stumping review

An Umpire Review could start with front-on (where applicable), followed by UltraEdge or Hotspot and RTS (where applicable), followed by line
decision (if applicable). Where required, other camera angles should be utilized.

EXAMPLES OF SUCH USES:

1. A fair catch is sent up to the 3rd umpire for review. The 3rd umpire can now check UltraEdge or HotSpot or RTS, to confirm whether the ball
contacted the bat and then he/she continues to check all aspects of whether the ball carried or not.

2. A ball is delivered down the leg side. The landing of the feet is deemed fair by the 3rd Umpire. The striker misses the ball. There is a
sound as the ball passes the striker. The wicketkeeper whips the bails off and appeals. The striker’s back foot is hovering over the popping
crease. The bowler’s end umpire calls Wide. The striker’s end umpire sends the Stumping Review up to the 3rd Umpire. In this instance the
TV umpire can use UltraEdge or HotSpot/RTS to find out whether the ball touched the striker or his/her bat before it went into the gloves of
the wicketkeeper. If no such contact is established by use of these tools, then the 3rd umpire, after establishing that the wicketkeeper’s
gloves did come in front of the stumps before the ball got to him/her, and this would be deemed a No ball. The wide would be revoked, the
no ball signaled, and the striker would be not out. Please note that no other mode of dismissal may be adjudicated upon when reviewing a
stumping

3. A ball is delivered down the leg side. The landing of the feet is deemed fair by the 3rd Umpire. The wicketkeeper whips the bails off and
appeals. The striker’s back foot is hovering over the popping crease. The bowler’s end umpire calls Wide. The striker’s end umpire sends
the stumping review to the 3rd umpire.
In this instance the 3rd umpire must go straight to the side-on angle to adjudicate the stumping review. Please note that no other mode of
dismissal may be adjudicated upon when reviewing a stumping

4. A ball that is hit back by the striker which appears to touch the bowler’s hands and then crash into the wickets at the bowler’s end with the
non-striker well short of his/her crease. Perhaps use of Ultra-edge, HotSpot/RTS may help confirm contact if visual deflection is not
possible. 3rd umpires should be cognizant of the fact that the stump mic at the bowler’s end could be switched off

T20
290
 Another important factor to understand here is that when an Umpire Review is being processed should it become clear to the TV Umpire
that the batter could be out under another mode of dismissal (Excluding LBW) he/she will advise the on-field umpires accordingly, so that
the correct decision can be made. This does NOT apply to a stumping review.

If the fielding Captain desires to challenge a possible decision of another mode of dismissal, he/she should do it within the first 15 seconds
of the ball becoming dead prior to the processing of the Umpire Review. This would then be treated as a combined review (Refer to
Appendix D: DRS PC Clause 3.9, 3.9.2 and 3.9.3) and processed accordingly.

POINTS TO REITERATE:

1. DRS technology tools (excluding Ball Tracker) may be used in processing of Umpire Reviews.

2. Whilst processing any Umpire Review the TV Umpire may use the available technology (except ball-tracking) to assist him/her. However,
in the case of a stumping review, the use of DRS Technology is only to be used to ascertain whether the ball has struck the batter’s
person or equipment prior to the keeper’s gloves coming in front of the line of the stumps.

3. Should the fielding captain wish to make a challenge of a decision that is different to the one that the Umpire Review is being sent to the
TV Umpire for, then he/she has got to make it within the time frame of 15 second from the time the ball becomes dead. This would then be
treated under the protocols covering a combined review.

T20
291
 Almanac Appendix 8

ICC Lightning Management Guidelines March 2024

PC Clause 2.8: Lightning Guidelines for International Matches

The safety of all persons within the ground is of paramount importance to the ICC. PC Clause 2.8 of the Standard Test Match Playing Conditions
(and other applicable Playing Conditions) provides that “in the event that any threatening circumstance, whether actual or perceived, comes to the
attention of any umpire, then the players and officials should immediately be asked to leave the field of play in a safe and orderly manner and to
relocate to a secure and safe area pending the satisfactory passing or resolution of such threat or risk” to the satisfaction of the Match Referee.

Further, PC Clause 2.7.1 provides, in conjunction with PC Clause 2.7.4, that “the umpires shall be the final judges of the fitness of the ground,
weather and light for play”. These Guidelines have been introduced to assist the umpires with their duties under PC Clause 2.8 in respect of
instances of lightning, in order to ensure the safety of everyone within the ground.

Please note:

Overriding GWL principles when lightning and lightning strikes threaten

 The umpires must err on the side of caution and must prioritize the safety of those within the ground over and above the maximization of
play, irrespective of the state of the Match

 If one umpire feels that the GWL situation is unsafe due to the threat of lightning, play should be suspended. This deviates from the
standard GWL protocol – normally both umpires must agree to suspend play.

 If, at any point during the Match, the threat of lightning, whether actual or perceived, comes to the attention of any of the umpires or the
ICC Match Referee, the umpires and the ICC Match Referee should follow the protocol outlined below and agree a course of action taking
into account all factors outlined below having taken into consideration the 30/30 guideline outlined below in point v.

i. If the on-field umpires agree that the lightning threat is imminent, then they should immediately direct the players to leave the field of
play in a safe and orderly manner with the umpires and relocate to a secure and safe location as designated by the Home Board.

ii. In order to resume play, the umpires must agree that the threat has passed, and it is safe to resume play having regard to all
relevant information.

iii. In making decisions regarding suspension or resumption of play due to the threat of lightning, actual or perceived, the umpires must

T20
292
 consult with the ICC Match Referee.

iv. When making decisions regarding the suspension or resumption of play, the umpires must err on the side of caution and must
prioritize the safety of those within the ground over and above the maximization of play, irrespective of the state of the Match. If
there is any doubt as to the likely threat of lightning, then the umpires should either suspend play or if that has happened already,
not resume play until they have agreed that the threat has passed.

v. The widely 30/30 guidelines as below need to be considered by the umpires:

o Play should be suspended, and shelter immediately sought when there is 30 seconds or less between the flash of lightning and the
associated thunder clap.

o It is generally safe to return to the field of play a minimum of 30 minutes after the final flash of lightning or clap of thunder has been
seen or heard.

o It might be possible to resume play earlier than 30 minutes but only if it is clear and agreed by the umpires that the storm has moved
on and there is no threat of lightning.

o For clarity, the final decision remains in the hands of the umpires

When the Match has been suspended because of the threat of lightning, the stadium announcer should announce the locations of the designated
safe zones for the spectators and officials operating around the ground. This information should also be placed on the electronic board and the
giant replay screen for a short period of time. It shall be the obligation of the Match Manager to communicate with the stadium announcer in this
regard.

T20
293
 Almanac Appendix 9

ICC Air Pollution Guidelines For Match Officials March 2024

Introduction
The International Cricket Council (ICC) has a responsibility to protect the health of those participating in the game of cricket in
extreme weather conditions and that includes poor air quality.
Air Pollution is the condition in which air is contaminated by foreign substances in the form of solid particles or gasses. Air pollution
can be harmful to health when present in high concentrations and exposed to over a period of time.
The major problem poor air quality poses for sport is that those engaging in it breathe greater volumes of air. During intense
exercise, athletes also resort to mouth breathing which bypasses any nose filters and penetrates deeper into the respiratory tract.
This increases the hazards to health for cricketers participating in the longer formats of cricket and more specifically those cricketers
with higher levels of exertion such as pace bowlers and batters running frequently between wickets.
Role of Match Officials
As per the current playing conditions for all formats of the game, Match Officials have the authority to decide if in extreme weather
conditions it would be dangerous or unreasonable for play to take place or continue.
The following guidelines, produced by the ICC is for the benefit of its Match Officials when officiating at international matches. These
guidelines will assist Match Officials in taking a responsible approach when managing cricket in poor air quality conditions by:
 determining where to access reliable and relevant air quality readings
 providing an air quality index with guidelines for managing cricket
 better understanding the expected signs and symptoms of participants whose health may be impacted by such conditions.

Air Quality Reading

Air quality is measured for different pollutants, using different methods. Of the pollutants measured, PM 2.5 (particulate matter less
than 2.5 microns in diameter) which is monitored in most countries is the biggest indicator of the quality of air. Air pollution tends to
be worse in the winter months.
Should Match Officials suspect poor air quality on match day due to dust storms or smog in the days leading up to the match, they
should source/request for data on the quality of air. The air quality readings in most countries is available online. Alternatively Match

T20
294
Officials can request the host to source air quality readings from the nearest station to the match venue. One of the more reliable
websites for air quality readings is https://aqicn.org.
When looking for air quality readings Match Officials should ensure:

 They are looking for PM2.5 readings for the reasons mentioned above
 The readings have been taken recently (in the past few hours at least)
 The reading is from the station in closest proximity to the match venue

Air Quality Index and Guideline for managing cricket

After sourcing the most recent PM2.5 reading from the station in closest proximity to the match venue, Match Officials should refer
the reading to the cricket specific air quality index on page 3 of this document. This index will provide Match Officials with the
required guidance in taking a responsible approach in managing cricket when played in poor air quality conditions.
Symptoms of exposure to poor air quality
In extreme conditions of poor air quality or extended/repeated exposure to poor air quality, Match Officials may have players
complaining of the following symptoms:
 irritation of the eyes, nose, and throat
 Headache
 Fatigue
 Shortness of breath
 Coughing and sneezing
 Dizziness
 Nausea

Further Assistance
Should a Match Official require any assistance or guidance in managing Air Quality Conditions at an international match, please do
not hesitate to contact the ICC Medical Manager on the contacts provided below:
E-mail: [email protected]
Mobile: +971 50 640 1402

T20
295
Activity Flow
 Match Officials expect poor air quality on match day

 Match Officials to request the host to provide air quality readings for match day or Match Officials to source the readings online
https://aqicn.org.

 When looking for air quality readings Match Officials to ensure:

o PM2.5 readings are obtained for the reasons mentioned above
o The readings have been taken recently (in the past few hours at least)
o The readings are from the station in closest proximity to the match venue

 MO to refer to the PM2.5 reading to the cricket specific air quality index provided on page 3 of these guidelines for direction on
how to manage cricket in poor air quality conditions

 On match day, MO should constantly monitor air quality readings.

Cricket-specific Air Quality Index

T20
296
The table below defines the Air Quality Index scale as defined by the US-EPA 2016 standard

AQI (PM2.5) Air Pollution Level Guidelines for Managing Cricket (for PM2.5)
0 - 50 Good No action required
51 -100 Moderate No action required
101-150 Unhealthy for No action required. Players suffering from respiratory
Sensitive Groups diseases and asthma may need to take necessary precaution
151-200 Unhealthy None. Players suffering from respiratory diseases and asthma
may need to take necessary precaution.
201-300 Very Unhealthy Match Officials to be vigilant in the longer formats of the game
and monitor players with higher levels of exertion and
extended or repeated exposure to poor air quality (test
matches). Match Officials to closely monitor PM2.5 readings
and if it continues to remain on the higher sale (closer to 300),
Match Officials may consider the need to delay start in play or
call for an extended break in play or suspend play for the day,
giving due consideration to each of the following
 the air quality reading in the hours just gone by and the
expected air quality in the coming hours
 player reaction to conditions especially those players with
higher levels of exertion (where applicable)
 how on-field umpires are coping with the conditions
 in case of suspension of play the remaining available
playing time for the day.
300+ Hazardous Match Officials to be extremely vigilant and monitor player’s
progress as exposure to such conditions can cause discomfort
to participants in particular those with higher levels of exertion.
Match Officials to closely monitor PM2.5 readings and if it
continues to remain over 300, Match Officials should consider
the need to delay start in play, call for an extended break in
play or suspend play for the day, giving due consideration to
each of the following:
 the air quality reading in the hours just gone by and the
expected air quality in the coming hours
 player reaction to conditions especially those players with
higher levels of exertion (where applicable)
 how on-field umpires are coping with the conditions
 in case of suspension of play the remaining available
playing time for the day.

T20
297
 Almanac Appendix 10

ICC Extreme Heat Guidelines For Match Officials March 2024

Introduction

The International Cricket Council (ICC) has a duty of care to minimize the risk of injury or illness in players and officials that may
arise from participating in extreme weather conditions. Cricket is a summer sport and is played in relatively hot and/or humid
conditions.

Extended exposure to hot weather conditions can place participants at risk of heat illness. It is therefore important for heat to be
managed properly to avoid posing a health risk to its participants.

It should be noted at the very start however that the variability of physical activity in cricket and the variability of individual heat
tolerance means restrictive rules are not appropriate for managing heat stress in professional cricket. Managing of heat stress
therefore requires vigilance and good sense in assessing the impact of the weather conditions on individual players.

The following guidelines are produced by the ICC is for the benefit of its Match Officials when officiating at international matches. The
ICC’s current ODI and Test playing conditions for men’s and women’s cricket, allow umpires to permit extra intervals for drinks in
extreme heat situations. These guidelines will assist Match Officials in

 determining when extreme heat situations apply

 taking a responsible approach towards the safety of participants in extremely hot and humid conditions
 how to best manage heat to avoid health risks.

These guidelines apply to both day and night games.

Extreme Heat Situations

Other than the level of physical activity by an individual, the two most important indicators of possible heat stress are heat and
humidity. Very high temperatures and/or extreme humid environments can be uncomfortable for participants. Match Officials are
therefore advised to be aware of the weather conditions at different cricketing venues. If Match Officials expect weather conditions to
be uncomfortable, they are advised to follow the steps detailed in the following flow chart:

T20
298
T20
299
T20
300
Further Assistance

Should a Match Official require any assistance or guidance in managing extreme heat conditions at an international match, please do
not hesitate to contact the ICC Medical Manager on the contacts provided below.
E-mail - [email protected]

Mobile - +971 50 640 140

T20
301